Code Coverage |
||||||||||
Lines |
Functions and Methods |
Classes and Traits |
||||||||
| Total | |
20.90% |
14 / 67 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 27 |
CRAP | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
| MainConfigSchema | |
20.90% |
14 / 67 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 27 |
1140.45 | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
| listDefaultValues | |
81.82% |
9 / 11 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
5.15 | |||
| getDefaultValue | |
71.43% |
5 / 7 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
3.21 | |||
| getDefaultUsePathInfo | |
0.00% |
0 / 2 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
12 | |||
| getDefaultScript | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultLoadScript | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultRestPath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultStylePath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultLocalStylePath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultExtensionAssetsPath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultArticlePath | |
0.00% |
0 / 3 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
6 | |||
| getDefaultUploadPath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultUploadDirectory | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultFileCacheDirectory | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultLogo | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultDeletedDirectory | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultLocalFileRepo | |
0.00% |
0 / 15 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
20 | |||
| getDefaultShowEXIF | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultSharedPrefix | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultSharedSchema | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultDBerrorLogTZ | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
6 | |||
| getDefaultLocaltimezone | |
0.00% |
0 / 4 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
6 | |||
| getDefaultLocalTZoffset | |
0.00% |
0 / 3 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
6 | |||
| getDefaultResourceBasePath | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultMetaNamespace | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| getDefaultCookieSecure | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
6 | |||
| getDefaultCookiePrefix | |
0.00% |
0 / 3 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
30 | |||
| getDefaultReadOnlyFile | |
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
|
0.00% |
0 / 1 |
2 | |||
| 1 | <?php |
| 2 | /** |
| 3 | * This file contains schema declarations for all configuration variables |
| 4 | * known to MediaWiki core. |
| 5 | * |
| 6 | * @file |
| 7 | * @ingroup Config |
| 8 | */ |
| 9 | |
| 10 | // phpcs:disable Generic.NamingConventions.UpperCaseConstantName.ClassConstantNotUpperCase |
| 11 | // phpcs:disable Generic.Files.LineLength.TooLong |
| 12 | namespace MediaWiki; |
| 13 | |
| 14 | use AssembleUploadChunksJob; |
| 15 | use BlockLogFormatter; |
| 16 | use CategoryMembershipChangeJob; |
| 17 | use CdnPurgeJob; |
| 18 | use ContentModelLogFormatter; |
| 19 | use DateTime; |
| 20 | use DateTimeZone; |
| 21 | use DeleteLinksJob; |
| 22 | use DeleteLogFormatter; |
| 23 | use DeletePageJob; |
| 24 | use DoubleRedirectJob; |
| 25 | use EmaillingJob; |
| 26 | use EnotifNotifyJob; |
| 27 | use Generator; |
| 28 | use HTMLCacheUpdateJob; |
| 29 | use ImportLogFormatter; |
| 30 | use InvalidArgumentException; |
| 31 | use JobQueueDB; |
| 32 | use LocalisationCache; |
| 33 | use LocalRepo; |
| 34 | use LogFormatter; |
| 35 | use MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider; |
| 36 | use MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider; |
| 37 | use MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider; |
| 38 | use MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest; |
| 39 | use MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider; |
| 40 | use MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest; |
| 41 | use MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider; |
| 42 | use MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider; |
| 43 | use MediaWiki\Content\CssContentHandler; |
| 44 | use MediaWiki\Content\FallbackContentHandler; |
| 45 | use MediaWiki\Content\JavaScriptContentHandler; |
| 46 | use MediaWiki\Content\JsonContentHandler; |
| 47 | use MediaWiki\Content\TextContentHandler; |
| 48 | use MediaWiki\Content\WikitextContentHandler; |
| 49 | use MediaWiki\Deferred\SiteStatsUpdate; |
| 50 | use MediaWiki\Password\Argon2Password; |
| 51 | use MediaWiki\Password\BcryptPassword; |
| 52 | use MediaWiki\Password\LayeredParameterizedPassword; |
| 53 | use MediaWiki\Password\MWOldPassword; |
| 54 | use MediaWiki\Password\MWSaltedPassword; |
| 55 | use MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks; |
| 56 | use MediaWiki\Password\Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL; |
| 57 | use MediaWiki\Permissions\GrantsInfo; |
| 58 | use MediaWiki\RCFeed\RedisPubSubFeedEngine; |
| 59 | use MediaWiki\RCFeed\UDPRCFeedEngine; |
| 60 | use MediaWiki\RenameUser\RenameUserJob; |
| 61 | use MediaWiki\Request\WebRequest; |
| 62 | use MediaWiki\Settings\Source\JsonSchemaTrait; |
| 63 | use MediaWiki\Site\MediaWikiSite; |
| 64 | use MediaWiki\Storage\SqlBlobStore; |
| 65 | use MediaWiki\Title\NamespaceInfo; |
| 66 | use MediaWiki\User\CentralId\LocalIdLookup; |
| 67 | use MediaWiki\User\Registration\LocalUserRegistrationProvider; |
| 68 | use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ActivityUpdateJob; |
| 69 | use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearUserWatchlistJob; |
| 70 | use MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob; |
| 71 | use MediaWiki\Watchlist\WatchlistExpiryJob; |
| 72 | use MergeLogFormatter; |
| 73 | use MoveLogFormatter; |
| 74 | use NullJob; |
| 75 | use ParsoidCachePrewarmJob; |
| 76 | use PatrolLogFormatter; |
| 77 | use ProtectLogFormatter; |
| 78 | use PublishStashedFileJob; |
| 79 | use RecentChangesUpdateJob; |
| 80 | use ReflectionClass; |
| 81 | use RefreshLinksJob; |
| 82 | use RenameuserLogFormatter; |
| 83 | use RevertedTagUpdateJob; |
| 84 | use RightsLogFormatter; |
| 85 | use SqlBagOStuff; |
| 86 | use TagLogFormatter; |
| 87 | use ThumbnailRenderJob; |
| 88 | use UploadFromUrlJob; |
| 89 | use UploadLogFormatter; |
| 90 | use UserEditCountInitJob; |
| 91 | use UserGroupExpiryJob; |
| 92 | use UserOptionsUpdateJob; |
| 93 | use Wikimedia\EventRelayer\EventRelayerNull; |
| 94 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\APCUBagOStuff; |
| 95 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff; |
| 96 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\EmptyBagOStuff; |
| 97 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\HashBagOStuff; |
| 98 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\MemcachedPeclBagOStuff; |
| 99 | use Wikimedia\ObjectCache\MemcachedPhpBagOStuff; |
| 100 | |
| 101 | /** |
| 102 | * This class contains schema declarations for all configuration variables |
| 103 | * known to MediaWiki core. The schema definitions follow the JSON Schema |
| 104 | * specification. |
| 105 | * |
| 106 | * @see https://json-schema.org/learn/getting-started-step-by-step.html |
| 107 | * @see https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/ |
| 108 | * |
| 109 | * The following JSON schema keys are used by MediaWiki: |
| 110 | * - default: the configuration variable's default value. |
| 111 | * - type: identifies the allowed value type or types. In addition to JSON Schema types, |
| 112 | * PHPDoc style type definitions are supported for convenience. |
| 113 | * Note that 'array' must not be used for associative arrays. |
| 114 | * To avoid confusion, use 'list' for sequential arrays and 'map' for associative arrays |
| 115 | * with uniform values. The 'object' type should be used for structures that have a known |
| 116 | * set of meaningful properties, especially if each property may have a different kind |
| 117 | * of value. |
| 118 | * See {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Source\JsonTypeHelper} for details. |
| 119 | * |
| 120 | * The following additional keys are used by MediaWiki: |
| 121 | * - mergeStrategy: see the {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Config\MergeStrategy}. |
| 122 | * - dynamicDefault: Specified a callback that computes the effective default at runtime, based |
| 123 | * on the value of other config variables or on the system environment. |
| 124 | * See {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\Source\ReflectionSchemaSource} |
| 125 | * and {@link \MediaWiki\Settings\DynamicDefaultValues} for details. |
| 126 | * |
| 127 | * @note After changing this file, run maintenance/generateConfigSchema.php to update |
| 128 | * all the files derived from the information in MainConfigSchema. |
| 129 | * |
| 130 | * @since 1.39 |
| 131 | */ |
| 132 | class MainConfigSchema { |
| 133 | use JsonSchemaTrait; |
| 134 | |
| 135 | /** |
| 136 | * Returns a generator for iterating over all config settings and their default values. |
| 137 | * The primary use of this method is to import default values into local scope. |
| 138 | * @code |
| 139 | * foreach ( MainConfigSchema::listDefaultValues( 'wg' ) as $var => $value ) { |
| 140 | * $$var = $value; |
| 141 | * } |
| 142 | * @endcode |
| 143 | * |
| 144 | * There should be no reason for application logic to do this. |
| 145 | * |
| 146 | * @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by |
| 147 | * performance critical code. Application logic should generally |
| 148 | * use ConfigSchema instead |
| 149 | * |
| 150 | * @param string $prefix A prefix to prepend to each setting name. |
| 151 | * Typically, this will be "wg" when constructing global |
| 152 | * variable names. |
| 153 | * |
| 154 | * @return Generator<string,mixed> $settingName => $defaultValue |
| 155 | */ |
| 156 | public static function listDefaultValues( string $prefix = '' ): Generator { |
| 157 | $class = new ReflectionClass( self::class ); |
| 158 | foreach ( $class->getReflectionConstants() as $const ) { |
| 159 | if ( !$const->isPublic() ) { |
| 160 | continue; |
| 161 | } |
| 162 | |
| 163 | $value = $const->getValue(); |
| 164 | |
| 165 | if ( !is_array( $value ) ) { |
| 166 | // Just in case we end up having some other kind of constant on this class. |
| 167 | continue; |
| 168 | } |
| 169 | |
| 170 | if ( isset( $value['obsolete'] ) ) { |
| 171 | continue; |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | $name = $const->getName(); |
| 175 | yield "$prefix$name" => self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value ); |
| 176 | } |
| 177 | } |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /** |
| 180 | * Returns the default value of the given config setting. |
| 181 | * |
| 182 | * @note This method is relatively slow, it should not be used by |
| 183 | * performance critical code. Application logic should generally |
| 184 | * use ConfigSchema instead |
| 185 | * |
| 186 | * @param string $name The config setting name. |
| 187 | * |
| 188 | * @return mixed The given config setting's default value, or null |
| 189 | * if no default value is specified in the schema. |
| 190 | */ |
| 191 | public static function getDefaultValue( string $name ) { |
| 192 | $class = new ReflectionClass( self::class ); |
| 193 | if ( !$class->hasConstant( $name ) ) { |
| 194 | throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" ); |
| 195 | } |
| 196 | $value = $class->getConstant( $name ); |
| 197 | |
| 198 | if ( !is_array( $value ) ) { |
| 199 | // Might happen if we end up having other kinds of constants on this class. |
| 200 | throw new InvalidArgumentException( "Unknown setting: $name" ); |
| 201 | } |
| 202 | |
| 203 | return self::getDefaultFromJsonSchema( $value ); |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | |
| 206 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 207 | /** |
| 208 | * Registry of factory functions to create config objects: |
| 209 | * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid |
| 210 | * callable. |
| 211 | * |
| 212 | * @since 1.23 |
| 213 | */ |
| 214 | public const ConfigRegistry = [ |
| 215 | 'default' => [ |
| 216 | 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance', |
| 217 | ], |
| 218 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 219 | ]; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | /** |
| 222 | * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php |
| 223 | */ |
| 224 | public const Sitename = [ |
| 225 | 'default' => 'MediaWiki', |
| 226 | ]; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 229 | // region Server URLs and file paths |
| 230 | /** @name Server URLs and file paths |
| 231 | * |
| 232 | * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without |
| 233 | * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also |
| 234 | * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path. |
| 235 | * |
| 236 | * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included. |
| 237 | */ |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /** |
| 240 | * URL of the server. |
| 241 | * |
| 242 | * **Example:** |
| 243 | * ``` |
| 244 | * $wgServer = 'http://example.com'; |
| 245 | * ``` |
| 246 | * |
| 247 | * This must be set in LocalSettings.php. The MediaWiki installer does this |
| 248 | * automatically since 1.18. |
| 249 | * |
| 250 | * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a |
| 251 | * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer |
| 252 | * to a fully qualified URL. |
| 253 | */ |
| 254 | public const Server = [ |
| 255 | 'default' => false, |
| 256 | ]; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | /** |
| 259 | * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails. |
| 260 | * |
| 261 | * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative. |
| 262 | * |
| 263 | * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed. |
| 264 | * |
| 265 | * @since 1.18 |
| 266 | */ |
| 267 | public const CanonicalServer = [ |
| 268 | 'default' => false, |
| 269 | ]; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | /** |
| 272 | * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare |
| 273 | * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized. |
| 274 | * |
| 275 | * @since 1.24 |
| 276 | */ |
| 277 | public const ServerName = [ |
| 278 | 'default' => false, |
| 279 | ]; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /** |
| 282 | * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy |
| 283 | * exposes the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http). |
| 284 | * |
| 285 | * @since 1.26 |
| 286 | */ |
| 287 | public const AssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = [ |
| 288 | 'default' => true, |
| 289 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 290 | ]; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /** |
| 293 | * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally |
| 294 | * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should |
| 295 | * be a protocol-relative URL. |
| 296 | * |
| 297 | * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer. |
| 298 | * |
| 299 | * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184 |
| 300 | * @since 1.24 |
| 301 | */ |
| 302 | public const HttpsPort = [ |
| 303 | 'default' => 443, |
| 304 | ]; |
| 305 | |
| 306 | /** |
| 307 | * If this is true, when an insecure HTTP request is received, always redirect |
| 308 | * to HTTPS. This overrides and disables the preferhttps user preference, and it |
| 309 | * overrides $wgSecureLogin. |
| 310 | * |
| 311 | * $wgServer may be either https or protocol-relative. If $wgServer starts with |
| 312 | * "http://", an exception will be thrown. |
| 313 | * |
| 314 | * If a reverse proxy or CDN is used to forward requests from HTTPS to HTTP, |
| 315 | * the request header "X-Forwarded-Proto: https" should be sent to suppress |
| 316 | * the redirect. |
| 317 | * |
| 318 | * In addition to setting this to true, for optimal security, the web server |
| 319 | * should also be configured to send Strict-Transport-Security response headers. |
| 320 | * |
| 321 | * @since 1.35 |
| 322 | */ |
| 323 | public const ForceHTTPS = [ |
| 324 | 'default' => false, |
| 325 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 326 | ]; |
| 327 | |
| 328 | /** |
| 329 | * The path we should point to. |
| 330 | * |
| 331 | * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example. |
| 332 | * |
| 333 | * This *needs* to be set correctly. |
| 334 | * |
| 335 | * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly |
| 336 | * set in LocalSettings.php |
| 337 | */ |
| 338 | public const ScriptPath = [ |
| 339 | 'default' => '/wiki', |
| 340 | ]; |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /** |
| 343 | * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title. |
| 344 | * The effective default value is determined at runtime: |
| 345 | * it will be enabled in environments where it is expected to be safe. |
| 346 | * |
| 347 | * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly |
| 348 | * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct. |
| 349 | * |
| 350 | * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if |
| 351 | * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause |
| 352 | * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used. |
| 353 | * |
| 354 | * @since 1.2.1 |
| 355 | */ |
| 356 | public const UsePathInfo = [ |
| 357 | 'dynamicDefault' => true, |
| 358 | ]; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | /** |
| 361 | * @return bool |
| 362 | */ |
| 363 | public static function getDefaultUsePathInfo(): bool { |
| 364 | // These often break when PHP is set up in CGI mode. |
| 365 | // PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set, but then again it may not; |
| 366 | // lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase on systems |
| 367 | // with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of |
| 368 | // problems on Apache as well. |
| 369 | return !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) && !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) && |
| 370 | !str_contains( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ); |
| 371 | } |
| 372 | |
| 373 | /** |
| 374 | * The URL path to index.php. |
| 375 | * |
| 376 | * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php". |
| 377 | */ |
| 378 | public const Script = [ |
| 379 | 'default' => false, |
| 380 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 381 | ]; |
| 382 | |
| 383 | /** |
| 384 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 385 | * @return string |
| 386 | */ |
| 387 | public static function getDefaultScript( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 388 | return "$scriptPath/index.php"; |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | |
| 391 | /** |
| 392 | * The URL path to load.php. |
| 393 | * |
| 394 | * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php". |
| 395 | * |
| 396 | * @since 1.17 |
| 397 | */ |
| 398 | public const LoadScript = [ |
| 399 | 'default' => false, |
| 400 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 401 | ]; |
| 402 | |
| 403 | /** |
| 404 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 405 | * @return string |
| 406 | */ |
| 407 | public static function getDefaultLoadScript( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 408 | return "$scriptPath/load.php"; |
| 409 | } |
| 410 | |
| 411 | /** |
| 412 | * The URL path to the REST API. |
| 413 | * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php" |
| 414 | * |
| 415 | * @since 1.34 |
| 416 | */ |
| 417 | public const RestPath = [ |
| 418 | 'default' => false, |
| 419 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 420 | ]; |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /** |
| 423 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 424 | * @return string |
| 425 | */ |
| 426 | public static function getDefaultRestPath( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 427 | return "$scriptPath/rest.php"; |
| 428 | } |
| 429 | |
| 430 | /** |
| 431 | * The URL path of the skins directory. |
| 432 | * |
| 433 | * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins". |
| 434 | * |
| 435 | * @since 1.3 |
| 436 | */ |
| 437 | public const StylePath = [ |
| 438 | 'default' => false, |
| 439 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] |
| 440 | ]; |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /** |
| 443 | * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath |
| 444 | * @return string |
| 445 | */ |
| 446 | public static function getDefaultStylePath( $resourceBasePath ): string { |
| 447 | return "$resourceBasePath/skins"; |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /** |
| 451 | * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain. |
| 452 | * |
| 453 | * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins". |
| 454 | * |
| 455 | * @since 1.17 |
| 456 | */ |
| 457 | public const LocalStylePath = [ |
| 458 | 'default' => false, |
| 459 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 460 | ]; |
| 461 | |
| 462 | /** |
| 463 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 464 | * @return string |
| 465 | */ |
| 466 | public static function getDefaultLocalStylePath( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 467 | // Avoid ResourceBasePath here since that may point to a different domain (e.g. CDN) |
| 468 | return "$scriptPath/skins"; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /** |
| 472 | * The URL path of the extensions directory. |
| 473 | * |
| 474 | * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions". |
| 475 | * |
| 476 | * @since 1.16 |
| 477 | */ |
| 478 | public const ExtensionAssetsPath = [ |
| 479 | 'default' => false, |
| 480 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] |
| 481 | ]; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | /** |
| 484 | * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath |
| 485 | * @return string |
| 486 | */ |
| 487 | public static function getDefaultExtensionAssetsPath( $resourceBasePath ): string { |
| 488 | return "$resourceBasePath/extensions"; |
| 489 | } |
| 490 | |
| 491 | /** |
| 492 | * Extensions directory in the file system. |
| 493 | * |
| 494 | * @note Set to "{$IP}/extensions" by Setup.php before loading local settings. |
| 495 | * @note this configuration variable is used to locate extensions while loading settings. |
| 496 | * @since 1.25 |
| 497 | */ |
| 498 | public const ExtensionDirectory = [ |
| 499 | 'default' => null, |
| 500 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 501 | ]; |
| 502 | |
| 503 | /** |
| 504 | * Skins directory in the file system. |
| 505 | * |
| 506 | * @note Set to "{$IP}/skins" by Setup.php before loading local settings. |
| 507 | * @note this configuration variable is used to locate skins while loading settings. |
| 508 | * @since 1.3 |
| 509 | */ |
| 510 | public const StyleDirectory = [ |
| 511 | 'default' => null, |
| 512 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 513 | ]; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /** |
| 516 | * Absolute filesystem path of the root directory of the MediaWiki installation. |
| 517 | * The MW_INSTALL_PATH environment variable can be used to set this. |
| 518 | * |
| 519 | * @note Automatically set in Setup.php before loading local settings. |
| 520 | * @note Do not modify in settings files! Must remain equal to the MW_INSTALL_PATH constant |
| 521 | * defined in Setup.php. |
| 522 | * @since 1.38 |
| 523 | */ |
| 524 | public const BaseDirectory = [ |
| 525 | 'default' => null, |
| 526 | ]; |
| 527 | |
| 528 | /** |
| 529 | * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1, |
| 530 | * which is replaced by the article title. |
| 531 | * |
| 532 | * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1", |
| 533 | * depending on $wgUsePathInfo. |
| 534 | */ |
| 535 | public const ArticlePath = [ |
| 536 | 'default' => false, |
| 537 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Script', 'UsePathInfo' ] ] |
| 538 | ]; |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /** |
| 541 | * @param string $script Value of Script |
| 542 | * @param mixed $usePathInfo Value of UsePathInfo |
| 543 | * @return string |
| 544 | */ |
| 545 | public static function getDefaultArticlePath( string $script, $usePathInfo ): string { |
| 546 | if ( $usePathInfo ) { |
| 547 | return "$script/$1"; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | return "$script?title=$1"; |
| 550 | } |
| 551 | |
| 552 | /** |
| 553 | * The URL path for the images directory. |
| 554 | * |
| 555 | * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images". |
| 556 | */ |
| 557 | public const UploadPath = [ |
| 558 | 'default' => false, |
| 559 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 560 | ]; |
| 561 | |
| 562 | /** |
| 563 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 564 | * @return string |
| 565 | */ |
| 566 | public static function getDefaultUploadPath( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 567 | return "$scriptPath/images"; |
| 568 | } |
| 569 | |
| 570 | /** |
| 571 | * The base path for img_auth.php. This is used to interpret the request URL |
| 572 | * for requests to img_auth.php that do not match the base upload path. If |
| 573 | * false, "{$wgScriptPath}/img_auth.php" is used. |
| 574 | * |
| 575 | * Normally, requests to img_auth.php have a REQUEST_URI which matches |
| 576 | * $wgUploadPath, and in that case, setting this should not be necessary. |
| 577 | * This variable is used in case img_auth.php is accessed via a different path |
| 578 | * than $wgUploadPath. |
| 579 | * |
| 580 | * @since 1.35 |
| 581 | */ |
| 582 | public const ImgAuthPath = [ |
| 583 | 'default' => false, |
| 584 | ]; |
| 585 | |
| 586 | /** |
| 587 | * The base path for thumb_handler.php. This is used to interpret the request URL |
| 588 | * for requests to thumb_handler.php that do not match the base upload path. |
| 589 | * |
| 590 | * @since 1.36 |
| 591 | */ |
| 592 | public const ThumbPath = [ |
| 593 | 'default' => false, |
| 594 | ]; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /** |
| 597 | * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images". |
| 598 | */ |
| 599 | public const UploadDirectory = [ |
| 600 | 'default' => false, |
| 601 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'BaseDirectory' ] ] |
| 602 | ]; |
| 603 | |
| 604 | /** |
| 605 | * @param mixed $baseDirectory Value of BaseDirectory |
| 606 | * @return string |
| 607 | */ |
| 608 | public static function getDefaultUploadDirectory( $baseDirectory ): string { |
| 609 | return "$baseDirectory/images"; |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /** |
| 613 | * Directory where the cached page will be saved. |
| 614 | * |
| 615 | * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache". |
| 616 | */ |
| 617 | public const FileCacheDirectory = [ |
| 618 | 'default' => false, |
| 619 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] |
| 620 | ]; |
| 621 | |
| 622 | /** |
| 623 | * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory |
| 624 | * @return string |
| 625 | */ |
| 626 | public static function getDefaultFileCacheDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string { |
| 627 | return "$uploadDirectory/cache"; |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | |
| 630 | /** |
| 631 | * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels. |
| 632 | * |
| 633 | * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg". |
| 634 | * Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using |
| 635 | * the static function MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\SkinModule::getAvailableLogos |
| 636 | * Ignored if $wgLogos is set. |
| 637 | */ |
| 638 | public const Logo = [ |
| 639 | 'default' => false, |
| 640 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ResourceBasePath' ] ] |
| 641 | ]; |
| 642 | |
| 643 | /** |
| 644 | * @param mixed $resourceBasePath Value of ResourceBasePath |
| 645 | * @return string |
| 646 | */ |
| 647 | public static function getDefaultLogo( $resourceBasePath ): string { |
| 648 | return "$resourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg"; |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | /** |
| 652 | * Specification for different versions of the wiki logo. |
| 653 | * |
| 654 | * This is an array which should have the following k/v pairs: |
| 655 | * All path values can be either absolute or relative URIs |
| 656 | * |
| 657 | * The `1x` key is a path to the 1x version of square logo (should be 135x135 pixels) |
| 658 | * The `1.5x` key is a path to the 1.5x version of square logo |
| 659 | * The `2x` key is a path to the 2x version of square logo |
| 660 | * The `svg` key is a path to the svg version of square logo |
| 661 | * The `icon` key is a path to the version of the logo without wordmark and tagline |
| 662 | * The `wordmark` key may be null or an array with the following fields |
| 663 | * - `src` path to wordmark version |
| 664 | * - `1x` path to svg wordmark version (if you want to |
| 665 | * support browsers with SVG support with an SVG logo) |
| 666 | * - `width` width of the logo in pixels |
| 667 | * - `height` height of the logo in pixels |
| 668 | * The `tagline` key may be null or array with the following fields |
| 669 | * - `src` path to tagline image |
| 670 | * - `width` width of the tagline in pixels |
| 671 | * - `height` height of the tagline in pixels |
| 672 | * |
| 673 | * |
| 674 | * @par Example: |
| 675 | * @code |
| 676 | * $wgLogos = [ |
| 677 | * '1x' => 'path/to/1x_version.png', |
| 678 | * '1.5x' => 'path/to/1.5x_version.png', |
| 679 | * '2x' => 'path/to/2x_version.png', |
| 680 | * 'svg' => 'path/to/svg_version.svg', |
| 681 | * 'icon' => 'path/to/icon.png', |
| 682 | * 'wordmark' => [ |
| 683 | * 'src' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.png', |
| 684 | * '1x' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.svg', |
| 685 | * 'width' => 135, |
| 686 | * 'height' => 20, |
| 687 | * ], |
| 688 | * 'tagline' => [ |
| 689 | * 'src' => 'path/to/tagline_version.png', |
| 690 | * 'width' => 135, |
| 691 | * 'height' => 15, |
| 692 | * ] |
| 693 | * ]; |
| 694 | * @endcode |
| 695 | * |
| 696 | * Defaults to [ "1x" => $wgLogo ], |
| 697 | * or [ "1x" => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg" ] if $wgLogo is not set. |
| 698 | * @since 1.35 |
| 699 | */ |
| 700 | public const Logos = [ |
| 701 | 'default' => false, |
| 702 | 'type' => 'map|false', |
| 703 | ]; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | /** |
| 706 | * The URL path of the icon. |
| 707 | * |
| 708 | * @since 1.6 |
| 709 | */ |
| 710 | public const Favicon = [ |
| 711 | 'default' => '/favicon.ico', |
| 712 | ]; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | /** |
| 715 | * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks. |
| 716 | * |
| 717 | * Defaults to no icon. |
| 718 | * |
| 719 | * @since 1.12 |
| 720 | */ |
| 721 | public const AppleTouchIcon = [ |
| 722 | 'default' => false, |
| 723 | ]; |
| 724 | |
| 725 | /** |
| 726 | * Value for the referrer policy meta tag. |
| 727 | * |
| 728 | * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification: |
| 729 | * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/ |
| 730 | * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin', |
| 731 | * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin', |
| 732 | * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url') |
| 733 | * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output |
| 734 | * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header, |
| 735 | * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.) |
| 736 | * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for |
| 737 | * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element |
| 738 | * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not |
| 739 | * understand it). |
| 740 | * |
| 741 | * @since 1.25 |
| 742 | */ |
| 743 | public const ReferrerPolicy = [ |
| 744 | 'default' => false, |
| 745 | 'type' => 'list|string|false', |
| 746 | ]; |
| 747 | |
| 748 | /** |
| 749 | * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web-accessible. |
| 750 | * |
| 751 | * When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided |
| 752 | * through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for |
| 753 | * the actual detection logic. |
| 754 | * |
| 755 | * To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use |
| 756 | * this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead. |
| 757 | * |
| 758 | * The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications, |
| 759 | * including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version |
| 760 | * or configuration). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts |
| 761 | * with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result |
| 762 | * of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the |
| 763 | * computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar |
| 764 | * computation by another MediaWiki instance. |
| 765 | * |
| 766 | * @see \wfTempDir() |
| 767 | * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20. |
| 768 | */ |
| 769 | public const TmpDirectory = [ |
| 770 | 'default' => false, |
| 771 | ]; |
| 772 | |
| 773 | /** |
| 774 | * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete |
| 775 | * upload URL. |
| 776 | * |
| 777 | * @since 1.4 |
| 778 | */ |
| 779 | public const UploadBaseUrl = [ |
| 780 | 'default' => '', |
| 781 | ]; |
| 782 | |
| 783 | /** |
| 784 | * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL. |
| 785 | * |
| 786 | * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg |
| 787 | * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name. |
| 788 | * |
| 789 | * @deprecated since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo |
| 790 | * |
| 791 | * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl and thumbProxyUrl are both false, thumbs are |
| 792 | * rendered locally as needed. |
| 793 | * @since 1.17 |
| 794 | */ |
| 795 | public const UploadStashScalerBaseUrl = [ |
| 796 | 'default' => false, |
| 797 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo', |
| 798 | ]; |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /** |
| 801 | * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than |
| 802 | * plain page views, add to this array. |
| 803 | * |
| 804 | * **Example:** |
| 805 | * Set pretty URL for the edit action: |
| 806 | * |
| 807 | * ``` |
| 808 | * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1" |
| 809 | * ``` |
| 810 | * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these URLs. |
| 811 | * |
| 812 | * @since 1.5 |
| 813 | */ |
| 814 | public const ActionPaths = [ |
| 815 | 'default' => [], |
| 816 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 817 | ]; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | /** |
| 820 | * When enabled, the domain root will show the wiki's main page, |
| 821 | * instead of redirecting to the main page. |
| 822 | * |
| 823 | * @since 1.34 |
| 824 | */ |
| 825 | public const MainPageIsDomainRoot = [ |
| 826 | 'default' => false, |
| 827 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 828 | ]; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | // endregion -- end of server URLs and file paths |
| 831 | |
| 832 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 833 | // region Files and file uploads |
| 834 | /** @name Files and file uploads */ |
| 835 | |
| 836 | /** |
| 837 | * Allow users to upload files. |
| 838 | * |
| 839 | * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored. |
| 840 | * Disabled by default as for security reasons. |
| 841 | * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>. |
| 842 | * |
| 843 | * @since 1.5 |
| 844 | */ |
| 845 | public const EnableUploads = [ |
| 846 | 'default' => false, |
| 847 | ]; |
| 848 | |
| 849 | /** |
| 850 | * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files |
| 851 | */ |
| 852 | public const UploadStashMaxAge = [ |
| 853 | 'default' => 6 * 3600, // 6 hours |
| 854 | ]; |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /** |
| 857 | * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue. |
| 858 | * |
| 859 | * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the |
| 860 | * 'AssembleUploadChunks','PublishStashedFile' and 'UploadFromUrl' job types. |
| 861 | */ |
| 862 | public const EnableAsyncUploads = [ |
| 863 | 'default' => false, |
| 864 | ]; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /** |
| 867 | * Enable the async processing of upload by url in Special:Upload. |
| 868 | * |
| 869 | * Only works if EnableAsyncUploads is also enabled |
| 870 | */ |
| 871 | public const EnableAsyncUploadsByURL = [ |
| 872 | 'default' => false, |
| 873 | ]; |
| 874 | |
| 875 | /** |
| 876 | * To disable file delete/restore temporarily |
| 877 | */ |
| 878 | public const UploadMaintenance = [ |
| 879 | 'default' => false, |
| 880 | ]; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | /** |
| 883 | * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when |
| 884 | * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class. |
| 885 | * |
| 886 | * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for |
| 887 | * completeness. |
| 888 | * |
| 889 | * @deprecated since 1.41; no longer customizable |
| 890 | */ |
| 891 | public const IllegalFileChars = [ |
| 892 | 'default' => ':\\/\\\\', |
| 893 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; no longer customizable', |
| 894 | ]; |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /** |
| 897 | * What directory to place deleted uploads in. |
| 898 | * |
| 899 | * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted". |
| 900 | */ |
| 901 | public const DeletedDirectory = [ |
| 902 | 'default' => false, |
| 903 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] |
| 904 | ]; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | /** |
| 907 | * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory |
| 908 | * @return string |
| 909 | */ |
| 910 | public static function getDefaultDeletedDirectory( $uploadDirectory ): string { |
| 911 | return "$uploadDirectory/deleted"; |
| 912 | } |
| 913 | |
| 914 | /** |
| 915 | * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed. |
| 916 | */ |
| 917 | public const ImgAuthDetails = [ |
| 918 | 'default' => false, |
| 919 | ]; |
| 920 | |
| 921 | /** |
| 922 | * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths. |
| 923 | * |
| 924 | * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see |
| 925 | * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap. |
| 926 | * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL |
| 927 | * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client. |
| 928 | * |
| 929 | * Example: |
| 930 | * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/'; |
| 931 | * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/". |
| 932 | * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends. |
| 933 | * |
| 934 | * @see self::FileBackends |
| 935 | */ |
| 936 | public const ImgAuthUrlPathMap = [ |
| 937 | 'default' => [], |
| 938 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 939 | ]; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | /** |
| 942 | * File repository structures |
| 943 | * |
| 944 | * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is |
| 945 | * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative |
| 946 | * array of properties configuring the repository. |
| 947 | * |
| 948 | * Properties required for all repos: |
| 949 | * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension. |
| 950 | * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo. |
| 951 | * |
| 952 | * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local'). |
| 953 | * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters. |
| 954 | * |
| 955 | * Optional common properties: |
| 956 | * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends). If not specified, or |
| 957 | * if the name is not present in $wgFileBackends, an FSFileBackend |
| 958 | * will automatically be configured. |
| 959 | * - lockManager If a file backend is automatically configured, this will be lock |
| 960 | * manager name used. A lock manager named in $wgLockManagers, or one of |
| 961 | * the default lock managers "fsLockManager" or "nullLockManager". Default |
| 962 | * "fsLockManager". |
| 963 | * - favicon URL to a favicon. This is exposed via FileRepo::getInfo and |
| 964 | * ApiQueryFileRepoInfo. Originally for use by MediaViewer (T77093). |
| 965 | * |
| 966 | * For most core repos: |
| 967 | * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with: |
| 968 | * container : backend container name the zone is in |
| 969 | * directory : root path within container for the zone |
| 970 | * url : base URL to the root of the zone |
| 971 | * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs |
| 972 | * (useful for using a different cache for videos) |
| 973 | * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name |
| 974 | * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory. |
| 975 | * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided. |
| 976 | * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence. |
| 977 | * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files. |
| 978 | * |
| 979 | * Set this to 0 if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images |
| 980 | * directory into many subdirectories. |
| 981 | * |
| 982 | * It is recommended to leave this enabled. In previous versions of |
| 983 | * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to |
| 984 | * the wiki by copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running |
| 985 | * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. |
| 986 | * This is no longer supported, use maintenance/importImages.php instead. |
| 987 | * |
| 988 | * Default: 2. |
| 989 | * - deletedHashLevels |
| 990 | * Optional 'hashLevels' override for the 'deleted' zone. |
| 991 | * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended) |
| 992 | * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404 |
| 993 | * handler instead. |
| 994 | * - thumbProxyUrl Optional. URL of where to proxy thumb.php requests to. This is |
| 995 | * also used internally for remote thumbnailing of upload stash files. |
| 996 | * Example: http://127.0.0.1:8888/wiki/dev/thumb/ |
| 997 | * - thumbProxySecret Optional value of the X-Swift-Secret header to use in requests to |
| 998 | * thumbProxyUrl |
| 999 | * - disableLocalTransform |
| 1000 | * If present and true, local image scaling will be disabled. If attempted, |
| 1001 | * it will show an error to the user and log an error message. To avoid an |
| 1002 | * error, thumbProxyUrl must be set, as well as either transformVia404 |
| 1003 | * (preferred) or thumbScriptUrl. |
| 1004 | * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE], |
| 1005 | * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter. |
| 1006 | * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links |
| 1007 | * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched. |
| 1008 | * - pathDisclosureProtection |
| 1009 | * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to |
| 1010 | * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with |
| 1011 | * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'. |
| 1012 | * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default |
| 1013 | * is 0644. |
| 1014 | * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for |
| 1015 | * some remote repos. |
| 1016 | * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb". |
| 1017 | * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb". |
| 1018 | * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private. |
| 1019 | * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable; |
| 1020 | * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend. |
| 1021 | * - useJsonMetadata Whether handler metadata should be stored in JSON format. Default: true. |
| 1022 | * - useSplitMetadata Whether handler metadata should be split up and stored in the text table. |
| 1023 | * Default: false. |
| 1024 | * - splitMetadataThreshold |
| 1025 | * If the media handler opts in, large metadata items will be split into a |
| 1026 | * separate blob in the database if the item is larger than this threshold. |
| 1027 | * Default: 1000 |
| 1028 | * - updateCompatibleMetadata |
| 1029 | * When true, image metadata will be upgraded by reloading it from the original |
| 1030 | * file, if the handler indicates that it is out of date. |
| 1031 | * |
| 1032 | * By default, when purging a file or otherwise refreshing file metadata, it |
| 1033 | * is only reloaded when the metadata is invalid. Valid data originally loaded |
| 1034 | * by a current or older compatible version is left unchanged. Enable this |
| 1035 | * to also reload and upgrade metadata that was stored by an older compatible |
| 1036 | * version. See also MediaHandler::isMetadataValid, and RefreshImageMetadata. |
| 1037 | * |
| 1038 | * Default: false. |
| 1039 | * |
| 1040 | * - reserializeMetadata |
| 1041 | * If true, image metadata will be automatically rewritten to the database |
| 1042 | * if its serialization format is out of date. Default: false |
| 1043 | * |
| 1044 | * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored |
| 1045 | * for local repositories: |
| 1046 | * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File: |
| 1047 | * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g. |
| 1048 | * https://en.wikipedia.org/w |
| 1049 | * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1 |
| 1050 | * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them |
| 1051 | * on the local wiki. |
| 1052 | * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names. |
| 1053 | * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension. |
| 1054 | * |
| 1055 | * ForeignDBRepo: |
| 1056 | * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags |
| 1057 | * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers |
| 1058 | * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix |
| 1059 | * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to, |
| 1060 | * and accessible from, this wiki. |
| 1061 | * |
| 1062 | * ForeignAPIRepo: |
| 1063 | * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL |
| 1064 | * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for |
| 1065 | * |
| 1066 | * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values. |
| 1067 | * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above. |
| 1068 | * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons. |
| 1069 | * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will |
| 1070 | * be searched after the local file repo. |
| 1071 | * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files. |
| 1072 | * |
| 1073 | * @see \FileRepo::__construct for the default options. |
| 1074 | * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization. |
| 1075 | */ |
| 1076 | public const LocalFileRepo = [ |
| 1077 | 'default' => false, |
| 1078 | 'type' => 'map|false', |
| 1079 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory', 'ScriptPath', 'Favicon', 'UploadBaseUrl', |
| 1080 | 'UploadPath', 'HashedUploadDirectory', 'ThumbnailScriptPath', |
| 1081 | 'GenerateThumbnailOnParse', 'DeletedDirectory', 'UpdateCompatibleMetadata' ] ], |
| 1082 | ]; |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | public static function getDefaultLocalFileRepo( |
| 1085 | $uploadDirectory, $scriptPath, $favicon, $uploadBaseUrl, $uploadPath, |
| 1086 | $hashedUploadDirectory, $thumbnailScriptPath, $generateThumbnailOnParse, $deletedDirectory, |
| 1087 | $updateCompatibleMetadata |
| 1088 | ) { |
| 1089 | return [ |
| 1090 | 'class' => LocalRepo::class, |
| 1091 | 'name' => 'local', |
| 1092 | 'directory' => $uploadDirectory, |
| 1093 | 'scriptDirUrl' => $scriptPath, |
| 1094 | 'favicon' => $favicon, |
| 1095 | 'url' => $uploadBaseUrl ? $uploadBaseUrl . $uploadPath : $uploadPath, |
| 1096 | 'hashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 2 : 0, |
| 1097 | 'thumbScriptUrl' => $thumbnailScriptPath, |
| 1098 | 'transformVia404' => !$generateThumbnailOnParse, |
| 1099 | 'deletedDir' => $deletedDirectory, |
| 1100 | 'deletedHashLevels' => $hashedUploadDirectory ? 3 : 0, |
| 1101 | 'updateCompatibleMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata, |
| 1102 | 'reserializeMetadata' => $updateCompatibleMetadata, |
| 1103 | ]; |
| 1104 | } |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /** |
| 1107 | * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis. |
| 1108 | * |
| 1109 | * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here. |
| 1110 | * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo |
| 1111 | * and $wgUploadDirectory for that. |
| 1112 | * |
| 1113 | * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name |
| 1114 | * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax). |
| 1115 | * |
| 1116 | * @since 1.11 |
| 1117 | * @see self::LocalFileRepo |
| 1118 | */ |
| 1119 | public const ForeignFileRepos = [ |
| 1120 | 'default' => [], |
| 1121 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1122 | ]; |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | /** |
| 1125 | * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository. |
| 1126 | * |
| 1127 | * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos |
| 1128 | * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the |
| 1129 | * default settings. |
| 1130 | * |
| 1131 | * @since 1.16 |
| 1132 | */ |
| 1133 | public const UseInstantCommons = [ |
| 1134 | 'default' => false, |
| 1135 | ]; |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /** |
| 1138 | * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1139 | * |
| 1140 | * Uses the following variables: |
| 1141 | * |
| 1142 | * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory. |
| 1143 | * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath. |
| 1144 | * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory. |
| 1145 | * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath. |
| 1146 | * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse. |
| 1147 | * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl. |
| 1148 | * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions. |
| 1149 | * |
| 1150 | * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo |
| 1151 | * class, with also the following variables: |
| 1152 | * |
| 1153 | * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname. |
| 1154 | * - dbType: $wgDBtype. |
| 1155 | * - dbServer: $wgDBserver. |
| 1156 | * - dbUser: $wgDBuser. |
| 1157 | * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword. |
| 1158 | * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql. |
| 1159 | * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix, |
| 1160 | * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads. |
| 1161 | * |
| 1162 | * @since 1.3 |
| 1163 | */ |
| 1164 | public const UseSharedUploads = [ |
| 1165 | 'default' => false, |
| 1166 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1167 | ]; |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | /** |
| 1170 | * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1171 | * |
| 1172 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1173 | * |
| 1174 | * @since 1.3 |
| 1175 | */ |
| 1176 | public const SharedUploadDirectory = [ |
| 1177 | 'default' => null, |
| 1178 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 1179 | ]; |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | /** |
| 1182 | * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1183 | * |
| 1184 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1185 | * |
| 1186 | * @since 1.3 |
| 1187 | */ |
| 1188 | public const SharedUploadPath = [ |
| 1189 | 'default' => null, |
| 1190 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 1191 | ]; |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | /** |
| 1194 | * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1195 | * |
| 1196 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1197 | * |
| 1198 | * @since 1.3 |
| 1199 | */ |
| 1200 | public const HashedSharedUploadDirectory = [ |
| 1201 | 'default' => true, |
| 1202 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1203 | ]; |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | /** |
| 1206 | * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1207 | * |
| 1208 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1209 | * |
| 1210 | * @since 1.5 |
| 1211 | */ |
| 1212 | public const RepositoryBaseUrl = [ |
| 1213 | 'default' => 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:', |
| 1214 | ]; |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | /** |
| 1217 | * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1218 | * |
| 1219 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1220 | * |
| 1221 | * @since 1.5 |
| 1222 | */ |
| 1223 | public const FetchCommonsDescriptions = [ |
| 1224 | 'default' => false, |
| 1225 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1226 | ]; |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | /** |
| 1229 | * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1230 | * |
| 1231 | * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki. |
| 1232 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1233 | * |
| 1234 | * @since 1.4 |
| 1235 | */ |
| 1236 | public const SharedUploadDBname = [ |
| 1237 | 'default' => false, |
| 1238 | 'type' => 'false|string', |
| 1239 | ]; |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | /** |
| 1242 | * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1243 | * |
| 1244 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1245 | * |
| 1246 | * @since 1.5 |
| 1247 | */ |
| 1248 | public const SharedUploadDBprefix = [ |
| 1249 | 'default' => '', |
| 1250 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 1251 | ]; |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | /** |
| 1254 | * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1255 | * |
| 1256 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1257 | * |
| 1258 | * @since 1.5 |
| 1259 | */ |
| 1260 | public const CacheSharedUploads = [ |
| 1261 | 'default' => true, |
| 1262 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1263 | ]; |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | /** |
| 1266 | * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that |
| 1267 | * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of |
| 1268 | * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki. |
| 1269 | * |
| 1270 | * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository. |
| 1271 | * |
| 1272 | * Example: |
| 1273 | * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ]; |
| 1274 | */ |
| 1275 | public const ForeignUploadTargets = [ |
| 1276 | 'default' => [ 'local', ], |
| 1277 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1278 | ]; |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | /** |
| 1281 | * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog |
| 1282 | * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog). |
| 1283 | * |
| 1284 | * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote |
| 1285 | * wikis using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API). |
| 1286 | * |
| 1287 | * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted. |
| 1288 | */ |
| 1289 | public const UploadDialog = [ |
| 1290 | 'default' => |
| 1291 | [ |
| 1292 | 'fields' => |
| 1293 | [ |
| 1294 | 'description' => true, |
| 1295 | 'date' => false, |
| 1296 | 'categories' => false, |
| 1297 | ], |
| 1298 | 'licensemessages' => |
| 1299 | [ |
| 1300 | 'local' => 'generic-local', |
| 1301 | 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign', |
| 1302 | ], |
| 1303 | 'comment' => |
| 1304 | [ |
| 1305 | 'local' => '', |
| 1306 | 'foreign' => '', |
| 1307 | ], |
| 1308 | 'format' => |
| 1309 | [ |
| 1310 | 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION', |
| 1311 | 'description' => '$TEXT', |
| 1312 | 'ownwork' => '', |
| 1313 | 'license' => '', |
| 1314 | 'uncategorized' => '', |
| 1315 | ], |
| 1316 | ], |
| 1317 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1318 | ]; |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /** |
| 1321 | * File backend structure configuration. |
| 1322 | * |
| 1323 | * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays. |
| 1324 | * Each backend configuration has the following parameters: |
| 1325 | * - name : A unique name for the backend |
| 1326 | * - class : The file backend class to use |
| 1327 | * - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix) |
| 1328 | * - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional] |
| 1329 | * |
| 1330 | * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details. |
| 1331 | * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used. |
| 1332 | * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible. |
| 1333 | * |
| 1334 | * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that |
| 1335 | * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of |
| 1336 | * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the |
| 1337 | * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence. |
| 1338 | * |
| 1339 | * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend: |
| 1340 | * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative. |
| 1341 | * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki, |
| 1342 | * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed. |
| 1343 | * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing |
| 1344 | * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if |
| 1345 | * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not* |
| 1346 | * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing. |
| 1347 | * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all |
| 1348 | * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful |
| 1349 | * if multiple wikis need to share the same data. |
| 1350 | * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with |
| 1351 | * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for |
| 1352 | * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from |
| 1353 | * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension |
| 1354 | * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm. |
| 1355 | */ |
| 1356 | public const FileBackends = [ |
| 1357 | 'default' => [], |
| 1358 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1359 | ]; |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | /** |
| 1362 | * List of lock manager backend configurations. |
| 1363 | * |
| 1364 | * Each backend configuration has the following parameters: |
| 1365 | * - name : A unique name for the lock manager |
| 1366 | * - class : The lock manager class to use |
| 1367 | * |
| 1368 | * See LockManager::__construct() for more details. |
| 1369 | * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used. |
| 1370 | * These settings should be global to all wikis. |
| 1371 | */ |
| 1372 | public const LockManagers = [ |
| 1373 | 'default' => [], |
| 1374 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1375 | ]; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | /** |
| 1378 | * Whether to show Exif data. |
| 1379 | * The effective default value is determined at runtime: |
| 1380 | * enabled if PHP's EXIF extension module is loaded. |
| 1381 | * |
| 1382 | * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php |
| 1383 | * |
| 1384 | * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS: |
| 1385 | * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows |
| 1386 | * extensions" section of php.ini: |
| 1387 | * |
| 1388 | * ```{.ini} |
| 1389 | * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll |
| 1390 | * ``` |
| 1391 | */ |
| 1392 | public const ShowEXIF = [ |
| 1393 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'callback' => [ self::class, 'getDefaultShowEXIF' ] ], |
| 1394 | ]; |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | /** |
| 1397 | * @return bool |
| 1398 | */ |
| 1399 | public static function getDefaultShowEXIF(): bool { |
| 1400 | return function_exists( 'exif_read_data' ); |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | /** |
| 1404 | * Shortcut for the 'updateCompatibleMetadata' setting of $wgLocalFileRepo. |
| 1405 | */ |
| 1406 | public const UpdateCompatibleMetadata = [ |
| 1407 | 'default' => false, |
| 1408 | ]; |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | /** |
| 1411 | * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL. |
| 1412 | * |
| 1413 | * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout. |
| 1414 | * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this. |
| 1415 | */ |
| 1416 | public const AllowCopyUploads = [ |
| 1417 | 'default' => false, |
| 1418 | ]; |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | /** |
| 1421 | * A list of domains copy uploads can come from |
| 1422 | * |
| 1423 | * @since 1.20 |
| 1424 | */ |
| 1425 | public const CopyUploadsDomains = [ |
| 1426 | 'default' => [], |
| 1427 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1428 | ]; |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | /** |
| 1431 | * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be |
| 1432 | * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be |
| 1433 | * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard). |
| 1434 | */ |
| 1435 | public const CopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = [ |
| 1436 | 'default' => false, |
| 1437 | ]; |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | /** |
| 1440 | * Proxy to use for copy upload requests. |
| 1441 | * |
| 1442 | * @since 1.20 |
| 1443 | */ |
| 1444 | public const CopyUploadProxy = [ |
| 1445 | 'default' => false, |
| 1446 | ]; |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | /** |
| 1449 | * Different timeout for upload by url |
| 1450 | * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a |
| 1451 | * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback |
| 1452 | * to default. |
| 1453 | * |
| 1454 | * @since 1.22 |
| 1455 | */ |
| 1456 | public const CopyUploadTimeout = [ |
| 1457 | 'default' => false, |
| 1458 | 'type' => 'false|integer', |
| 1459 | ]; |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | /** |
| 1462 | * If true, the value of $wgCopyUploadsDomains will be merged with the |
| 1463 | * contents of MediaWiki:Copyupload-allowed-domains. |
| 1464 | * |
| 1465 | * @since 1.39 |
| 1466 | */ |
| 1467 | public const CopyUploadAllowOnWikiDomainConfig = [ |
| 1468 | 'default' => false, |
| 1469 | ]; |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | /** |
| 1472 | * Max size for uploads, in bytes. |
| 1473 | * |
| 1474 | * If not set to an array, applies to all uploads. If set to an array, per upload |
| 1475 | * type maximums can be set, using the file and url keys. If the `*` key is set |
| 1476 | * this value will be used as maximum for non-specified types. |
| 1477 | * |
| 1478 | * The below example would set the maximum for all uploads to 250 KiB except, |
| 1479 | * for upload-by-url, which would have a maximum of 500 KiB. |
| 1480 | * |
| 1481 | * **Example:** |
| 1482 | * |
| 1483 | * ``` |
| 1484 | * $wgMaxUploadSize = [ |
| 1485 | * '*' => 250 * 1024, |
| 1486 | * 'url' => 500 * 1024, |
| 1487 | * ]; |
| 1488 | * ``` |
| 1489 | * Default: 100 MiB. |
| 1490 | */ |
| 1491 | public const MaxUploadSize = [ |
| 1492 | 'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 100, |
| 1493 | ]; |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | /** |
| 1496 | * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. |
| 1497 | * |
| 1498 | * When using chunked upload, non-final chunks smaller than this will be rejected. |
| 1499 | * |
| 1500 | * Note that this may be further reduced by the `upload_max_filesize` and |
| 1501 | * `post_max_size` PHP settings. Use ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize to |
| 1502 | * get the effective minimum chunk size used by MediaWiki. |
| 1503 | * |
| 1504 | * Default: 1 KiB. |
| 1505 | * |
| 1506 | * @since 1.26 |
| 1507 | * @see \ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize |
| 1508 | */ |
| 1509 | public const MinUploadChunkSize = [ |
| 1510 | 'default' => 1024, |
| 1511 | ]; |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | /** |
| 1514 | * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL |
| 1515 | * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default |
| 1516 | * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that). |
| 1517 | * |
| 1518 | * **Example:** |
| 1519 | * |
| 1520 | * ``` |
| 1521 | * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload'; |
| 1522 | * ``` |
| 1523 | */ |
| 1524 | public const UploadNavigationUrl = [ |
| 1525 | 'default' => false, |
| 1526 | ]; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | /** |
| 1529 | * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with |
| 1530 | * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>" |
| 1531 | * appended to it as appropriate. |
| 1532 | */ |
| 1533 | public const UploadMissingFileUrl = [ |
| 1534 | 'default' => false, |
| 1535 | ]; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | /** |
| 1538 | * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client |
| 1539 | * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL. |
| 1540 | * |
| 1541 | * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write |
| 1542 | * access to the thumbnail path. |
| 1543 | * |
| 1544 | * **Example:** |
| 1545 | * |
| 1546 | * ``` |
| 1547 | * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php"; |
| 1548 | * ``` |
| 1549 | */ |
| 1550 | public const ThumbnailScriptPath = [ |
| 1551 | 'default' => false, |
| 1552 | ]; |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | /** |
| 1555 | * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos. |
| 1556 | * |
| 1557 | * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled. |
| 1558 | * |
| 1559 | * @since 1.3 |
| 1560 | */ |
| 1561 | public const SharedThumbnailScriptPath = [ |
| 1562 | 'default' => false, |
| 1563 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 1564 | ]; |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | /** |
| 1567 | * Shortcut for setting `hashLevels=2` in $wgLocalFileRepo. |
| 1568 | * |
| 1569 | * @note Only used if $wgLocalFileRepo is not set. |
| 1570 | */ |
| 1571 | public const HashedUploadDirectory = [ |
| 1572 | 'default' => true, |
| 1573 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1574 | ]; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | /** |
| 1577 | * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files |
| 1578 | * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning. |
| 1579 | * |
| 1580 | * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here, |
| 1581 | * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then |
| 1582 | * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF). |
| 1583 | */ |
| 1584 | public const FileExtensions = [ |
| 1585 | 'default' => [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp', ], |
| 1586 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1587 | ]; |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /** |
| 1590 | * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads. |
| 1591 | * |
| 1592 | * An array of file extensions to prevent being uploaded. You should |
| 1593 | * append to this array if you want to prevent additional file extensions. |
| 1594 | * |
| 1595 | * @since 1.37; previously $wgFileBlacklist |
| 1596 | */ |
| 1597 | public const ProhibitedFileExtensions = [ |
| 1598 | 'default' => [ |
| 1599 | # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs |
| 1600 | 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht', |
| 1601 | # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server |
| 1602 | 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar', |
| 1603 | # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers |
| 1604 | 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi', |
| 1605 | # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims |
| 1606 | 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl', |
| 1607 | # T341565 |
| 1608 | 'xml', |
| 1609 | ], |
| 1610 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1611 | ]; |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | /** |
| 1614 | * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads |
| 1615 | * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled. |
| 1616 | * |
| 1617 | * @since 1.37; previously $wgMimeTypeBlacklist |
| 1618 | */ |
| 1619 | public const MimeTypeExclusions = [ |
| 1620 | 'default' => [ |
| 1621 | # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs |
| 1622 | 'text/html', |
| 1623 | # Similarly with JavaScript itself |
| 1624 | 'application/javascript', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript', |
| 1625 | # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server |
| 1626 | 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php', |
| 1627 | # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers |
| 1628 | 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh', |
| 1629 | # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer |
| 1630 | 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload', |
| 1631 | # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems |
| 1632 | 'application/x-msmetafile', |
| 1633 | # Files that look like java files |
| 1634 | 'application/java', |
| 1635 | # XML files generally - T341565 |
| 1636 | 'application/xml', 'text/xml', |
| 1637 | ], |
| 1638 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1639 | ]; |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | /** |
| 1642 | * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload. |
| 1643 | * |
| 1644 | * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis. |
| 1645 | */ |
| 1646 | public const CheckFileExtensions = [ |
| 1647 | 'default' => true, |
| 1648 | ]; |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | /** |
| 1651 | * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered |
| 1652 | * by $wgFileExtensions. |
| 1653 | * |
| 1654 | * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis. |
| 1655 | */ |
| 1656 | public const StrictFileExtensions = [ |
| 1657 | 'default' => true, |
| 1658 | ]; |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /** |
| 1661 | * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript. |
| 1662 | * |
| 1663 | * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE |
| 1664 | * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust |
| 1665 | */ |
| 1666 | public const DisableUploadScriptChecks = [ |
| 1667 | 'default' => false, |
| 1668 | ]; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | /** |
| 1671 | * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable |
| 1672 | */ |
| 1673 | public const UploadSizeWarning = [ |
| 1674 | 'default' => false, |
| 1675 | ]; |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | /** |
| 1678 | * list of trusted media-types and MIME types. |
| 1679 | * |
| 1680 | * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types. |
| 1681 | * This list is used by File::isSafeFile |
| 1682 | * |
| 1683 | * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content |
| 1684 | * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible |
| 1685 | * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct |
| 1686 | * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats. |
| 1687 | */ |
| 1688 | public const TrustedMediaFormats = [ |
| 1689 | 'default' => [ |
| 1690 | MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats |
| 1691 | MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats |
| 1692 | MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats |
| 1693 | "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported) |
| 1694 | "application/pdf", // PDF files |
| 1695 | # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie |
| 1696 | ], |
| 1697 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 1698 | ]; |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | /** |
| 1701 | * Plugins for media file type handling. |
| 1702 | * |
| 1703 | * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name |
| 1704 | * |
| 1705 | * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory, |
| 1706 | * and extensions should use extension.json. |
| 1707 | */ |
| 1708 | public const MediaHandlers = [ |
| 1709 | 'default' => [], |
| 1710 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1711 | ]; |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | /** |
| 1714 | * Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute. |
| 1715 | * |
| 1716 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 1717 | * @since 1.34 |
| 1718 | */ |
| 1719 | public const NativeImageLazyLoading = [ |
| 1720 | 'default' => false, |
| 1721 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 1722 | ]; |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | /** |
| 1725 | * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual |
| 1726 | * thumbnails, so a mock will do) |
| 1727 | */ |
| 1728 | public const ParserTestMediaHandlers = [ |
| 1729 | 'default' => [ |
| 1730 | 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1731 | 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1732 | 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1733 | 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1734 | 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1735 | 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1736 | 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1737 | 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler', |
| 1738 | 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler', |
| 1739 | 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler', |
| 1740 | ], |
| 1741 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1742 | ]; |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /** |
| 1745 | * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will |
| 1746 | * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and |
| 1747 | * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling. |
| 1748 | */ |
| 1749 | public const UseImageResize = [ |
| 1750 | 'default' => true, |
| 1751 | ]; |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | /** |
| 1754 | * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using |
| 1755 | * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick. |
| 1756 | * |
| 1757 | * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG, |
| 1758 | * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP. |
| 1759 | * |
| 1760 | * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions. |
| 1761 | */ |
| 1762 | public const UseImageMagick = [ |
| 1763 | 'default' => false, |
| 1764 | ]; |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | /** |
| 1767 | * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick |
| 1768 | */ |
| 1769 | public const ImageMagickConvertCommand = [ |
| 1770 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/convert', |
| 1771 | ]; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | /** |
| 1774 | * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type |
| 1775 | * |
| 1776 | * @since 1.27 |
| 1777 | */ |
| 1778 | public const MaxInterlacingAreas = [ |
| 1779 | 'default' => [], |
| 1780 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1781 | ]; |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | /** |
| 1784 | * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick |
| 1785 | */ |
| 1786 | public const SharpenParameter = [ |
| 1787 | 'default' => '0x0.4', |
| 1788 | ]; |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | /** |
| 1791 | * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled |
| 1792 | */ |
| 1793 | public const SharpenReductionThreshold = [ |
| 1794 | 'default' => 0.85, |
| 1795 | ]; |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | /** |
| 1798 | * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave |
| 1799 | * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself. |
| 1800 | */ |
| 1801 | public const ImageMagickTempDir = [ |
| 1802 | 'default' => false, |
| 1803 | ]; |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | /** |
| 1806 | * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick |
| 1807 | * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination |
| 1808 | * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height. |
| 1809 | * |
| 1810 | * **Example for GraphicMagick:** |
| 1811 | * |
| 1812 | * ``` |
| 1813 | * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d" |
| 1814 | * ``` |
| 1815 | * Leave as false to skip this. |
| 1816 | */ |
| 1817 | public const CustomConvertCommand = [ |
| 1818 | 'default' => false, |
| 1819 | ]; |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | /** |
| 1822 | * used for lossless jpeg rotation |
| 1823 | * |
| 1824 | * @since 1.21 |
| 1825 | */ |
| 1826 | public const JpegTran = [ |
| 1827 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/jpegtran', |
| 1828 | ]; |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | /** |
| 1831 | * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma |
| 1832 | * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing |
| 1833 | * at sharp edges. |
| 1834 | * |
| 1835 | * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling |
| 1836 | * |
| 1837 | * Supported values: |
| 1838 | * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior) |
| 1839 | * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution |
| 1840 | * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically |
| 1841 | * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions |
| 1842 | * |
| 1843 | * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend; |
| 1844 | * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's |
| 1845 | * sampling in the thumbnail. |
| 1846 | * |
| 1847 | * @since 1.27 |
| 1848 | */ |
| 1849 | public const JpegPixelFormat = [ |
| 1850 | 'default' => 'yuv420', |
| 1851 | ]; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | /** |
| 1854 | * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request |
| 1855 | * from the backend. It should be an integer between 1 and 100, |
| 1856 | * with 100 indicating 100% quality. |
| 1857 | * |
| 1858 | * @since 1.32 |
| 1859 | */ |
| 1860 | public const JpegQuality = [ |
| 1861 | 'default' => 80, |
| 1862 | ]; |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | /** |
| 1865 | * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some |
| 1866 | * image formats. |
| 1867 | */ |
| 1868 | public const Exiv2Command = [ |
| 1869 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/exiv2', |
| 1870 | ]; |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /** |
| 1873 | * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping. |
| 1874 | * |
| 1875 | * @since 1.26 |
| 1876 | */ |
| 1877 | public const Exiftool = [ |
| 1878 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/exiftool', |
| 1879 | ]; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | /** |
| 1882 | * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images. |
| 1883 | * |
| 1884 | * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is |
| 1885 | * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format. |
| 1886 | * |
| 1887 | * An external program is required to perform this conversion. |
| 1888 | * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items |
| 1889 | * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height |
| 1890 | */ |
| 1891 | public const SVGConverters = [ |
| 1892 | 'default' => [ |
| 1893 | 'ImageMagick' => '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\\! $input PNG:$output', |
| 1894 | 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output', |
| 1895 | 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output', |
| 1896 | 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d $output $input', |
| 1897 | 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input', |
| 1898 | 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output', |
| 1899 | 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt', ], |
| 1900 | ], |
| 1901 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 1902 | ]; |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | /** |
| 1905 | * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters |
| 1906 | */ |
| 1907 | public const SVGConverter = [ |
| 1908 | 'default' => 'ImageMagick', |
| 1909 | ]; |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | /** |
| 1912 | * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path. |
| 1913 | */ |
| 1914 | public const SVGConverterPath = [ |
| 1915 | 'default' => '', |
| 1916 | ]; |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | /** |
| 1919 | * Don't scale a SVG larger than this |
| 1920 | */ |
| 1921 | public const SVGMaxSize = [ |
| 1922 | 'default' => 5120, |
| 1923 | ]; |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | /** |
| 1926 | * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point. |
| 1927 | * |
| 1928 | * Default is 5 MiB |
| 1929 | */ |
| 1930 | public const SVGMetadataCutoff = [ |
| 1931 | 'default' => 1024 * 1024 * 5, |
| 1932 | ]; |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | /** |
| 1935 | * Whether native rendering by the browser agent is allowed |
| 1936 | * |
| 1937 | * Default is false. Setting it to true disables all SVG conversion. |
| 1938 | * Setting to the string 'partial' will only allow native rendering |
| 1939 | * when the filesize is below SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit and if the |
| 1940 | * file contains at most 1 language. |
| 1941 | * |
| 1942 | * @since 1.41 |
| 1943 | */ |
| 1944 | public const SVGNativeRendering = [ |
| 1945 | 'default' => false, |
| 1946 | 'type' => 'string|boolean', |
| 1947 | ]; |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | /** |
| 1950 | * Filesize limit for allowing SVGs to render natively by the browser agent |
| 1951 | * |
| 1952 | * Default is 50kB. |
| 1953 | * |
| 1954 | * @since 1.41 |
| 1955 | */ |
| 1956 | public const SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit = [ |
| 1957 | 'default' => 50 * 1024, |
| 1958 | ]; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /** |
| 1961 | * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as |
| 1962 | * page language), if available. |
| 1963 | * |
| 1964 | * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute |
| 1965 | * to specify text language. |
| 1966 | * |
| 1967 | * @since 1.33 |
| 1968 | */ |
| 1969 | public const MediaInTargetLanguage = [ |
| 1970 | 'default' => true, |
| 1971 | ]; |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | /** |
| 1974 | * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled |
| 1975 | * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed |
| 1976 | * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated. |
| 1977 | * |
| 1978 | * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the |
| 1979 | * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the |
| 1980 | * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for |
| 1981 | * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension. |
| 1982 | * |
| 1983 | * If set to false, MediaWiki will not check the size of the image before |
| 1984 | * attempting to scale it. Extensions may still override this setting by |
| 1985 | * using the BitmapHandlerCheckImageArea hook. |
| 1986 | * |
| 1987 | * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to |
| 1988 | * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500. |
| 1989 | */ |
| 1990 | public const MaxImageArea = [ |
| 1991 | 'default' => 12_500_000, |
| 1992 | 'type' => 'string|integer|false', |
| 1993 | ]; |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | /** |
| 1996 | * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single |
| 1997 | * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit |
| 1998 | * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation. |
| 1999 | * |
| 2000 | * |
| 2001 | * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea. |
| 2002 | */ |
| 2003 | public const MaxAnimatedGifArea = [ |
| 2004 | 'default' => 12_500_000, |
| 2005 | ]; |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | /** |
| 2008 | * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally... |
| 2009 | * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG. |
| 2010 | * |
| 2011 | * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling. |
| 2012 | * |
| 2013 | * **Example:** |
| 2014 | * |
| 2015 | * ``` |
| 2016 | * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos |
| 2017 | * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ]; |
| 2018 | * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams. |
| 2019 | * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ]; |
| 2020 | * ``` |
| 2021 | */ |
| 2022 | public const TiffThumbnailType = [ |
| 2023 | 'default' => [], |
| 2024 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 2025 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', |
| 2026 | ]; |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | /** |
| 2029 | * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they |
| 2030 | * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist. |
| 2031 | * |
| 2032 | * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations |
| 2033 | * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs. |
| 2034 | */ |
| 2035 | public const ThumbnailEpoch = [ |
| 2036 | 'default' => '20030516000000', |
| 2037 | ]; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /** |
| 2040 | * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures, |
| 2041 | * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all |
| 2042 | * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume. |
| 2043 | * |
| 2044 | * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed. |
| 2045 | */ |
| 2046 | public const AttemptFailureEpoch = [ |
| 2047 | 'default' => 1, |
| 2048 | ]; |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | /** |
| 2051 | * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for |
| 2052 | * output instead of showing an error message. |
| 2053 | * |
| 2054 | * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site |
| 2055 | * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request. |
| 2056 | * |
| 2057 | * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging. |
| 2058 | * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors |
| 2059 | * are logged to a file for review. |
| 2060 | */ |
| 2061 | public const IgnoreImageErrors = [ |
| 2062 | 'default' => false, |
| 2063 | ]; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | /** |
| 2066 | * Render thumbnails while parsing wikitext. |
| 2067 | * |
| 2068 | * If set to false, then the Parser will output valid thumbnail URLs without |
| 2069 | * generating or storing the thumbnail files. This can significantly speed up |
| 2070 | * processing on the web server. The site admin needs to configure a 404 handler |
| 2071 | * in order for the URLs in question to regenerate the thumbnails in question |
| 2072 | * on-demand. This can enable concurrency and also save computing resources |
| 2073 | * as not every resolution of every image on every page is accessed between |
| 2074 | * re-parses of the article. For example, re-parses triggered by bot edits, |
| 2075 | * or cascading updates from template edits. |
| 2076 | * |
| 2077 | * If you use $wgLocalFileRepo, then you will also need to set the following: |
| 2078 | * |
| 2079 | * ``` |
| 2080 | * $wgLocalFileRepo['transformVia404'] = true; |
| 2081 | * ``` |
| 2082 | * |
| 2083 | * @since 1.7.0 |
| 2084 | */ |
| 2085 | public const GenerateThumbnailOnParse = [ |
| 2086 | 'default' => true, |
| 2087 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 2088 | ]; |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | /** |
| 2091 | * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page |
| 2092 | */ |
| 2093 | public const ShowArchiveThumbnails = [ |
| 2094 | 'default' => true, |
| 2095 | ]; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /** |
| 2098 | * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will |
| 2099 | * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler |
| 2100 | * is available that can rotate. |
| 2101 | */ |
| 2102 | public const EnableAutoRotation = [ |
| 2103 | 'default' => null, |
| 2104 | 'type' => '?boolean', |
| 2105 | ]; |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | /** |
| 2108 | * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the |
| 2109 | * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not |
| 2110 | * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses. |
| 2111 | */ |
| 2112 | public const Antivirus = [ |
| 2113 | 'default' => null, |
| 2114 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2115 | ]; |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /** |
| 2118 | * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of |
| 2119 | * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type. |
| 2120 | * |
| 2121 | * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e. |
| 2122 | * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array. |
| 2123 | * |
| 2124 | * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys: |
| 2125 | * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern": |
| 2126 | * |
| 2127 | * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be |
| 2128 | * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename |
| 2129 | * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the |
| 2130 | * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set |
| 2131 | * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full |
| 2132 | * path. |
| 2133 | * |
| 2134 | * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus |
| 2135 | * function in SpecialUpload. |
| 2136 | * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider |
| 2137 | * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired |
| 2138 | * is not set. |
| 2139 | * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider |
| 2140 | * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to |
| 2141 | * viruses. This causes the file to pass. |
| 2142 | * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning |
| 2143 | * no virus was found. |
| 2144 | * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report |
| 2145 | * a virus. |
| 2146 | * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise. |
| 2147 | * |
| 2148 | * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners |
| 2149 | * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1). |
| 2150 | * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user. |
| 2151 | */ |
| 2152 | public const AntivirusSetup = [ |
| 2153 | 'default' => [ |
| 2154 | # setup for clamav |
| 2155 | 'clamav' => [ |
| 2156 | 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ', |
| 2157 | 'codemap' => [ |
| 2158 | "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus |
| 2159 | "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found |
| 2160 | "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune) |
| 2161 | "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed |
| 2162 | ], |
| 2163 | 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim', |
| 2164 | ], |
| 2165 | ], |
| 2166 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 2167 | ]; |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | /** |
| 2170 | * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected. |
| 2171 | */ |
| 2172 | public const AntivirusRequired = [ |
| 2173 | 'default' => true, |
| 2174 | ]; |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | /** |
| 2177 | * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked |
| 2178 | */ |
| 2179 | public const VerifyMimeType = [ |
| 2180 | 'default' => true, |
| 2181 | ]; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /** |
| 2184 | * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php. |
| 2185 | * |
| 2186 | * When this is set to the path of a mime.types file, MediaWiki will use this |
| 2187 | * file to map MIME types to file extensions and vice versa, in lieu of its |
| 2188 | * internal MIME map. Note that some MIME mappings are considered "baked in" |
| 2189 | * and cannot be overridden. See includes/libs/mime/MimeMapMinimal.php for a |
| 2190 | * full list. |
| 2191 | * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types'; |
| 2192 | */ |
| 2193 | public const MimeTypeFile = [ |
| 2194 | 'default' => 'internal', |
| 2195 | ]; |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | /** |
| 2198 | * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php. |
| 2199 | * |
| 2200 | * Set to null to use the minimum set of built-in defaults only. |
| 2201 | */ |
| 2202 | public const MimeInfoFile = [ |
| 2203 | 'default' => 'internal', |
| 2204 | ]; |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | /** |
| 2207 | * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only |
| 2208 | * the MIME type to standard output. |
| 2209 | * |
| 2210 | * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here. |
| 2211 | * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used. |
| 2212 | * |
| 2213 | * **Example:** |
| 2214 | * |
| 2215 | * ``` |
| 2216 | * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; // use external MIME detector (Linux) |
| 2217 | * ``` |
| 2218 | */ |
| 2219 | public const MimeDetectorCommand = [ |
| 2220 | 'default' => null, |
| 2221 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2222 | ]; |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | /** |
| 2225 | * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy |
| 2226 | * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions |
| 2227 | * can be trusted. |
| 2228 | */ |
| 2229 | public const TrivialMimeDetection = [ |
| 2230 | 'default' => false, |
| 2231 | ]; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /** |
| 2234 | * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection. |
| 2235 | * |
| 2236 | * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ] |
| 2237 | */ |
| 2238 | public const XMLMimeTypes = [ |
| 2239 | 'default' => [ |
| 2240 | 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml', |
| 2241 | 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml', |
| 2242 | 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram', |
| 2243 | 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', |
| 2244 | 'html' => 'text/html', |
| 2245 | ], |
| 2246 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 2247 | ]; |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 | /** |
| 2250 | * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. |
| 2251 | * |
| 2252 | * In order to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from this list. |
| 2253 | * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default |
| 2254 | * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you |
| 2255 | * change it if you alter the array (see T10858). |
| 2256 | * |
| 2257 | * This list is also used by ImagePage for alternate size links. |
| 2258 | */ |
| 2259 | public const ImageLimits = [ |
| 2260 | 'default' => [ |
| 2261 | [ 320, 240 ], |
| 2262 | [ 640, 480 ], |
| 2263 | [ 800, 600 ], |
| 2264 | [ 1024, 768 ], |
| 2265 | [ 1280, 1024 ], |
| 2266 | [ 2560, 2048 ], |
| 2267 | ], |
| 2268 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 2269 | ]; |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /** |
| 2272 | * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to |
| 2273 | * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the |
| 2274 | * list of settings the user can choose from: |
| 2275 | */ |
| 2276 | public const ThumbLimits = [ |
| 2277 | 'default' => [ |
| 2278 | 120, |
| 2279 | 150, |
| 2280 | 180, |
| 2281 | 200, |
| 2282 | 250, |
| 2283 | 300 |
| 2284 | ], |
| 2285 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 2286 | ]; |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | /** |
| 2289 | * Defines what namespaces thumbnails will be displayed for in Special:Search. |
| 2290 | * This is the list of namespaces for which thumbnails (or a placeholder in |
| 2291 | * the absence of a thumbnail) will be shown: |
| 2292 | */ |
| 2293 | public const ThumbnailNamespaces = [ |
| 2294 | 'default' => [ NS_FILE ], |
| 2295 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 2296 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], |
| 2297 | ]; |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | /** |
| 2300 | * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation. |
| 2301 | * |
| 2302 | * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of |
| 2303 | * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss. |
| 2304 | * |
| 2305 | * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket |
| 2306 | * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler |
| 2307 | * supports it. |
| 2308 | */ |
| 2309 | public const ThumbnailBuckets = [ |
| 2310 | 'default' => null, |
| 2311 | 'type' => '?list', |
| 2312 | ]; |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | /** |
| 2315 | * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket |
| 2316 | * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket |
| 2317 | * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the |
| 2318 | * following buckets: |
| 2319 | * |
| 2320 | * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ]; |
| 2321 | * |
| 2322 | * and a distance of 50: |
| 2323 | * |
| 2324 | * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50; |
| 2325 | * |
| 2326 | * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used, |
| 2327 | * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512. |
| 2328 | */ |
| 2329 | public const ThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = [ |
| 2330 | 'default' => 50, |
| 2331 | ]; |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | /** |
| 2334 | * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to |
| 2335 | * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, |
| 2336 | * which has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size. |
| 2337 | * |
| 2338 | * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront. |
| 2339 | * |
| 2340 | * @since 1.25 |
| 2341 | */ |
| 2342 | public const UploadThumbnailRenderMap = [ |
| 2343 | 'default' => [], |
| 2344 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 2345 | ]; |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | /** |
| 2348 | * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in |
| 2349 | * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap |
| 2350 | * |
| 2351 | * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the |
| 2352 | * thumbnail's URL. |
| 2353 | * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The |
| 2354 | * latter option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail. |
| 2355 | * |
| 2356 | * @since 1.25 |
| 2357 | */ |
| 2358 | public const UploadThumbnailRenderMethod = [ |
| 2359 | 'default' => 'jobqueue', |
| 2360 | ]; |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | /** |
| 2363 | * When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP |
| 2364 | * header. |
| 2365 | * |
| 2366 | * @since 1.25 |
| 2367 | */ |
| 2368 | public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = [ |
| 2369 | 'default' => false, |
| 2370 | ]; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | /** |
| 2373 | * When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to |
| 2374 | * send the HTTP request to. |
| 2375 | * |
| 2376 | * @since 1.25 |
| 2377 | */ |
| 2378 | public const UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = [ |
| 2379 | 'default' => false, |
| 2380 | ]; |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /** |
| 2383 | * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more |
| 2384 | * lightweight |
| 2385 | * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails. |
| 2386 | * |
| 2387 | * @since 1.26 |
| 2388 | */ |
| 2389 | public const UseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = [ |
| 2390 | 'default' => false, |
| 2391 | ]; |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | /** |
| 2394 | * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag. |
| 2395 | * |
| 2396 | * Fields are: |
| 2397 | * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize |
| 2398 | * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px") |
| 2399 | * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px") |
| 2400 | * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename". |
| 2401 | * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS |
| 2402 | * and will be the behaviour after deprecation. |
| 2403 | * @deprecated since 1.28 |
| 2404 | * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories |
| 2405 | * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories |
| 2406 | * - mode: Gallery mode |
| 2407 | */ |
| 2408 | public const GalleryOptions = [ |
| 2409 | 'default' => [], |
| 2410 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 2411 | ]; |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | /** |
| 2414 | * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used |
| 2415 | * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width |
| 2416 | * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode. |
| 2417 | */ |
| 2418 | public const ThumbUpright = [ |
| 2419 | 'default' => 0.75, |
| 2420 | ]; |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | /** |
| 2423 | * Default value for chmod-ing of new directories. |
| 2424 | */ |
| 2425 | public const DirectoryMode = [ |
| 2426 | 'default' => 0777, // octal! |
| 2427 | ]; |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | /** |
| 2430 | * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities. |
| 2431 | * |
| 2432 | * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480 |
| 2433 | * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute. |
| 2434 | */ |
| 2435 | public const ResponsiveImages = [ |
| 2436 | 'default' => true, |
| 2437 | ]; |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | /** |
| 2440 | * Add a preconnect link for browsers to a remote FileRepo host. |
| 2441 | * |
| 2442 | * This is an optional performance enhancement designed for wiki farm where |
| 2443 | * $wgForeignFileRepos or $wgLocalFileRepo is set to serve thumbnails from a |
| 2444 | * separate hostname (e.g. not local `/w/images`). The feature expects at most |
| 2445 | * a single remote hostname to be used. |
| 2446 | * |
| 2447 | * If multiple foreign repos are registered that serve images from different hostnames, |
| 2448 | * only the first will be preconnected. |
| 2449 | * |
| 2450 | * This may cause unneeded HTTP connections in browsers on wikis where a foreign repo is |
| 2451 | * enabled but where a local repo is more commonly used. |
| 2452 | * |
| 2453 | * @since 1.35 |
| 2454 | */ |
| 2455 | public const ImagePreconnect = [ |
| 2456 | 'default' => false, |
| 2457 | ]; |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 2460 | // region DJVU settings |
| 2461 | /** @name DJVU settings */ |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | /** |
| 2464 | * Whether to use BoxedCommand or not. |
| 2465 | * |
| 2466 | * @unstable Temporary feature flag for T352515 |
| 2467 | * @since 1.42 |
| 2468 | */ |
| 2469 | public const DjvuUseBoxedCommand = [ |
| 2470 | 'default' => false, |
| 2471 | ]; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /** |
| 2474 | * Path of the djvudump executable |
| 2475 | * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering |
| 2476 | * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump'; |
| 2477 | * |
| 2478 | * If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct |
| 2479 | * shell path. |
| 2480 | */ |
| 2481 | public const DjvuDump = [ |
| 2482 | 'default' => null, |
| 2483 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2484 | ]; |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | /** |
| 2487 | * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer |
| 2488 | * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering |
| 2489 | * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu'; |
| 2490 | */ |
| 2491 | public const DjvuRenderer = [ |
| 2492 | 'default' => null, |
| 2493 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2494 | ]; |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | /** |
| 2497 | * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility |
| 2498 | * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files |
| 2499 | * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt'; |
| 2500 | * |
| 2501 | * If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct |
| 2502 | * shell path. |
| 2503 | */ |
| 2504 | public const DjvuTxt = [ |
| 2505 | 'default' => null, |
| 2506 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2507 | ]; |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | /** |
| 2510 | * Shell command for the DJVU post processor |
| 2511 | * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output |
| 2512 | * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly. |
| 2513 | */ |
| 2514 | public const DjvuPostProcessor = [ |
| 2515 | 'default' => 'pnmtojpeg', |
| 2516 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2517 | ]; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | /** |
| 2520 | * File extension for the DJVU post processor output |
| 2521 | */ |
| 2522 | public const DjvuOutputExtension = [ |
| 2523 | 'default' => 'jpg', |
| 2524 | ]; |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | // endregion -- end of DJvu |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | // endregion -- end of file uploads |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 2531 | // region Email settings |
| 2532 | /** @name Email settings */ |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | /** |
| 2535 | * Site admin email address. |
| 2536 | * |
| 2537 | * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php). |
| 2538 | */ |
| 2539 | public const EmergencyContact = [ |
| 2540 | 'default' => false, |
| 2541 | ]; |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | /** |
| 2544 | * Sender email address for e-mail notifications. |
| 2545 | * |
| 2546 | * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder, |
| 2547 | * as well as other e-mail notifications. |
| 2548 | * |
| 2549 | * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php). |
| 2550 | */ |
| 2551 | public const PasswordSender = [ |
| 2552 | 'default' => false, |
| 2553 | ]; |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | /** |
| 2556 | * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications. |
| 2557 | * |
| 2558 | * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php). |
| 2559 | */ |
| 2560 | public const NoReplyAddress = [ |
| 2561 | 'default' => false, |
| 2562 | ]; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | /** |
| 2565 | * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features: |
| 2566 | * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your |
| 2567 | * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this. |
| 2568 | */ |
| 2569 | public const EnableEmail = [ |
| 2570 | 'default' => true, |
| 2571 | ]; |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | /** |
| 2574 | * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail. |
| 2575 | * |
| 2576 | * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track. |
| 2577 | */ |
| 2578 | public const EnableUserEmail = [ |
| 2579 | 'default' => true, |
| 2580 | ]; |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | /** |
| 2583 | * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users |
| 2584 | * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked |
| 2585 | * to from emails originating from Special:Email. |
| 2586 | * |
| 2587 | * @since 1.34 |
| 2588 | */ |
| 2589 | public const EnableSpecialMute = [ |
| 2590 | 'default' => false, |
| 2591 | ]; |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | /** |
| 2594 | * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail mutelist. |
| 2595 | * |
| 2596 | * @since 1.37; previously $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist |
| 2597 | */ |
| 2598 | public const EnableUserEmailMuteList = [ |
| 2599 | 'default' => false, |
| 2600 | ]; |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | /** |
| 2603 | * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header |
| 2604 | * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.) |
| 2605 | * |
| 2606 | * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value, |
| 2607 | * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses |
| 2608 | * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions |
| 2609 | * can cause emails to fail to be received when false. |
| 2610 | */ |
| 2611 | public const UserEmailUseReplyTo = [ |
| 2612 | 'default' => true, |
| 2613 | ]; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | /** |
| 2616 | * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder |
| 2617 | * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding. |
| 2618 | */ |
| 2619 | public const PasswordReminderResendTime = [ |
| 2620 | 'default' => 24, |
| 2621 | ]; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | /** |
| 2624 | * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires. |
| 2625 | */ |
| 2626 | public const NewPasswordExpiry = [ |
| 2627 | 'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7, |
| 2628 | ]; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /** |
| 2631 | * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires |
| 2632 | */ |
| 2633 | public const UserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = [ |
| 2634 | 'default' => 7 * 24 * 60 * 60, |
| 2635 | ]; |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | /** |
| 2638 | * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the |
| 2639 | * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration. |
| 2640 | */ |
| 2641 | public const PasswordExpirationDays = [ |
| 2642 | 'default' => false, |
| 2643 | ]; |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | /** |
| 2646 | * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login, |
| 2647 | * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login. |
| 2648 | */ |
| 2649 | public const PasswordExpireGrace = [ |
| 2650 | 'default' => 3600 * 24 * 7, |
| 2651 | ]; |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | /** |
| 2654 | * SMTP Mode. |
| 2655 | * |
| 2656 | * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection. |
| 2657 | * Default to false or fill an array : |
| 2658 | * |
| 2659 | * ``` |
| 2660 | * $wgSMTP = [ |
| 2661 | * 'host' => 'SMTP domain', |
| 2662 | * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID', |
| 2663 | * 'port' => '25', |
| 2664 | * 'auth' => [true|false], |
| 2665 | * 'username' => [SMTP username], |
| 2666 | * 'password' => [SMTP password], |
| 2667 | * ]; |
| 2668 | * ``` |
| 2669 | */ |
| 2670 | public const SMTP = [ |
| 2671 | 'default' => false, |
| 2672 | 'type' => 'false|map', |
| 2673 | ]; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | /** |
| 2676 | * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call. |
| 2677 | */ |
| 2678 | public const AdditionalMailParams = [ |
| 2679 | 'default' => null, |
| 2680 | ]; |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | /** |
| 2683 | * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send |
| 2684 | * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email |
| 2685 | */ |
| 2686 | public const AllowHTMLEmail = [ |
| 2687 | 'default' => false, |
| 2688 | ]; |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | /** |
| 2691 | * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender. |
| 2692 | * |
| 2693 | * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled. |
| 2694 | * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in, |
| 2695 | * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To". |
| 2696 | * |
| 2697 | * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender. |
| 2698 | */ |
| 2699 | public const EnotifFromEditor = [ |
| 2700 | 'default' => false, |
| 2701 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 2702 | ]; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | /** |
| 2705 | * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address. |
| 2706 | * |
| 2707 | * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open |
| 2708 | * spam relay. |
| 2709 | */ |
| 2710 | public const EmailAuthentication = [ |
| 2711 | 'default' => true, |
| 2712 | ]; |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | /** |
| 2715 | * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes. |
| 2716 | */ |
| 2717 | public const EnotifWatchlist = [ |
| 2718 | 'default' => false, |
| 2719 | ]; |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | /** |
| 2722 | * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their |
| 2723 | * user talk page. |
| 2724 | * |
| 2725 | * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user |
| 2726 | * preference set to true. |
| 2727 | */ |
| 2728 | public const EnotifUserTalk = [ |
| 2729 | 'default' => false, |
| 2730 | ]; |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | /** |
| 2733 | * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To". |
| 2734 | * |
| 2735 | * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user |
| 2736 | * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the |
| 2737 | * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail |
| 2738 | * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To". |
| 2739 | * |
| 2740 | * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor. |
| 2741 | * |
| 2742 | * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender. |
| 2743 | */ |
| 2744 | public const EnotifRevealEditorAddress = [ |
| 2745 | 'default' => false, |
| 2746 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 2747 | ]; |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | /** |
| 2750 | * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled |
| 2751 | * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits. |
| 2752 | * |
| 2753 | * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not |
| 2754 | * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk). |
| 2755 | * |
| 2756 | * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to |
| 2757 | * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits. |
| 2758 | * |
| 2759 | * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings, |
| 2760 | * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there. |
| 2761 | */ |
| 2762 | public const EnotifMinorEdits = [ |
| 2763 | 'default' => true, |
| 2764 | ]; |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | /** |
| 2767 | * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This |
| 2768 | * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username. |
| 2769 | * |
| 2770 | * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load. |
| 2771 | * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP. |
| 2772 | */ |
| 2773 | public const EnotifImpersonal = [ |
| 2774 | 'default' => false, |
| 2775 | ]; |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | /** |
| 2778 | * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should |
| 2779 | * match the limit on your mail server. |
| 2780 | */ |
| 2781 | public const EnotifMaxRecips = [ |
| 2782 | 'default' => 500, |
| 2783 | ]; |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | /** |
| 2786 | * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field. |
| 2787 | */ |
| 2788 | public const EnotifUseRealName = [ |
| 2789 | 'default' => false, |
| 2790 | ]; |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | /** |
| 2793 | * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change |
| 2794 | * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes. |
| 2795 | */ |
| 2796 | public const UsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [ |
| 2797 | 'default' => [], |
| 2798 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 2799 | ]; |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | // endregion -- end of email settings |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 2804 | // region Database settings |
| 2805 | /** @name Database settings */ |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | /** |
| 2808 | * Current wiki database name |
| 2809 | * |
| 2810 | * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). |
| 2811 | * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic. |
| 2812 | * |
| 2813 | * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). |
| 2814 | * |
| 2815 | * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. |
| 2816 | */ |
| 2817 | public const DBname = [ |
| 2818 | 'default' => 'my_wiki', |
| 2819 | ]; |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | /** |
| 2822 | * Current wiki database schema name |
| 2823 | * |
| 2824 | * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). |
| 2825 | * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic. |
| 2826 | * |
| 2827 | * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). |
| 2828 | * |
| 2829 | * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. |
| 2830 | */ |
| 2831 | public const DBmwschema = [ |
| 2832 | 'default' => null, |
| 2833 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 2834 | ]; |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | /** |
| 2837 | * Current wiki database table name prefix |
| 2838 | * |
| 2839 | * This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+). |
| 2840 | * If it's a non-empty string, then it preferably should end with an underscore. |
| 2841 | * Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are especially likely to be problematic. |
| 2842 | * |
| 2843 | * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain). |
| 2844 | * |
| 2845 | * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured. |
| 2846 | */ |
| 2847 | public const DBprefix = [ |
| 2848 | 'default' => '', |
| 2849 | ]; |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | /** |
| 2852 | * Database host name or IP address |
| 2853 | */ |
| 2854 | public const DBserver = [ |
| 2855 | 'default' => 'localhost', |
| 2856 | ]; |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | /** |
| 2859 | * Database port number |
| 2860 | */ |
| 2861 | public const DBport = [ |
| 2862 | 'default' => 5432, |
| 2863 | ]; |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | /** |
| 2866 | * Database username |
| 2867 | */ |
| 2868 | public const DBuser = [ |
| 2869 | 'default' => 'wikiuser', |
| 2870 | ]; |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | /** |
| 2873 | * Database user's password |
| 2874 | */ |
| 2875 | public const DBpassword = [ |
| 2876 | 'default' => '', |
| 2877 | ]; |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | /** |
| 2880 | * Database type |
| 2881 | */ |
| 2882 | public const DBtype = [ |
| 2883 | 'default' => 'mysql', |
| 2884 | ]; |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | /** |
| 2887 | * Whether to use SSL in DB connection. |
| 2888 | * |
| 2889 | * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to |
| 2890 | * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise |
| 2891 | * the 'ssl' parameter of the server array must be set to achieve the same functionality. |
| 2892 | */ |
| 2893 | public const DBssl = [ |
| 2894 | 'default' => false, |
| 2895 | ]; |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | /** |
| 2898 | * Whether to use compression in DB connection. |
| 2899 | * |
| 2900 | * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to |
| 2901 | * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise |
| 2902 | * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database |
| 2903 | * connection to achieve the same functionality. |
| 2904 | */ |
| 2905 | public const DBcompress = [ |
| 2906 | 'default' => false, |
| 2907 | ]; |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | /** |
| 2910 | * Check for warnings after DB queries and throw an exception if an |
| 2911 | * unacceptable warning is detected. |
| 2912 | * |
| 2913 | * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to |
| 2914 | * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array. |
| 2915 | * Otherwise, the 'strictWarnings' parameter of the server array must be set |
| 2916 | * to achieve the same functionality. |
| 2917 | * |
| 2918 | * @since 1.42 |
| 2919 | */ |
| 2920 | public const DBStrictWarnings = [ |
| 2921 | 'default' => false, |
| 2922 | ]; |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | /** |
| 2925 | * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default. |
| 2926 | */ |
| 2927 | public const DBadminuser = [ |
| 2928 | 'default' => null, |
| 2929 | ]; |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | /** |
| 2932 | * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default. |
| 2933 | */ |
| 2934 | public const DBadminpassword = [ |
| 2935 | 'default' => null, |
| 2936 | ]; |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | /** |
| 2939 | * Search type. |
| 2940 | * |
| 2941 | * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the |
| 2942 | * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class |
| 2943 | * name to override to a custom search engine. |
| 2944 | * |
| 2945 | * If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name |
| 2946 | * (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in |
| 2947 | * SearchMappings in extension.json. |
| 2948 | */ |
| 2949 | public const SearchType = [ |
| 2950 | 'default' => null, |
| 2951 | ]; |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | /** |
| 2954 | * Alternative search types |
| 2955 | * |
| 2956 | * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This |
| 2957 | * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters |
| 2958 | * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no |
| 2959 | * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically. |
| 2960 | * |
| 2961 | * If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name |
| 2962 | * (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in |
| 2963 | * SearchMappings in extension.json. |
| 2964 | */ |
| 2965 | public const SearchTypeAlternatives = [ |
| 2966 | 'default' => null, |
| 2967 | ]; |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | /** |
| 2970 | * MySQL table options to use during installation or update |
| 2971 | */ |
| 2972 | public const DBTableOptions = [ |
| 2973 | 'default' => 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary', |
| 2974 | ]; |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | /** |
| 2977 | * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set. |
| 2978 | * |
| 2979 | * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume |
| 2980 | * DBA has done his best job. |
| 2981 | * String override can be used for some additional fun :-) |
| 2982 | */ |
| 2983 | public const SQLMode = [ |
| 2984 | 'default' => '', |
| 2985 | ]; |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | /** |
| 2988 | * Default group to use when getting database connections. |
| 2989 | * |
| 2990 | * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection. |
| 2991 | * |
| 2992 | * @since 1.32 |
| 2993 | */ |
| 2994 | public const DBDefaultGroup = [ |
| 2995 | 'default' => null, |
| 2996 | ]; |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | /** |
| 2999 | * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data) |
| 3000 | */ |
| 3001 | public const SQLiteDataDir = [ |
| 3002 | 'default' => '', |
| 3003 | ]; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | /** |
| 3006 | * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table |
| 3007 | * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the |
| 3008 | * main database. |
| 3009 | * |
| 3010 | * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local |
| 3011 | * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables. |
| 3012 | * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their |
| 3013 | * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16) |
| 3014 | * |
| 3015 | * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared |
| 3016 | * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of |
| 3017 | * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them. |
| 3018 | * |
| 3019 | * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to |
| 3020 | * $wgDBprefix. |
| 3021 | * |
| 3022 | * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to |
| 3023 | * $wgDBmwschema. |
| 3024 | */ |
| 3025 | public const SharedDB = [ |
| 3026 | 'default' => null, |
| 3027 | ]; |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | /** |
| 3030 | * @see self::SharedDB |
| 3031 | */ |
| 3032 | public const SharedPrefix = [ |
| 3033 | 'default' => false, |
| 3034 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBprefix' ] ] |
| 3035 | ]; |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | /** |
| 3038 | * @param mixed $dbPrefix Value of DBprefix |
| 3039 | * @return mixed |
| 3040 | */ |
| 3041 | public static function getDefaultSharedPrefix( $dbPrefix ) { |
| 3042 | return $dbPrefix; |
| 3043 | } |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | /** |
| 3046 | * @see self::SharedDB |
| 3047 | * The installer will add 'actor' to this list for all new wikis. |
| 3048 | */ |
| 3049 | public const SharedTables = [ |
| 3050 | 'default' => [ |
| 3051 | 'user', |
| 3052 | 'user_properties', |
| 3053 | 'user_autocreate_serial', |
| 3054 | ], |
| 3055 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 3056 | ]; |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | /** |
| 3059 | * @see self::SharedDB |
| 3060 | * @since 1.23 |
| 3061 | */ |
| 3062 | public const SharedSchema = [ |
| 3063 | 'default' => false, |
| 3064 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'DBmwschema' ] ] |
| 3065 | ]; |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | /** |
| 3068 | * @param mixed $dbMwschema Value of DBmwschema |
| 3069 | * @return mixed |
| 3070 | */ |
| 3071 | public static function getDefaultSharedSchema( $dbMwschema ) { |
| 3072 | return $dbMwschema; |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | /** |
| 3076 | * Database load balancer |
| 3077 | * This is a two-dimensional array, a list of server info structures |
| 3078 | * Fields are: |
| 3079 | * - host: Host name |
| 3080 | * - dbname: Default database name |
| 3081 | * - user: DB user |
| 3082 | * - password: DB password |
| 3083 | * - type: DB type |
| 3084 | * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers) |
| 3085 | * |
| 3086 | * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0. |
| 3087 | * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be |
| 3088 | * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts. |
| 3089 | * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used. |
| 3090 | * |
| 3091 | * - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query |
| 3092 | * may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used. |
| 3093 | * |
| 3094 | * - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties: |
| 3095 | * - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactional-ize web requests and use autocommit otherwise |
| 3096 | * - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql |
| 3097 | * - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available (deprecated) |
| 3098 | * - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections |
| 3099 | * - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections |
| 3100 | * |
| 3101 | * - ssl: (optional) Boolean, whether to use TLS encryption. Overrides DBO_SSL. |
| 3102 | * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation |
| 3103 | * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used. |
| 3104 | * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived |
| 3105 | * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT. |
| 3106 | * This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present. |
| 3107 | * [Default: true if MW_ENTRY_POINT is 'cli', otherwise false] |
| 3108 | * |
| 3109 | * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member |
| 3110 | * variable of the Database object. |
| 3111 | * |
| 3112 | * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this |
| 3113 | * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except |
| 3114 | * perhaps in some command-line scripts). |
| 3115 | * |
| 3116 | * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the primary. The |
| 3117 | * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to |
| 3118 | * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your |
| 3119 | * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using: |
| 3120 | * |
| 3121 | * ``` |
| 3122 | * SET @@read_only=1; |
| 3123 | * ``` |
| 3124 | * |
| 3125 | * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean |
| 3126 | * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even |
| 3127 | * our primaries, and then set read_only=0 on primaries at runtime. |
| 3128 | */ |
| 3129 | public const DBservers = [ |
| 3130 | 'default' => false, |
| 3131 | 'type' => 'false|list', |
| 3132 | ]; |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | /** |
| 3135 | * Configuration for the ILBFactory service |
| 3136 | * |
| 3137 | * The "class" setting must point to a LBFactory subclass, which is also responsible |
| 3138 | * for reading $wgDBservers, $wgDBserver, etc. |
| 3139 | * |
| 3140 | * To set up a wiki farm with multiple database clusters, set the "class" to |
| 3141 | * LBFactoryMulti. See {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactoryMulti LBFactoryMulti} docs for |
| 3142 | * information on how to configure the rest of the $wgLBFactoryConf array. |
| 3143 | */ |
| 3144 | public const LBFactoryConf = [ |
| 3145 | 'default' => [ |
| 3146 | 'class' => 'Wikimedia\\Rdbms\\LBFactorySimple', |
| 3147 | ], |
| 3148 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3149 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', |
| 3150 | ]; |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | /** |
| 3153 | * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines |
| 3154 | * how many seconds that client should keep using the primary datacenter. |
| 3155 | * |
| 3156 | * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag. |
| 3157 | * |
| 3158 | * This must be greater than or equal to |
| 3159 | * Wikimedia\Rdbms\ChronologyProtector::POSITION_COOKIE_TTL. |
| 3160 | * |
| 3161 | * @since 1.27 |
| 3162 | */ |
| 3163 | public const DataCenterUpdateStickTTL = [ |
| 3164 | 'default' => 10, |
| 3165 | ]; |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /** |
| 3168 | * File to log database errors to |
| 3169 | */ |
| 3170 | public const DBerrorLog = [ |
| 3171 | 'default' => false, |
| 3172 | ]; |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | /** |
| 3175 | * Timezone to use in the error log. |
| 3176 | * |
| 3177 | * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone). |
| 3178 | * |
| 3179 | * A list of usable timezones can found at: |
| 3180 | * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php |
| 3181 | * |
| 3182 | * **Examples:** |
| 3183 | * |
| 3184 | * ``` |
| 3185 | * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC'; |
| 3186 | * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT'; |
| 3187 | * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT'; |
| 3188 | * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden'; |
| 3189 | * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET'; |
| 3190 | * ``` |
| 3191 | * |
| 3192 | * @since 1.20 |
| 3193 | */ |
| 3194 | public const DBerrorLogTZ = [ |
| 3195 | 'default' => false, |
| 3196 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ] |
| 3197 | ]; |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | public static function getDefaultDBerrorLogTZ( $localtimezone ) { |
| 3200 | // NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''. |
| 3201 | // Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = '' |
| 3202 | // in them, erroneously generated by the installer. |
| 3203 | return $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone(); |
| 3204 | } |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | /** |
| 3207 | * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account. |
| 3208 | * |
| 3209 | * List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen |
| 3210 | * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms: |
| 3211 | * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>" |
| 3212 | * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>" |
| 3213 | * - "<DB NAME>" |
| 3214 | * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work |
| 3215 | * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema) |
| 3216 | * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted |
| 3217 | * from these IDs. |
| 3218 | */ |
| 3219 | public const LocalDatabases = [ |
| 3220 | 'default' => [], |
| 3221 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 3222 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 3223 | ]; |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | /** |
| 3226 | * If lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagWarning, show a warning in some special |
| 3227 | * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagCritical, |
| 3228 | * show a more obvious warning. |
| 3229 | * |
| 3230 | * @since 1.36 |
| 3231 | */ |
| 3232 | public const DatabaseReplicaLagWarning = [ |
| 3233 | 'default' => 10, |
| 3234 | ]; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | /** |
| 3237 | * @see self::DatabaseReplicaLagWarning |
| 3238 | * @since 1.36 |
| 3239 | */ |
| 3240 | public const DatabaseReplicaLagCritical = [ |
| 3241 | 'default' => 30, |
| 3242 | ]; |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | /** |
| 3245 | * Max execution time for queries of several expensive special pages such as RecentChanges |
| 3246 | * in milliseconds. |
| 3247 | * |
| 3248 | * @since 1.38 |
| 3249 | */ |
| 3250 | public const MaxExecutionTimeForExpensiveQueries = [ |
| 3251 | 'default' => 0, |
| 3252 | ]; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /** |
| 3255 | * Mapping of virtual domain to external cluster db. |
| 3256 | * |
| 3257 | * If no entry is set, the code assumes local database. |
| 3258 | * For example, for routing queries of virtual domain 'vdomain' |
| 3259 | * to 'wikishared' database in 'extension1' cluster. The config should be like this: |
| 3260 | * [ 'vdomain' => [ 'cluster' => 'extension1', 'db' => 'wikishared' ] ] |
| 3261 | * |
| 3262 | * If the database needs to be the local domain, just set the 'db' to false. |
| 3263 | * |
| 3264 | * If you want to get another db in the main cluster, just omit 'cluster'. For example: |
| 3265 | * [ 'centralauth' => [ 'db' => 'centralauth' ] ] |
| 3266 | * |
| 3267 | * @since 1.41 |
| 3268 | */ |
| 3269 | public const VirtualDomainsMapping = [ |
| 3270 | 'default' => [], |
| 3271 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3272 | ]; |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | /** |
| 3275 | * Pagelinks table schema migration stage, for normalizing pl_namespace and pl_title fields. |
| 3276 | * |
| 3277 | * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: |
| 3278 | * |
| 3279 | * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_NEW | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW (SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW) |
| 3280 | * |
| 3281 | * History: |
| 3282 | * - 1.41: Added |
| 3283 | * - 1.43: Default has changed to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW. |
| 3284 | */ |
| 3285 | public const PageLinksSchemaMigrationStage = [ |
| 3286 | 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW, |
| 3287 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 3288 | ]; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | /** |
| 3291 | * Gaps in the externallinks table for certain domains. |
| 3292 | * |
| 3293 | * If you have identified certain domains for which externallinks searches are slow, |
| 3294 | * you can use this setting to make MediaWiki skip large el_id ranges, |
| 3295 | * rather than having the database scan through them fruitlessly. |
| 3296 | * |
| 3297 | * Each key in the array is a domain name in el_to_domain_index form, |
| 3298 | * e.g. 'https://com.example.'. |
| 3299 | * The value is an array with integer keys and values, |
| 3300 | * where each entry is a range (from => to, both inclusive) |
| 3301 | * of el_id values where this domain is known to have no entries. |
| 3302 | * (Subdomains are included, i.e., configuring an entry here guarantees to MediaWiki |
| 3303 | * that there are no rows where the el_to_domain_index starts with this value.) |
| 3304 | * |
| 3305 | * History: |
| 3306 | * - 1.41: Added |
| 3307 | */ |
| 3308 | public const ExternalLinksDomainGaps = [ |
| 3309 | 'default' => [], |
| 3310 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3311 | ]; |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | // endregion -- End of DB settings |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 3316 | // region Content handlers and storage |
| 3317 | /** @name Content handlers and storage */ |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | /** |
| 3320 | * Plugins for page content model handling. |
| 3321 | * |
| 3322 | * Each entry in the array maps a model id to an ObjectFactory specification |
| 3323 | * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass. |
| 3324 | * |
| 3325 | * @since 1.21 |
| 3326 | */ |
| 3327 | public const ContentHandlers = [ |
| 3328 | 'default' => |
| 3329 | [ |
| 3330 | // the usual case |
| 3331 | CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => [ |
| 3332 | 'class' => WikitextContentHandler::class, |
| 3333 | 'services' => [ |
| 3334 | 'TitleFactory', |
| 3335 | 'ParserFactory', |
| 3336 | 'GlobalIdGenerator', |
| 3337 | 'LanguageNameUtils', |
| 3338 | 'LinkRenderer', |
| 3339 | 'MagicWordFactory', |
| 3340 | 'ParsoidParserFactory', |
| 3341 | ], |
| 3342 | ], |
| 3343 | // dumb version, no syntax highlighting |
| 3344 | CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class, |
| 3345 | // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc. |
| 3346 | CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class, |
| 3347 | // dumb version, no syntax highlighting |
| 3348 | CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class, |
| 3349 | // plain text, for use by extensions, etc. |
| 3350 | CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class, |
| 3351 | // fallback for unknown models, from imports or extensions that were removed |
| 3352 | CONTENT_MODEL_UNKNOWN => FallbackContentHandler::class, |
| 3353 | ], |
| 3354 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3355 | ]; |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | /** |
| 3358 | * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that |
| 3359 | * namespace should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special |
| 3360 | * content type is defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the |
| 3361 | * CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT |
| 3362 | * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages). |
| 3363 | * |
| 3364 | * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general, |
| 3365 | * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler(). |
| 3366 | * @since 1.21 |
| 3367 | */ |
| 3368 | public const NamespaceContentModels = [ |
| 3369 | 'default' => [], |
| 3370 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3371 | ]; |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | /** |
| 3374 | * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds |
| 3375 | * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have |
| 3376 | * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page. |
| 3377 | * |
| 3378 | * Note that table of contents information will be *suppressed* for all |
| 3379 | * text models in this list other than wikitext. |
| 3380 | * |
| 3381 | * @todo Make the ToC suppression configurable by the content model |
| 3382 | * (T313455), not a side effect of inclusion here. |
| 3383 | * |
| 3384 | * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure, |
| 3385 | * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts. |
| 3386 | * @since 1.21 |
| 3387 | */ |
| 3388 | public const TextModelsToParse = [ |
| 3389 | 'default' => [ |
| 3390 | CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed. |
| 3391 | CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments. |
| 3392 | CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments. |
| 3393 | ], |
| 3394 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 3395 | ]; |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | /** |
| 3398 | * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new |
| 3399 | * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any |
| 3400 | * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting, |
| 3401 | * but will not be readable at all if zlib support is not available. |
| 3402 | */ |
| 3403 | public const CompressRevisions = [ |
| 3404 | 'default' => false, |
| 3405 | ]; |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | /** |
| 3408 | * List of enabled ExternalStore protocols. |
| 3409 | * |
| 3410 | * @see \ExternalStoreAccess |
| 3411 | * |
| 3412 | * ``` |
| 3413 | * $wgExternalStores = [ "DB" ]; |
| 3414 | * ``` |
| 3415 | */ |
| 3416 | public const ExternalStores = [ |
| 3417 | 'default' => [], |
| 3418 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 3419 | ]; |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | /** |
| 3422 | * Shortcut for setting `$wgLBFactoryConf["externalClusters"]`. |
| 3423 | * |
| 3424 | * This is only applicable when using the default LBFactory |
| 3425 | * of {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactorySimple LBFactorySimple}. |
| 3426 | * It is ignored if a different LBFactory is set, or if `externalClusters` |
| 3427 | * is already set explicitly. |
| 3428 | * |
| 3429 | * @see \ExternalStoreAccess |
| 3430 | * |
| 3431 | * **Example:** |
| 3432 | * Create a cluster named 'blobs_cluster1': |
| 3433 | * |
| 3434 | * ``` |
| 3435 | * $wgExternalServers = [ |
| 3436 | * 'blobs_cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers> |
| 3437 | * ]; |
| 3438 | * ``` |
| 3439 | */ |
| 3440 | public const ExternalServers = [ |
| 3441 | 'default' => [], |
| 3442 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3443 | ]; |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | /** |
| 3446 | * The place to put new text blobs or false to put them in the text table |
| 3447 | * of the local wiki database. |
| 3448 | * |
| 3449 | * @see \ExternalStoreAccess |
| 3450 | * |
| 3451 | * **Example:** |
| 3452 | * |
| 3453 | * ``` |
| 3454 | * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ]; |
| 3455 | * ``` |
| 3456 | */ |
| 3457 | public const DefaultExternalStore = [ |
| 3458 | 'default' => false, |
| 3459 | 'type' => 'list|false', |
| 3460 | ]; |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | /** |
| 3463 | * Revision text may be cached in the main WAN cache to reduce load on external |
| 3464 | * storage servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions. |
| 3465 | * |
| 3466 | * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry. |
| 3467 | */ |
| 3468 | public const RevisionCacheExpiry = [ |
| 3469 | 'default' => SqlBlobStore::DEFAULT_TTL, |
| 3470 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 3471 | ]; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | /** |
| 3474 | * Revision slots may be cached in the main WAN cache and/or the local server cache |
| 3475 | * to reduce load on the database. |
| 3476 | * |
| 3477 | * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry. |
| 3478 | */ |
| 3479 | public const RevisionSlotsCacheExpiry = [ |
| 3480 | 'default' => [ |
| 3481 | 'local' => BagOStuff::TTL_HOUR, |
| 3482 | 'WAN' => BagOStuff::TTL_DAY, |
| 3483 | ], |
| 3484 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3485 | ]; |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | /** |
| 3488 | * Enable page language feature |
| 3489 | * Allows setting page language in database |
| 3490 | * |
| 3491 | * @since 1.24 |
| 3492 | */ |
| 3493 | public const PageLanguageUseDB = [ |
| 3494 | 'default' => false, |
| 3495 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 3496 | ]; |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | /** |
| 3499 | * Specify the difference engine to use. |
| 3500 | * |
| 3501 | * Supported values: |
| 3502 | * - 'external': Use an external diff engine, which must be specified via $wgExternalDiffEngine |
| 3503 | * - 'wikidiff2': Use the wikidiff2 PHP extension |
| 3504 | * - 'php': PHP implementations included in MediaWiki |
| 3505 | * |
| 3506 | * The default (null) is to use the first engine that's available. |
| 3507 | * |
| 3508 | * @since 1.35 |
| 3509 | */ |
| 3510 | public const DiffEngine = [ |
| 3511 | 'default' => null, |
| 3512 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 3513 | ]; |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | /** |
| 3516 | * Name of the external diff engine to use. |
| 3517 | */ |
| 3518 | public const ExternalDiffEngine = [ |
| 3519 | 'default' => false, |
| 3520 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 3521 | ]; |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | /** |
| 3524 | * Options for wikidiff2: |
| 3525 | * - useMultiFormat: (bool) Whether to use wikidiff2_multi_format_diff() |
| 3526 | * if it is available. This temporarily defaults to false, during |
| 3527 | * migration to the new code. It is available in wikidiff2 1.14.0+. |
| 3528 | * |
| 3529 | * The following options are only effective if wikidiff2_multi_format_diff() |
| 3530 | * is enabled. See README.md in wikidiff2 for details: |
| 3531 | * |
| 3532 | * - numContextLines |
| 3533 | * - changeThreshold |
| 3534 | * - movedLineThreshold |
| 3535 | * - maxMovedLines |
| 3536 | * - maxWordLevelDiffComplexity |
| 3537 | * - maxSplitSize |
| 3538 | * - initialSplitThreshold |
| 3539 | * - finalSplitThreshold |
| 3540 | * |
| 3541 | * Also: |
| 3542 | * - formatOptions: An array of format-specific overrides. The key may |
| 3543 | * be "inline" or "table" and the value is an array with keys |
| 3544 | * numContextLines, changeThreshold, etc. |
| 3545 | * @since 1.41 |
| 3546 | */ |
| 3547 | public const Wikidiff2Options = [ |
| 3548 | 'default' => [], |
| 3549 | 'type' => 'map' |
| 3550 | ]; |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | // endregion -- end of Content handlers and storage |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 3555 | // region Performance hacks and limits |
| 3556 | /** @name Performance hacks and limits */ |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | /** |
| 3559 | * Set a limit on server request wall clock time. |
| 3560 | * |
| 3561 | * If the Excimer extension is enabled, setting this will cause an exception |
| 3562 | * to be thrown after the specified number of seconds. If the extension is |
| 3563 | * not available, set_time_limit() will be called instead. |
| 3564 | * |
| 3565 | * @since 1.36 |
| 3566 | */ |
| 3567 | public const RequestTimeLimit = [ |
| 3568 | 'default' => null, |
| 3569 | 'type' => '?integer', |
| 3570 | ]; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | /** |
| 3573 | * The request time limit for "slow" write requests that should not be |
| 3574 | * interrupted due to the risk of data corruption. |
| 3575 | * |
| 3576 | * The limit will only be raised. If the pre-existing time limit is larger, |
| 3577 | * then this will have no effect. |
| 3578 | * |
| 3579 | * @since 1.26 |
| 3580 | */ |
| 3581 | public const TransactionalTimeLimit = [ |
| 3582 | 'default' => 120, |
| 3583 | ]; |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | /** |
| 3586 | * The maximum time critical sections are allowed to stay open. Critical |
| 3587 | * sections are used to defer Excimer request timeouts. If Excimer is available |
| 3588 | * and this time limit is exceeded, an exception will be thrown at the next |
| 3589 | * opportunity, typically after a long-running function like a DB query returns. |
| 3590 | * |
| 3591 | * Critical sections may wrap long-running queries, and it's generally better |
| 3592 | * for the timeout to be handled a few milliseconds later when the critical |
| 3593 | * section exits, so this should be a large number. |
| 3594 | * |
| 3595 | * This limit is ignored in command-line mode. |
| 3596 | * |
| 3597 | * @since 1.36 |
| 3598 | */ |
| 3599 | public const CriticalSectionTimeLimit = [ |
| 3600 | 'default' => 180.0, |
| 3601 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 3602 | ]; |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | /** |
| 3605 | * Disable database-intensive features |
| 3606 | */ |
| 3607 | public const MiserMode = [ |
| 3608 | 'default' => false, |
| 3609 | ]; |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | /** |
| 3612 | * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some |
| 3613 | */ |
| 3614 | public const DisableQueryPages = [ |
| 3615 | 'default' => false, |
| 3616 | ]; |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | /** |
| 3619 | * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on |
| 3620 | */ |
| 3621 | public const QueryCacheLimit = [ |
| 3622 | 'default' => 1000, |
| 3623 | ]; |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | /** |
| 3626 | * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted" |
| 3627 | */ |
| 3628 | public const WantedPagesThreshold = [ |
| 3629 | 'default' => 1, |
| 3630 | ]; |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | /** |
| 3633 | * Enable slow parser functions |
| 3634 | */ |
| 3635 | public const AllowSlowParserFunctions = [ |
| 3636 | 'default' => false, |
| 3637 | ]; |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | /** |
| 3640 | * Allow schema updates |
| 3641 | */ |
| 3642 | public const AllowSchemaUpdates = [ |
| 3643 | 'default' => true, |
| 3644 | ]; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /** |
| 3647 | * Maximum article size in kibibytes |
| 3648 | */ |
| 3649 | public const MaxArticleSize = [ |
| 3650 | 'default' => 2048, |
| 3651 | ]; |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | /** |
| 3654 | * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to |
| 3655 | * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount. |
| 3656 | */ |
| 3657 | public const MemoryLimit = [ |
| 3658 | 'default' => '50M', |
| 3659 | ]; |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | /** |
| 3662 | * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis. |
| 3663 | * |
| 3664 | * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension. |
| 3665 | * |
| 3666 | * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only |
| 3667 | * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name. |
| 3668 | * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor |
| 3669 | * parameters. |
| 3670 | * |
| 3671 | * **Example using local redis instance:** |
| 3672 | * |
| 3673 | * ``` |
| 3674 | * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [ |
| 3675 | * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class, |
| 3676 | * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds |
| 3677 | * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool |
| 3678 | * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool |
| 3679 | * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ], |
| 3680 | * 'redisConfig' => [] |
| 3681 | * ] ]; |
| 3682 | * ``` |
| 3683 | * |
| 3684 | * **Example using C daemon from <https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/mediawiki/services/poolcounter>** |
| 3685 | * |
| 3686 | * ``` |
| 3687 | * $wgPoolCountClientConf = [ |
| 3688 | * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ], |
| 3689 | * 'timeout' => 0.5, |
| 3690 | * 'connect_timeout' => 0.01, |
| 3691 | * ]; |
| 3692 | * |
| 3693 | * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [ |
| 3694 | * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client', |
| 3695 | * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds |
| 3696 | * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool |
| 3697 | * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool |
| 3698 | * ... any extension-specific options... |
| 3699 | * ] ]; |
| 3700 | * ``` |
| 3701 | * |
| 3702 | * @since 1.16 |
| 3703 | */ |
| 3704 | public const PoolCounterConf = [ |
| 3705 | 'default' => null, |
| 3706 | 'type' => '?map', |
| 3707 | ]; |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | /** |
| 3710 | * Configuration array for the PoolCounter client. |
| 3711 | * |
| 3712 | * - servers: Array of hostnames, or hostname:port. The default port is 7531. |
| 3713 | * - timeout: Connection timeout. |
| 3714 | * - connect_timeout: [Since 1.28] Alternative connection timeout. If set, it is used |
| 3715 | * instead of `timeout` and will be retried once if a connection fails |
| 3716 | * to be established. Background: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T105378. |
| 3717 | * |
| 3718 | * @see \MediaWiki\PoolCounter\PoolCounterClient |
| 3719 | * @since 1.16 |
| 3720 | */ |
| 3721 | public const PoolCountClientConf = [ |
| 3722 | 'default' => [ |
| 3723 | 'servers' => [ |
| 3724 | '127.0.0.1' |
| 3725 | ], |
| 3726 | 'timeout' => 0.1, |
| 3727 | ], |
| 3728 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3729 | ]; |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | /** |
| 3732 | * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes. |
| 3733 | * |
| 3734 | * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed. |
| 3735 | * |
| 3736 | * @since 1.27 |
| 3737 | */ |
| 3738 | public const MaxUserDBWriteDuration = [ |
| 3739 | 'default' => false, |
| 3740 | 'type' => 'integer|false', |
| 3741 | ]; |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | /** |
| 3744 | * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes. |
| 3745 | * |
| 3746 | * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed. |
| 3747 | * |
| 3748 | * @since 1.30 |
| 3749 | */ |
| 3750 | public const MaxJobDBWriteDuration = [ |
| 3751 | 'default' => false, |
| 3752 | 'type' => 'integer|false', |
| 3753 | ]; |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | /** |
| 3756 | * LinkHolderArray batch size |
| 3757 | * For debugging |
| 3758 | */ |
| 3759 | public const LinkHolderBatchSize = [ |
| 3760 | 'default' => 1000, |
| 3761 | ]; |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | /** |
| 3764 | * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page. |
| 3765 | */ |
| 3766 | public const MaximumMovedPages = [ |
| 3767 | 'default' => 100, |
| 3768 | ]; |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | /** |
| 3771 | * Force deferred updates to be run before sending a response to the client, |
| 3772 | * instead of attempting to run them after sending the response. Setting this |
| 3773 | * to true is useful for end-to-end testing, to ensure that the effects of a |
| 3774 | * request are visible to any subsequent requests, even if they are made |
| 3775 | * immediately after the first one. Note however that this does not ensure |
| 3776 | * that database replication is complete, nor does it execute any jobs |
| 3777 | * enqueued for later. |
| 3778 | * There should be no reason to set this in a normal production environment. |
| 3779 | * |
| 3780 | * @since 1.38 |
| 3781 | */ |
| 3782 | public const ForceDeferredUpdatesPreSend = [ |
| 3783 | 'default' => false, |
| 3784 | ]; |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | /** |
| 3787 | * Whether site_stats table should have multiple rows. If set to true, in each update, |
| 3788 | * one of ten rows gets updated at random to reduce lock wait time in wikis |
| 3789 | * that have lots of concurrent edits. |
| 3790 | * It should be set to true in really large wikis with big flow of edits, |
| 3791 | * Otherwise it can cause inaccuracy in data. |
| 3792 | * |
| 3793 | * @since 1.39 |
| 3794 | */ |
| 3795 | public const MultiShardSiteStats = [ |
| 3796 | 'default' => false, |
| 3797 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 3798 | ]; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | // endregion -- end performance hacks |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 3803 | // region Cache settings |
| 3804 | /** @name Cache settings */ |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | /** |
| 3807 | * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible |
| 3808 | * from the web. |
| 3809 | * |
| 3810 | * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they |
| 3811 | * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for |
| 3812 | * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory']. |
| 3813 | */ |
| 3814 | public const CacheDirectory = [ |
| 3815 | 'default' => false, |
| 3816 | ]; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | /** |
| 3819 | * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have |
| 3820 | * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache |
| 3821 | * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. |
| 3822 | * |
| 3823 | * The options are: |
| 3824 | * |
| 3825 | * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works |
| 3826 | * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache |
| 3827 | * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB |
| 3828 | * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers |
| 3829 | * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC or APCu |
| 3830 | * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache |
| 3831 | * configuration in $wgObjectCaches. |
| 3832 | * |
| 3833 | * For a multi-datacenter setup, the underlying service should be configured |
| 3834 | * to broadcast operations by WANObjectCache using Mcrouter or Dynomite. |
| 3835 | * See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache". |
| 3836 | * To configure the `broadcastRoutingPrefix` WANObjectCache parameter, |
| 3837 | * use $wgWANObjectCache. |
| 3838 | * |
| 3839 | * @see self::MessageCacheType |
| 3840 | * @see self::ParserCacheType |
| 3841 | */ |
| 3842 | public const MainCacheType = [ |
| 3843 | 'default' => CACHE_NONE, |
| 3844 | ]; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /** |
| 3847 | * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This |
| 3848 | * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate. |
| 3849 | * |
| 3850 | * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. |
| 3851 | */ |
| 3852 | public const MessageCacheType = [ |
| 3853 | 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, |
| 3854 | ]; |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | /** |
| 3857 | * The cache type for storing page content HTML (e.g. parsed from wikitext). |
| 3858 | * |
| 3859 | * Parsing wikitext is considered an expensive operation. It is recommended |
| 3860 | * to give your parser cache plenty of storage space, such that long tail cache |
| 3861 | * hits are possible. |
| 3862 | * |
| 3863 | * The default parser cache backend (when MainCacheType is left to CACHE_NONE) |
| 3864 | * is effectively CACHE_DB (SqlBagOStuff). If you set up a main cache type |
| 3865 | * such as memcached, it is recommended to set this explicitly to CACHE_DB. |
| 3866 | * |
| 3867 | * Advice for large wiki farms: |
| 3868 | * - Consider allocating a dedicated database to ParserCache. |
| 3869 | * Register it in $wgObjectCaches and point $wgParserCacheType to it. |
| 3870 | * - Consider using MultiWriteBagOStuff to add a higher tier with Memcached |
| 3871 | * in front of the lower database tier. |
| 3872 | * - Consider setting `'purgePeriod' => 0` in the dedicated SqlBagOStuff |
| 3873 | * entry in $wgObjectCaches. This disables the automatic purging of |
| 3874 | * expired rows (which would normally happen in the background of |
| 3875 | * write requests). You can then schedule the purgeParserCache.php script |
| 3876 | * to e.g. once a day prune expired rows from the a dedicated maintenance |
| 3877 | * server. |
| 3878 | * |
| 3879 | * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. |
| 3880 | */ |
| 3881 | public const ParserCacheType = [ |
| 3882 | 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, |
| 3883 | ]; |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | /** |
| 3886 | * The cache backend for storing session data. |
| 3887 | * |
| 3888 | * Used by MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager. See $wgMainCacheType for available types. |
| 3889 | * |
| 3890 | * See [SessionManager Storage expectations](@ref SessionManager-storage-expectations). |
| 3891 | */ |
| 3892 | public const SessionCacheType = [ |
| 3893 | 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, |
| 3894 | ]; |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | /** |
| 3897 | * The cache type for storing language conversion tables, |
| 3898 | * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages. |
| 3899 | * |
| 3900 | * For available types see $wgMainCacheType. |
| 3901 | * |
| 3902 | * @since 1.20 |
| 3903 | */ |
| 3904 | public const LanguageConverterCacheType = [ |
| 3905 | 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, |
| 3906 | ]; |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | /** |
| 3909 | * Advanced object cache configuration. |
| 3910 | * |
| 3911 | * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used |
| 3912 | * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and |
| 3913 | * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType, |
| 3914 | * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType. |
| 3915 | * |
| 3916 | * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and |
| 3917 | * the value is an associative array of parameters. One of the following |
| 3918 | * parameters specifying the class must be given: |
| 3919 | * |
| 3920 | * - class: The class name which will be used. |
| 3921 | * - factory: A callable function which will generate a suitable cache object. |
| 3922 | * |
| 3923 | * The following parameters are shared and understood by most classes: |
| 3924 | * |
| 3925 | * - loggroup: The log channel to use. |
| 3926 | * |
| 3927 | * For SqlBagOStuff, the main configured database will be used, unless one of the following |
| 3928 | * three parameters is given: |
| 3929 | * |
| 3930 | * - server: Server config map for Database::factory() that describes the database to |
| 3931 | * use for all key operations in the current region. This is overridden by "servers". |
| 3932 | * - servers: Map of tag strings to server config maps, each for Database::factory(), |
| 3933 | * describing the set of database servers on which to distribute key operations in the |
| 3934 | * current region. Data is distributed among the servers via key hashing based on the |
| 3935 | * server tags. Therefore, each tag represents a shard of the dataset. Tags are useful |
| 3936 | * for failover using cold-standby servers and for managing shards with replica servers |
| 3937 | * in multiple regions (each having different hostnames). |
| 3938 | * - cluster: The ExternalStore cluster name to use. |
| 3939 | * |
| 3940 | * SqlBagOStuff also accepts the following optional parameters: |
| 3941 | * |
| 3942 | * - dbDomain: The database name to pass to the LoadBalancer. |
| 3943 | * - multiPrimaryMode: Whether the portion of the dataset belonging to each tag/shard is |
| 3944 | * replicated among one or more regions, with one "co-primary" server in each region. |
| 3945 | * Queries are issued in a manner that provides Last-Write-Wins eventual consistency. |
| 3946 | * This option requires the "server" or "servers" options. Only MySQL, with statement |
| 3947 | * based replication (log_bin='ON' and binlog_format='STATEMENT') is supported. Also, |
| 3948 | * the `modtoken` column must exist on the `objectcache` table(s). |
| 3949 | * - purgePeriod: The average number of object cache writes in between garbage collection |
| 3950 | * operations, where expired entries are removed from the database. Or in other words, |
| 3951 | * the probability of performing a purge is one in every this number. If set to zero, |
| 3952 | * purging will never be done at runtime (for use with PurgeParserCache). |
| 3953 | * - purgeLimit: Maximum number of rows to purge at once. |
| 3954 | * - tableName: The table name to use, default is "objectcache". |
| 3955 | * - shards: The number of tables to use for data storage on each server. If greater than |
| 3956 | * 1, table names are formed in the style objectcacheNNN where NNN is the shard index, |
| 3957 | * between 0 and shards-1. The number of digits used in the suffix is the minimum number |
| 3958 | * required to hold the largest shard index. Data is distributed among the tables via |
| 3959 | * key hashing. This helps mitigate MySQL bugs 61735 and 61736. |
| 3960 | * - writeBatchSize: Default maximum number of rows to change in each query for write |
| 3961 | * operations that can be chunked into a set of smaller writes. |
| 3962 | * |
| 3963 | * For MemcachedPhpBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::__construct} |
| 3964 | * |
| 3965 | * For MemcachedPeclBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::__construct} |
| 3966 | * |
| 3967 | * For RedisBagOStuff parameters see {@link Wikimedia\ObjectCache\RedisBagOStuff::__construct} |
| 3968 | */ |
| 3969 | public const ObjectCaches = [ |
| 3970 | 'default' => [ |
| 3971 | CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], |
| 3972 | CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ], |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ], |
| 3975 | 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ], |
| 3976 | 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | // Deprecated since 1.35. |
| 3979 | // - To configure a wg*CacheType variable to use the local server cache, |
| 3980 | // use CACHE_ACCEL instead, which will select these automatically. |
| 3981 | // - To access the object for the local server cache at run-time, |
| 3982 | // use MediaWikiServices::getLocalServerObjectCache() |
| 3983 | // instead of e.g. ObjectCache::getInstance( 'apcu' ). |
| 3984 | // - To instantiate a new one of these explicitly, do so directly |
| 3985 | // by using `new APCUBagOStuff( [ … ] )` |
| 3986 | // - To instantiate a new one of these including auto-detection and fallback, |
| 3987 | // use ObjectCache::makeLocalServerCache(). |
| 3988 | 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], |
| 3989 | 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ], |
| 3990 | ], |
| 3991 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 3992 | ]; |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | /** |
| 3995 | * Extra parameters to the WANObjectCache constructor. |
| 3996 | * |
| 3997 | * See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache". |
| 3998 | * |
| 3999 | * @since 1.40 |
| 4000 | */ |
| 4001 | public const WANObjectCache = [ |
| 4002 | 'default' => [], |
| 4003 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4004 | ]; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | /** |
| 4007 | * The stash store backend for MicroStash. |
| 4008 | * |
| 4009 | * This store should be optimized for ephemeral data, and should be able to handle |
| 4010 | * a high volume of writes and reads. The dataset access scope should be across |
| 4011 | * all servers that serve the application. |
| 4012 | * |
| 4013 | * Note that the TTL of the data written to this store must be respected completely |
| 4014 | * before the data gets evicted from the store (whether the data is used or not). |
| 4015 | * The store must not evict data based on LRU or popularity before the TTL expires. |
| 4016 | * |
| 4017 | * Expectations for sysadmins: |
| 4018 | * |
| 4019 | * 1. The data written to this store is generally short-lived (seconds/minutes), |
| 4020 | * 2. This store must reliably persist and should not evict data until the TTL expires, |
| 4021 | * 3. The same store must be accessed by all application servers (i.e. no visible lag or |
| 4022 | * split reality), |
| 4023 | * 4. This store should handle a high volume of both writes and reads, |
| 4024 | * with reads completing with consistently low latencies. |
| 4025 | * |
| 4026 | * Examples users: |
| 4027 | * |
| 4028 | * - {@link MediaWiki::Permissions::RateLimiter RateLimiter} (via RStatsFactory) |
| 4029 | * - {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::ChronologyProtector ChronologyProtector} |
| 4030 | * See also [ChronologyProtector requirements](@ref ChronologyProtector-storage-requirements), |
| 4031 | * for more detailed system administrator requirements for multi-DC operations. |
| 4032 | * |
| 4033 | * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. |
| 4034 | * |
| 4035 | * @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff |
| 4036 | * @since 1.42 |
| 4037 | */ |
| 4038 | public const MicroStashType = [ |
| 4039 | 'default' => CACHE_ANYTHING, |
| 4040 | 'type' => 'string|int', |
| 4041 | ]; |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | /** |
| 4044 | * The object store type of the main stash. |
| 4045 | * |
| 4046 | * This should be a fast storage system optimized for lightweight data, both ephemeral and |
| 4047 | * permanent, for things like counters, tokens, and blobs. The dataset access scope should |
| 4048 | * include all the application servers in all datacenters. Thus, the data must be replicated |
| 4049 | * among all datacenters. The store should have "Last Write Wins" eventual consistency. Per |
| 4050 | * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem, the store should act as a PA/EL distributed |
| 4051 | * system for these operations. |
| 4052 | * |
| 4053 | * The multi-datacenter strategy for MediaWiki is to have CDN route HTTP POST requests to the |
| 4054 | * primary datacenter and HTTP GET/HEAD/OPTIONS requests to the closest datacenter to the |
| 4055 | * client. The stash accepts write operations from any datacenter, but cross-datacenter |
| 4056 | * replication is asynchronous. |
| 4057 | * |
| 4058 | * Modules that use the main stash can expect race conditions to occur if a key can receive |
| 4059 | * write operations originating from multiple datacenters. To improve consistency, callers |
| 4060 | * should avoid main stash updates during non-POST requests. In any case, callers should |
| 4061 | * gracefully tolerate occasional key evictions, temporary inconsistencies among datacenters, |
| 4062 | * and violations of linearizability (e.g. during timeouts). Modules that can never handle |
| 4063 | * these kinds of anomalies should use other storage mediums. |
| 4064 | * |
| 4065 | * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. |
| 4066 | * |
| 4067 | * @see \Wikimedia\ObjectCache\BagOStuff |
| 4068 | * @since 1.26 |
| 4069 | */ |
| 4070 | public const MainStash = [ |
| 4071 | 'default' => CACHE_DB, |
| 4072 | ]; |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /** |
| 4075 | * Configuration for the caching related to parsoid output. The configuration contains the |
| 4076 | * following keys: |
| 4077 | * |
| 4078 | * - StashType: The type of object store to be used by the ParsoidOutputStash service, |
| 4079 | * which stores the base state of HTML based edits. |
| 4080 | * Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants. |
| 4081 | * By default, the value of the MainStash setting will be used. |
| 4082 | * This should be an object store that provides fairly solid persistence guarantees, |
| 4083 | * since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit. |
| 4084 | * If null, the value of the MainStash configuration setting will be used. |
| 4085 | * |
| 4086 | * - StashDuration: The number of seconds for which an entry in the stash should be kept. |
| 4087 | * Should be long enough for users to finish editing, |
| 4088 | * since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit. |
| 4089 | * This is set to one day by default. |
| 4090 | * |
| 4091 | * - WarmParsoidParserCache: Setting this to true will pre-populate the parsoid parser cache |
| 4092 | * with parsoid outputs on page edits. This speeds up loading HTML into Visual Editor. |
| 4093 | * |
| 4094 | * @since 1.39 |
| 4095 | * @unstable Per MediaWiki 1.39, the structure of this configuration is still subject to |
| 4096 | * change. |
| 4097 | */ |
| 4098 | public const ParsoidCacheConfig = [ |
| 4099 | 'type' => 'object', |
| 4100 | 'properties' => [ |
| 4101 | 'StashType' => [ 'type' => 'int|string|null', 'default' => null ], |
| 4102 | 'StashDuration' => [ 'type' => 'int', 'default' => 24 * 60 * 60 ], |
| 4103 | 'WarmParsoidParserCache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], |
| 4104 | ] |
| 4105 | ]; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | /** |
| 4108 | * Sample rate for collecting statistics on Parsoid selective update. |
| 4109 | * |
| 4110 | * Zero disables collection; 1000 means "1 in every 1000 parses will |
| 4111 | * be sampled". |
| 4112 | * |
| 4113 | * @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL and will disappear once analysis is |
| 4114 | * complete. |
| 4115 | */ |
| 4116 | public const ParsoidSelectiveUpdateSampleRate = [ |
| 4117 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 4118 | 'default' => 0, |
| 4119 | ]; |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | /** |
| 4122 | * Per-namespace configuration for the ParserCache filter. |
| 4123 | * |
| 4124 | * There is one top level key for each cache name supported in ParserCacheFactory. |
| 4125 | * The per-namespace configuration is given separately for each cache. |
| 4126 | * |
| 4127 | * For each namespace, this defines a set of filter options, which are represented |
| 4128 | * as an associative array. The following keys are supported in this array: |
| 4129 | * |
| 4130 | * - minCpuTime: causes the parser cache to not save any output that took fewer |
| 4131 | * than the given number of seconds of CPU time to generate, according to |
| 4132 | * ParserOutput::getTimeProfile(). Set to 0 to always cache, or to |
| 4133 | * PHP_INT_MAX to disable caching for this namespace. |
| 4134 | * |
| 4135 | * If no filter options are defined for a given namespace, the filter options |
| 4136 | * under the "default" key will be used for pages in that namespace. |
| 4137 | * |
| 4138 | * @since 1.42 |
| 4139 | */ |
| 4140 | public const ParserCacheFilterConfig = [ |
| 4141 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4142 | 'default' => [ // default value |
| 4143 | 'pcache' => [ // old parser cache |
| 4144 | 'default' => [ // all namespaces |
| 4145 | // 0 means no threshold. |
| 4146 | // Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache. |
| 4147 | 'minCpuTime' => 0 |
| 4148 | ], |
| 4149 | ], |
| 4150 | 'parsoid-pcache' => [ // parsoid output cache |
| 4151 | 'default' => [ // all namespaces |
| 4152 | // 0 means no threshold. |
| 4153 | // Use PHP_INT_MAX to disable cache. |
| 4154 | 'minCpuTime' => 0 |
| 4155 | ], |
| 4156 | ], |
| 4157 | ], |
| 4158 | 'additionalProperties' => [ // caches |
| 4159 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4160 | 'description' => 'A map of namespace IDs to filter definitions.', |
| 4161 | 'additionalProperties' => [ // namespaces |
| 4162 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4163 | 'description' => 'A map of filter names to values.', |
| 4164 | 'properties' => [ // filters |
| 4165 | 'minCpuTime' => [ 'type' => 'float' ] |
| 4166 | ] |
| 4167 | ], |
| 4168 | ], |
| 4169 | ]; |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | /** |
| 4172 | * Secret string for HMAC hashing in ChronologyProtector [optional] |
| 4173 | * |
| 4174 | * @since 1.41 |
| 4175 | */ |
| 4176 | public const ChronologyProtectorSecret = [ |
| 4177 | 'default' => '', |
| 4178 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 4179 | ]; |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | /** |
| 4182 | * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds. |
| 4183 | * |
| 4184 | * The default is 86400 (one day). |
| 4185 | */ |
| 4186 | public const ParserCacheExpireTime = [ |
| 4187 | 'default' => 60 * 60 * 24, |
| 4188 | ]; |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | /** |
| 4191 | * Ratio for use of new parser cache key schema. |
| 4192 | * |
| 4193 | * For example, 100 means only 1% of entries will be using the new schema. |
| 4194 | * And 5 means 20% of entries and so on. |
| 4195 | * |
| 4196 | * @note this is temporary and will be removed soon. |
| 4197 | * |
| 4198 | * @unstable |
| 4199 | */ |
| 4200 | public const ParserCacheNewKeySchemaRatio = [ |
| 4201 | 'default' => 0, |
| 4202 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 4203 | ]; |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | /** |
| 4206 | * The expiry time for the parser cache for old revisions, in seconds. |
| 4207 | * |
| 4208 | * The default is 3600 (cache disabled). |
| 4209 | */ |
| 4210 | public const OldRevisionParserCacheExpireTime = [ |
| 4211 | 'default' => 60 * 60, |
| 4212 | ]; |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | /** |
| 4215 | * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds. |
| 4216 | */ |
| 4217 | public const ObjectCacheSessionExpiry = [ |
| 4218 | 'default' => 60 * 60, |
| 4219 | ]; |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | /** |
| 4222 | * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions) |
| 4223 | * |
| 4224 | * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'. |
| 4225 | * |
| 4226 | * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP |
| 4227 | * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler. |
| 4228 | * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each |
| 4229 | * others' cookies. |
| 4230 | * |
| 4231 | * @since 1.27 |
| 4232 | */ |
| 4233 | public const PHPSessionHandling = [ |
| 4234 | 'default' => 'enable', |
| 4235 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 4236 | ]; |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 | /** |
| 4239 | * Time in seconds to remember IPs for, for the purposes of logging IP changes within the |
| 4240 | * same session. This is meant more for debugging errors in the authentication system than |
| 4241 | * for detecting abuse. |
| 4242 | * |
| 4243 | * @since 1.36 |
| 4244 | */ |
| 4245 | public const SuspiciousIpExpiry = [ |
| 4246 | 'default' => false, |
| 4247 | 'type' => 'integer|false', |
| 4248 | ]; |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | /** |
| 4251 | * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets. |
| 4252 | * |
| 4253 | * @since 1.28 |
| 4254 | */ |
| 4255 | public const SessionPbkdf2Iterations = [ |
| 4256 | 'default' => 10001, |
| 4257 | ]; |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | /** |
| 4260 | * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers |
| 4261 | */ |
| 4262 | public const MemCachedServers = [ |
| 4263 | 'default' => [ '127.0.0.1:11211', ], |
| 4264 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 4265 | ]; |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | /** |
| 4268 | * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple |
| 4269 | * requests. |
| 4270 | */ |
| 4271 | public const MemCachedPersistent = [ |
| 4272 | 'default' => false, |
| 4273 | ]; |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | /** |
| 4276 | * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds. |
| 4277 | */ |
| 4278 | public const MemCachedTimeout = [ |
| 4279 | 'default' => 500_000, |
| 4280 | ]; |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | /** |
| 4283 | * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server. |
| 4284 | * |
| 4285 | * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType. |
| 4286 | * |
| 4287 | * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing. |
| 4288 | * |
| 4289 | * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages |
| 4290 | * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface |
| 4291 | * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf. |
| 4292 | */ |
| 4293 | public const UseLocalMessageCache = [ |
| 4294 | 'default' => false, |
| 4295 | ]; |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | /** |
| 4298 | * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have |
| 4299 | * been customised in the site content language. This means that |
| 4300 | * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist. |
| 4301 | * |
| 4302 | * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net. |
| 4303 | */ |
| 4304 | public const AdaptiveMessageCache = [ |
| 4305 | 'default' => false, |
| 4306 | ]; |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | /** |
| 4309 | * Localisation cache configuration. |
| 4310 | * |
| 4311 | * Used by service wiring to decide how to construct the |
| 4312 | * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys: |
| 4313 | * |
| 4314 | * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object. |
| 4315 | * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache. |
| 4316 | * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory' |
| 4317 | * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable. |
| 4318 | * |
| 4319 | * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional. |
| 4320 | * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option |
| 4321 | * as abstraction for this. |
| 4322 | * |
| 4323 | * store: How and where to store localisation cache data. |
| 4324 | * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name. |
| 4325 | * Must be one of: |
| 4326 | * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory' |
| 4327 | * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise. |
| 4328 | * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files. |
| 4329 | * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files. |
| 4330 | * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table. |
| 4331 | * |
| 4332 | * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it |
| 4333 | * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then |
| 4334 | * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead. |
| 4335 | * |
| 4336 | * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests. |
| 4337 | * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead. |
| 4338 | */ |
| 4339 | public const LocalisationCacheConf = [ |
| 4340 | 'properties' => [ |
| 4341 | 'class' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => LocalisationCache::class ], |
| 4342 | 'store' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => 'detect' ], |
| 4343 | 'storeClass' => [ 'type' => 'false|string', 'default' => false ], |
| 4344 | 'storeDirectory' => [ 'type' => 'false|string', 'default' => false ], |
| 4345 | 'storeServer' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [] ], |
| 4346 | 'forceRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], |
| 4347 | 'manualRecache' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], |
| 4348 | ], |
| 4349 | 'type' => 'object', |
| 4350 | ]; |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | /** |
| 4353 | * Allow client-side caching of pages |
| 4354 | */ |
| 4355 | public const CachePages = [ |
| 4356 | 'default' => true, |
| 4357 | ]; |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | /** |
| 4360 | * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both |
| 4361 | * client-side and server-side caching. |
| 4362 | * |
| 4363 | * You can get the current date on your server by using the command: |
| 4364 | * |
| 4365 | * @verbatim date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S |
| 4366 | * @endverbatim |
| 4367 | */ |
| 4368 | public const CacheEpoch = [ |
| 4369 | 'default' => '20030516000000', |
| 4370 | ]; |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | /** |
| 4373 | * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false, |
| 4374 | * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used. |
| 4375 | */ |
| 4376 | public const GitInfoCacheDirectory = [ |
| 4377 | 'default' => false, |
| 4378 | ]; |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | /** |
| 4381 | * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce |
| 4382 | * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default |
| 4383 | * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests. |
| 4384 | */ |
| 4385 | public const UseFileCache = [ |
| 4386 | 'default' => false, |
| 4387 | ]; |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | /** |
| 4390 | * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under |
| 4391 | * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on |
| 4392 | * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will |
| 4393 | * be put directly into the main file cache directory. |
| 4394 | */ |
| 4395 | public const FileCacheDepth = [ |
| 4396 | 'default' => 2, |
| 4397 | ]; |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | /** |
| 4400 | * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so |
| 4401 | * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity. |
| 4402 | */ |
| 4403 | public const RenderHashAppend = [ |
| 4404 | 'default' => '', |
| 4405 | ]; |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | /** |
| 4408 | * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the |
| 4409 | * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site |
| 4410 | * by shaving off extra message lookups. |
| 4411 | * |
| 4412 | * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or |
| 4413 | * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that |
| 4414 | * don't update as expected. |
| 4415 | */ |
| 4416 | public const EnableSidebarCache = [ |
| 4417 | 'default' => false, |
| 4418 | ]; |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | /** |
| 4421 | * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds |
| 4422 | */ |
| 4423 | public const SidebarCacheExpiry = [ |
| 4424 | 'default' => 86400, |
| 4425 | ]; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | /** |
| 4428 | * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk |
| 4429 | * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it. |
| 4430 | * |
| 4431 | * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP. |
| 4432 | */ |
| 4433 | public const UseGzip = [ |
| 4434 | 'default' => false, |
| 4435 | ]; |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | /** |
| 4438 | * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent |
| 4439 | * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as |
| 4440 | * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file. |
| 4441 | * |
| 4442 | * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to |
| 4443 | * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of |
| 4444 | * unnecessary cache invalidations. |
| 4445 | */ |
| 4446 | public const InvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = [ |
| 4447 | 'default' => true, |
| 4448 | ]; |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | /** |
| 4451 | * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this |
| 4452 | * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to |
| 4453 | * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache |
| 4454 | * |
| 4455 | * **Example:** |
| 4456 | * |
| 4457 | * ``` |
| 4458 | * $wgExtensionInfoMTime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" ); |
| 4459 | * ``` |
| 4460 | * |
| 4461 | * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked, |
| 4462 | * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded. |
| 4463 | */ |
| 4464 | public const ExtensionInfoMTime = [ |
| 4465 | 'default' => false, |
| 4466 | 'type' => 'integer|false', |
| 4467 | ]; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | /** |
| 4470 | * If this is set to true, phpunit will run integration tests against remote |
| 4471 | * caches defined in $wgObjectCaches. |
| 4472 | * |
| 4473 | * @since 1.38 |
| 4474 | */ |
| 4475 | public const EnableRemoteBagOStuffTests = [ |
| 4476 | 'default' => false, |
| 4477 | ]; |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | // endregion -- end of cache settings |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 4482 | // region HTTP proxy (CDN) settings |
| 4483 | /** @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings |
| 4484 | * |
| 4485 | * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki, |
| 4486 | * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for |
| 4487 | * historical reasons. |
| 4488 | * |
| 4489 | * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special configuration. |
| 4490 | * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching |
| 4491 | * for more details. |
| 4492 | */ |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | /** |
| 4495 | * Enable/disable CDN. |
| 4496 | * |
| 4497 | * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching |
| 4498 | * |
| 4499 | * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid. |
| 4500 | */ |
| 4501 | public const UseCdn = [ |
| 4502 | 'default' => false, |
| 4503 | ]; |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | /** |
| 4506 | * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and |
| 4507 | * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup |
| 4508 | * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests, |
| 4509 | * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache |
| 4510 | * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than |
| 4511 | * HTTP redirects. |
| 4512 | */ |
| 4513 | public const VaryOnXFP = [ |
| 4514 | 'default' => false, |
| 4515 | ]; |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | /** |
| 4518 | * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different. |
| 4519 | * |
| 4520 | * **Example:** |
| 4521 | * |
| 4522 | * ``` |
| 4523 | * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000'; |
| 4524 | * ``` |
| 4525 | */ |
| 4526 | public const InternalServer = [ |
| 4527 | 'default' => false, |
| 4528 | ]; |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | /** |
| 4531 | * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or |
| 4532 | * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip |
| 4533 | * out s-maxage in the CDN config. |
| 4534 | * |
| 4535 | * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days. |
| 4536 | * |
| 4537 | * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage |
| 4538 | */ |
| 4539 | public const CdnMaxAge = [ |
| 4540 | 'default' => 18000, |
| 4541 | ]; |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | /** |
| 4544 | * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high |
| 4545 | * |
| 4546 | * @see self::CdnMaxAge |
| 4547 | * @since 1.27 |
| 4548 | */ |
| 4549 | public const CdnMaxageLagged = [ |
| 4550 | 'default' => 30, |
| 4551 | ]; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | /** |
| 4554 | * Cache timeout when delivering a stale ParserCache response due to PoolCounter |
| 4555 | * contention. |
| 4556 | * |
| 4557 | * @since 1.35 |
| 4558 | */ |
| 4559 | public const CdnMaxageStale = [ |
| 4560 | 'default' => 10, |
| 4561 | ]; |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | /** |
| 4564 | * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than |
| 4565 | * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support. |
| 4566 | * |
| 4567 | * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that |
| 4568 | * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN. |
| 4569 | * |
| 4570 | * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki). |
| 4571 | * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL, |
| 4572 | * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2 |
| 4573 | * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay |
| 4574 | * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared. |
| 4575 | * |
| 4576 | * @since 1.27 |
| 4577 | */ |
| 4578 | public const CdnReboundPurgeDelay = [ |
| 4579 | 'default' => 0, |
| 4580 | ]; |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | /** |
| 4583 | * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load) |
| 4584 | * |
| 4585 | * @see self::CdnMaxAge |
| 4586 | * @since 1.27 |
| 4587 | */ |
| 4588 | public const CdnMaxageSubstitute = [ |
| 4589 | 'default' => 60, |
| 4590 | ]; |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | /** |
| 4593 | * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses |
| 4594 | * |
| 4595 | * 300 seconds = 5 minutes. |
| 4596 | */ |
| 4597 | public const ForcedRawSMaxage = [ |
| 4598 | 'default' => 300, |
| 4599 | ]; |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | /** |
| 4602 | * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses. |
| 4603 | * |
| 4604 | * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For |
| 4605 | * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address |
| 4606 | * |
| 4607 | * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge. |
| 4608 | * |
| 4609 | * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers. |
| 4610 | */ |
| 4611 | public const CdnServers = [ |
| 4612 | 'default' => [], |
| 4613 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4614 | ]; |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | /** |
| 4617 | * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; |
| 4618 | * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP |
| 4619 | * addresses and CIDR blocks. |
| 4620 | * |
| 4621 | * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges |
| 4622 | * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge |
| 4623 | */ |
| 4624 | public const CdnServersNoPurge = [ |
| 4625 | 'default' => [], |
| 4626 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4627 | ]; |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | /** |
| 4630 | * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to |
| 4631 | * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty |
| 4632 | * array, HTCP is disabled. |
| 4633 | * |
| 4634 | * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged |
| 4635 | * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against |
| 4636 | * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches |
| 4637 | * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored. |
| 4638 | * |
| 4639 | * **Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one** |
| 4640 | * multicast group and all other purges to another: |
| 4641 | * |
| 4642 | * ``` |
| 4643 | * $wgHTCPRouting = [ |
| 4644 | * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [ |
| 4645 | * 'host' => '239.128.0.113', |
| 4646 | * 'port' => 4827, |
| 4647 | * ], |
| 4648 | * '' => [ |
| 4649 | * 'host' => '239.128.0.112', |
| 4650 | * 'port' => 4827, |
| 4651 | * ], |
| 4652 | * ]; |
| 4653 | * ``` |
| 4654 | * |
| 4655 | * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when |
| 4656 | * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a |
| 4657 | * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22. |
| 4658 | * |
| 4659 | * **Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:** |
| 4660 | * |
| 4661 | * ``` |
| 4662 | * $wgHTCPRouting = [ |
| 4663 | * '' => [ |
| 4664 | * // Purges to text caches using multicast |
| 4665 | * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ], |
| 4666 | * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches |
| 4667 | * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ], |
| 4668 | * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ], |
| 4669 | * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ], |
| 4670 | * ], |
| 4671 | * ]; |
| 4672 | * ``` |
| 4673 | * |
| 4674 | * @since 1.22 |
| 4675 | * @see self::HTCPMulticastTTL |
| 4676 | */ |
| 4677 | public const HTCPRouting = [ |
| 4678 | 'default' => [], |
| 4679 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4680 | ]; |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | /** |
| 4683 | * HTCP multicast TTL. |
| 4684 | * |
| 4685 | * @see self::HTCPRouting |
| 4686 | */ |
| 4687 | public const HTCPMulticastTTL = [ |
| 4688 | 'default' => 1, |
| 4689 | ]; |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 | /** |
| 4692 | * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted? |
| 4693 | */ |
| 4694 | public const UsePrivateIPs = [ |
| 4695 | 'default' => false, |
| 4696 | ]; |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | /** |
| 4699 | * Set this to false if MediaWiki is behind a CDN that re-orders query |
| 4700 | * parameters on incoming requests. |
| 4701 | * |
| 4702 | * MediaWiki sets a large 'Cache-Control: s-maxage=' directive on page |
| 4703 | * views only if the request URL matches one of the normal CDN URL forms. |
| 4704 | * When 'CdnMatchParameterOrder' is false, the matching algorithm ignores |
| 4705 | * the order of URL parameters. |
| 4706 | * |
| 4707 | * @since 1.39 |
| 4708 | */ |
| 4709 | public const CdnMatchParameterOrder = [ |
| 4710 | 'default' => true, |
| 4711 | ]; |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | // endregion -- end of HTTP proxy settings |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 4716 | // region Language, regional and character encoding settings |
| 4717 | /** @name Language, regional and character encoding settings */ |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | /** |
| 4720 | * Site language code. See includes/languages/data/Names.php for languages |
| 4721 | * supported by MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have |
| 4722 | * translations, see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some |
| 4723 | * localisation. |
| 4724 | * |
| 4725 | * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in |
| 4726 | * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no" |
| 4727 | * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly. |
| 4728 | * |
| 4729 | * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can |
| 4730 | * change it in their preferences. |
| 4731 | * |
| 4732 | * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped |
| 4733 | * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden |
| 4734 | * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage. |
| 4735 | */ |
| 4736 | public const LanguageCode = [ |
| 4737 | 'default' => 'en', |
| 4738 | ]; |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | /** |
| 4741 | * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases. |
| 4742 | * |
| 4743 | * Used in Language::convertGrammar(). |
| 4744 | * |
| 4745 | * **Example:** |
| 4746 | * |
| 4747 | * ``` |
| 4748 | * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s'; |
| 4749 | * ``` |
| 4750 | */ |
| 4751 | public const GrammarForms = [ |
| 4752 | 'default' => [], |
| 4753 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4754 | ]; |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /** |
| 4757 | * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links |
| 4758 | */ |
| 4759 | public const InterwikiMagic = [ |
| 4760 | 'default' => true, |
| 4761 | ]; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | /** |
| 4764 | * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar |
| 4765 | */ |
| 4766 | public const HideInterlanguageLinks = [ |
| 4767 | 'default' => false, |
| 4768 | ]; |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | /** |
| 4771 | * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as |
| 4772 | * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar). |
| 4773 | * |
| 4774 | * Notes: |
| 4775 | * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki |
| 4776 | * map. |
| 4777 | * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from |
| 4778 | * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in |
| 4779 | * this array. |
| 4780 | * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be |
| 4781 | * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is |
| 4782 | * the prefix in this array. |
| 4783 | * - This should be a list of "interwiki prefixes" (ie, what appears in |
| 4784 | * wikitext), and you probably want to add an entry to |
| 4785 | * InterlanguageLinkCodeMap as well to specify which mediawiki internal |
| 4786 | * (or custom) language code this prefix corresponds to, and perhaps |
| 4787 | * then map that custom language code to a language name in |
| 4788 | * ExtraLanguageNames. |
| 4789 | */ |
| 4790 | public const ExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [ |
| 4791 | 'default' => [], |
| 4792 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 4793 | ]; |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | /** |
| 4796 | * Map of interlanguage link codes to language codes. This is useful to override |
| 4797 | * what is shown as the language name when the interwiki code does not match it |
| 4798 | * exactly |
| 4799 | * |
| 4800 | * @since 1.35 |
| 4801 | */ |
| 4802 | public const InterlanguageLinkCodeMap = [ |
| 4803 | 'default' => [], |
| 4804 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4805 | ]; |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | /** |
| 4808 | * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php |
| 4809 | */ |
| 4810 | public const ExtraLanguageNames = [ |
| 4811 | 'default' => [], |
| 4812 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4813 | ]; |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | /** |
| 4816 | * List of mappings from one language code to another. |
| 4817 | * |
| 4818 | * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the |
| 4819 | * installer. |
| 4820 | * |
| 4821 | * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining |
| 4822 | * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers |
| 4823 | * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'. |
| 4824 | * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the |
| 4825 | * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used. |
| 4826 | * |
| 4827 | * @since 1.29 |
| 4828 | */ |
| 4829 | public const ExtraLanguageCodes = [ |
| 4830 | 'default' => [ |
| 4831 | 'bh' => 'bho', |
| 4832 | 'no' => 'nb', |
| 4833 | 'simple' => 'en', |
| 4834 | ], |
| 4835 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4836 | ]; |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 | /** |
| 4839 | * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of |
| 4840 | * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes. |
| 4841 | * |
| 4842 | * @note Since 1.29, this should not be set directly in LocalSettings, |
| 4843 | * ExtraLanguageCodes should be set instead. However, DummyLanguageCodes |
| 4844 | * will be initialized and can be read internally. |
| 4845 | */ |
| 4846 | public const DummyLanguageCodes = [ |
| 4847 | 'default' => [], |
| 4848 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4849 | ]; |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | /** |
| 4852 | * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones |
| 4853 | * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance |
| 4854 | * impact. |
| 4855 | * |
| 4856 | * @since 1.17 |
| 4857 | */ |
| 4858 | public const AllUnicodeFixes = [ |
| 4859 | 'default' => false, |
| 4860 | ]; |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | /** |
| 4863 | * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when |
| 4864 | * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when |
| 4865 | * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the |
| 4866 | * burdensome mass conversion of old text data. |
| 4867 | * |
| 4868 | * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments, |
| 4869 | * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before |
| 4870 | * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki. |
| 4871 | */ |
| 4872 | public const LegacyEncoding = [ |
| 4873 | 'default' => false, |
| 4874 | ]; |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | /** |
| 4877 | * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format |
| 4878 | * is 'dmy or mdy'. |
| 4879 | */ |
| 4880 | public const AmericanDates = [ |
| 4881 | 'default' => false, |
| 4882 | ]; |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | /** |
| 4885 | * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9) |
| 4886 | * numerals in interface. |
| 4887 | */ |
| 4888 | public const TranslateNumerals = [ |
| 4889 | 'default' => true, |
| 4890 | ]; |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | /** |
| 4893 | * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace. |
| 4894 | * |
| 4895 | * Interface messages will be loaded from the database. |
| 4896 | */ |
| 4897 | public const UseDatabaseMessages = [ |
| 4898 | 'default' => true, |
| 4899 | ]; |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | /** |
| 4902 | * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes |
| 4903 | */ |
| 4904 | public const MaxMsgCacheEntrySize = [ |
| 4905 | 'default' => 10000, |
| 4906 | ]; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | /** |
| 4909 | * Whether to enable language variant conversion. |
| 4910 | */ |
| 4911 | public const DisableLangConversion = [ |
| 4912 | 'default' => false, |
| 4913 | ]; |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | /** |
| 4916 | * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links. |
| 4917 | * Note that this option is slightly misnamed. |
| 4918 | */ |
| 4919 | public const DisableTitleConversion = [ |
| 4920 | 'default' => false, |
| 4921 | ]; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | /** |
| 4924 | * Default variant code. If false, the default will be the static default |
| 4925 | * variant of the language. |
| 4926 | */ |
| 4927 | public const DefaultLanguageVariant = [ |
| 4928 | 'default' => false, |
| 4929 | ]; |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | /** |
| 4932 | * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin), |
| 4933 | * used to ease variant development work. |
| 4934 | */ |
| 4935 | public const UsePigLatinVariant = [ |
| 4936 | 'default' => false, |
| 4937 | ]; |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | /** |
| 4940 | * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion. |
| 4941 | * |
| 4942 | * **Example:** |
| 4943 | * |
| 4944 | * ``` |
| 4945 | * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo'; |
| 4946 | * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my'; |
| 4947 | * ``` |
| 4948 | */ |
| 4949 | public const DisabledVariants = [ |
| 4950 | 'default' => [], |
| 4951 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 4952 | ]; |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | /** |
| 4955 | * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a |
| 4956 | * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the |
| 4957 | * language variant. |
| 4958 | * |
| 4959 | * **Example:** |
| 4960 | * |
| 4961 | * ``` |
| 4962 | * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr'; |
| 4963 | * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1'; |
| 4964 | * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1'; |
| 4965 | * ``` |
| 4966 | * |
| 4967 | * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна |
| 4968 | * |
| 4969 | * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values |
| 4970 | * of $wgVariantArticlePath. |
| 4971 | */ |
| 4972 | public const VariantArticlePath = [ |
| 4973 | 'default' => false, |
| 4974 | ]; |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | /** |
| 4977 | * Whether to enable the 'x-xss' language code, used for development. |
| 4978 | * |
| 4979 | * When enabled, the language code 'x-xss' (e.g. via ?uselang=x-xss) can |
| 4980 | * be used to test correct message escaping at scale, to prevent |
| 4981 | * cross-site scripting. In this "language", every message becomes an HTML |
| 4982 | * snippet which attempts to alert the message key. Well-written code will |
| 4983 | * correctly escape all of these messages. If any alerts are actually |
| 4984 | * fired in the browser, the message is not being escaped correctly; |
| 4985 | * either the offending code should be fixed, or the message should be |
| 4986 | * added to {@link self::RawHtmlMessages}. |
| 4987 | * |
| 4988 | * @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Cross-site_scripting |
| 4989 | * @since 1.41 |
| 4990 | */ |
| 4991 | public const UseXssLanguage = [ |
| 4992 | 'default' => false, |
| 4993 | ]; |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /** |
| 4996 | * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user |
| 4997 | * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to |
| 4998 | * customise these. |
| 4999 | */ |
| 5000 | public const LoginLanguageSelector = [ |
| 5001 | 'default' => false, |
| 5002 | ]; |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | /** |
| 5005 | * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what |
| 5006 | * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages. |
| 5007 | * |
| 5008 | * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage', |
| 5009 | * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content |
| 5010 | * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the |
| 5011 | * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However, |
| 5012 | * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage' |
| 5013 | * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override |
| 5014 | * the default behavior. |
| 5015 | * |
| 5016 | * **Example:** |
| 5017 | * To allow language-specific main page and community |
| 5018 | * portal: |
| 5019 | * |
| 5020 | * ``` |
| 5021 | * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ]; |
| 5022 | * ``` |
| 5023 | */ |
| 5024 | public const ForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ |
| 5025 | 'default' => [], |
| 5026 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5027 | ]; |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | /** |
| 5030 | * List of messages which might contain raw HTML. |
| 5031 | * |
| 5032 | * Extensions should add their insecure raw HTML messages to extension.json. |
| 5033 | * The list is used for access control: |
| 5034 | * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights. |
| 5035 | * |
| 5036 | * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first |
| 5037 | * letter. |
| 5038 | * |
| 5039 | * @since 1.32 |
| 5040 | */ |
| 5041 | public const RawHtmlMessages = [ |
| 5042 | 'default' => [ |
| 5043 | 'copyright', |
| 5044 | 'history_copyright', |
| 5045 | 'googlesearch', |
| 5046 | ], |
| 5047 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 5048 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 5049 | ]; |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | /** |
| 5052 | * Whether on-wiki overrides for the 'copyright' and 'history_copyright' messages, which allow raw |
| 5053 | * HTML, will be used. |
| 5054 | * |
| 5055 | * @since 1.43 |
| 5056 | */ |
| 5057 | public const AllowRawHtmlCopyrightMessages = [ |
| 5058 | 'default' => true, |
| 5059 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 5060 | ]; |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | /** |
| 5063 | * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for |
| 5064 | * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain |
| 5065 | * your server's OS-based timezone value. |
| 5066 | * |
| 5067 | * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local |
| 5068 | * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.) |
| 5069 | * |
| 5070 | * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type |
| 5071 | * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc. |
| 5072 | * |
| 5073 | * A list of usable timezones can found at: |
| 5074 | * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php |
| 5075 | * |
| 5076 | * **Examples:** |
| 5077 | * |
| 5078 | * ``` |
| 5079 | * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC'; |
| 5080 | * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT'; |
| 5081 | * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT'; |
| 5082 | * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden'; |
| 5083 | * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET'; |
| 5084 | * ``` |
| 5085 | */ |
| 5086 | public const Localtimezone = [ |
| 5087 | 'dynamicDefault' => true, |
| 5088 | ]; |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | public static function getDefaultLocaltimezone(): string { |
| 5091 | // This defaults to the `date.timezone` value of the PHP INI option. If this option is not set, |
| 5092 | // it falls back to UTC. |
| 5093 | $localtimezone = date_default_timezone_get(); |
| 5094 | if ( !$localtimezone ) { |
| 5095 | // Make doubly sure we have a valid time zone, even if date_default_timezone_get() |
| 5096 | // returned garbage. |
| 5097 | $localtimezone = 'UTC'; |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | return $localtimezone; |
| 5101 | } |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | /** |
| 5104 | * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting |
| 5105 | * for anonymous users and new user accounts. |
| 5106 | * |
| 5107 | * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is |
| 5108 | * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps. |
| 5109 | * |
| 5110 | * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone. |
| 5111 | */ |
| 5112 | public const LocalTZoffset = [ |
| 5113 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Localtimezone' ] ] |
| 5114 | ]; |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | public static function getDefaultLocalTZoffset( $localtimezone ): int { |
| 5117 | // NOTE: Extra fallback, in case $localtimezone is ''. |
| 5118 | // Many extsing LocalSettings files have $wgLocaltimezone = '' |
| 5119 | // in them, erroneously generated by the installer. |
| 5120 | $localtimezone = $localtimezone ?: self::getDefaultLocaltimezone(); |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | $offset = ( new DateTimeZone( $localtimezone ) )->getOffset( new DateTime() ); |
| 5123 | return (int)( $offset / 60 ); |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | /** |
| 5127 | * Map of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in |
| 5128 | * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be |
| 5129 | * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details |
| 5130 | * on why this is useful during php version transitions. |
| 5131 | * |
| 5132 | * @since 1.34 |
| 5133 | */ |
| 5134 | public const OverrideUcfirstCharacters = [ |
| 5135 | 'default' => [], |
| 5136 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5137 | ]; |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | // endregion -- End of language/charset settings |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 5142 | // region Output format and skin settings |
| 5143 | /** @name Output format and skin settings */ |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | /** |
| 5146 | * The default Content-Type header. |
| 5147 | */ |
| 5148 | public const MimeType = [ |
| 5149 | 'default' => 'text/html', |
| 5150 | ]; |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | /** |
| 5153 | * Defines the value of the version attribute in the <html> tag, if any. |
| 5154 | * |
| 5155 | * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5. |
| 5156 | * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'. |
| 5157 | * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance |
| 5158 | * |
| 5159 | * @since 1.16 |
| 5160 | */ |
| 5161 | public const Html5Version = [ |
| 5162 | 'default' => null, |
| 5163 | ]; |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | /** |
| 5166 | * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor |
| 5167 | * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as |
| 5168 | * "Publish page"/"Publish changes". |
| 5169 | * |
| 5170 | * @since 1.28 |
| 5171 | */ |
| 5172 | public const EditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = [ |
| 5173 | 'default' => false, |
| 5174 | ]; |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | /** |
| 5177 | * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default. |
| 5178 | * |
| 5179 | * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value. |
| 5180 | * |
| 5181 | * **Example:** |
| 5182 | * |
| 5183 | * ``` |
| 5184 | * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'; |
| 5185 | * ``` |
| 5186 | * |
| 5187 | * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>" |
| 5188 | * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances. |
| 5189 | * |
| 5190 | * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type. |
| 5191 | */ |
| 5192 | public const XhtmlNamespaces = [ |
| 5193 | 'default' => [], |
| 5194 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5195 | ]; |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | /** |
| 5198 | * Site notice shown at the top of each page |
| 5199 | * |
| 5200 | * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also |
| 5201 | * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the |
| 5202 | * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page. |
| 5203 | */ |
| 5204 | public const SiteNotice = [ |
| 5205 | 'default' => '', |
| 5206 | ]; |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | /** |
| 5209 | * Override the ability of certain browsers to attempt to autodetect dataformats in pages. |
| 5210 | * |
| 5211 | * This is a default feature of many mobile browsers, but can have a lot of false positives, |
| 5212 | * where for instance, year ranges are confused with phone numbers. |
| 5213 | * The default of this setting is to disable telephone number data detection. |
| 5214 | * Set BrowserFormatDetection to false to fallback to the browser defaults. |
| 5215 | * |
| 5216 | * @since 1.37 |
| 5217 | * @see https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/AppleApplications/Reference/SafariHTMLRef/Articles/MetaTags.html |
| 5218 | */ |
| 5219 | public const BrowserFormatDetection = [ |
| 5220 | 'default' => 'telephone=no', |
| 5221 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 5222 | ]; |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | /** |
| 5225 | * An array of open graph tags which should be added by all skins. |
| 5226 | * |
| 5227 | * Accepted values are "og:site_name", "og:title", "og:type" and "twitter:card". |
| 5228 | * Since some of these fields can be provided by extensions it defaults to an empty array. |
| 5229 | * |
| 5230 | * @since 1.36 |
| 5231 | */ |
| 5232 | public const SkinMetaTags = [ |
| 5233 | 'default' => [], |
| 5234 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5235 | ]; |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | /** |
| 5238 | * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may |
| 5239 | * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences. |
| 5240 | */ |
| 5241 | public const DefaultSkin = [ |
| 5242 | 'default' => 'vector-2022', |
| 5243 | ]; |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | /** |
| 5246 | * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found. |
| 5247 | * |
| 5248 | * @since 1.24 |
| 5249 | */ |
| 5250 | public const FallbackSkin = [ |
| 5251 | 'default' => 'fallback', |
| 5252 | ]; |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | /** |
| 5255 | * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of |
| 5256 | * available skins in user preferences. |
| 5257 | * |
| 5258 | * NOTE: This does not uninstall the skin, and it will still be accessible |
| 5259 | * via the `useskin` query parameter. To uninstall a skin, remove its inclusion |
| 5260 | * from LocalSettings.php. |
| 5261 | * |
| 5262 | * @see \SkinFactory::getAllowedSkins |
| 5263 | */ |
| 5264 | public const SkipSkins = [ |
| 5265 | 'default' => [], |
| 5266 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5267 | ]; |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | /** |
| 5270 | * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available) |
| 5271 | */ |
| 5272 | public const DisableOutputCompression = [ |
| 5273 | 'default' => false, |
| 5274 | ]; |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | /** |
| 5277 | * How should section IDs be encoded? |
| 5278 | * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of: |
| 5279 | * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode |
| 5280 | * characters in most browsers' address bars. |
| 5281 | * |
| 5282 | * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92 |
| 5283 | * |
| 5284 | * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This |
| 5285 | * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of |
| 5286 | * a page. |
| 5287 | * |
| 5288 | * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations. |
| 5289 | * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its |
| 5290 | * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding |
| 5291 | * would still work. |
| 5292 | * |
| 5293 | * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5' |
| 5294 | * |
| 5295 | * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when |
| 5296 | * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting, |
| 5297 | * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being |
| 5298 | * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will |
| 5299 | * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and |
| 5300 | * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which |
| 5301 | * fragment mode is used. |
| 5302 | * |
| 5303 | * @since 1.30 |
| 5304 | */ |
| 5305 | public const FragmentMode = [ |
| 5306 | 'default' => [ 'html5', 'legacy', ], |
| 5307 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 5308 | ]; |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | /** |
| 5311 | * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation |
| 5312 | * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites, |
| 5313 | * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted |
| 5314 | * to 'html5'. |
| 5315 | * |
| 5316 | * @since 1.30 |
| 5317 | */ |
| 5318 | public const ExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = [ |
| 5319 | 'default' => 'legacy', |
| 5320 | ]; |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | /** |
| 5323 | * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code |
| 5324 | * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create |
| 5325 | * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling |
| 5326 | * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css. |
| 5327 | * |
| 5328 | * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array. |
| 5329 | * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies |
| 5330 | * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern |
| 5331 | * turns it into mw_poweredby. |
| 5332 | * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string. |
| 5333 | * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can |
| 5334 | * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed. |
| 5335 | * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions. |
| 5336 | * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output |
| 5337 | * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred |
| 5338 | * format for the icon, the following keys are used: |
| 5339 | * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended |
| 5340 | * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image |
| 5341 | * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs |
| 5342 | * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will |
| 5343 | * not be outputted |
| 5344 | * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in |
| 5345 | * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as |
| 5346 | * the alt="" for the image. This key is required. |
| 5347 | * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size |
| 5348 | * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys. |
| 5349 | * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31. |
| 5350 | * |
| 5351 | * @todo Reformat documentation. |
| 5352 | */ |
| 5353 | public const FooterIcons = [ |
| 5354 | 'default' => [ |
| 5355 | "copyright" => [ |
| 5356 | "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon |
| 5357 | ], |
| 5358 | "poweredby" => [ |
| 5359 | "mediawiki" => [ |
| 5360 | // Defaults to point at |
| 5361 | // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png" |
| 5362 | // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants. |
| 5363 | "src" => null, |
| 5364 | "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/", |
| 5365 | "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki", |
| 5366 | ] |
| 5367 | ], |
| 5368 | ], |
| 5369 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5370 | ]; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | /** |
| 5373 | * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users |
| 5374 | * to create an account. |
| 5375 | * |
| 5376 | * - true = use a combined login / create account link |
| 5377 | * - false = split login and create account into two separate links |
| 5378 | */ |
| 5379 | public const UseCombinedLoginLink = [ |
| 5380 | 'default' => false, |
| 5381 | ]; |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 | /** |
| 5384 | * Display user edit counts in various prominent places. |
| 5385 | */ |
| 5386 | public const Edititis = [ |
| 5387 | 'default' => false, |
| 5388 | ]; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | /** |
| 5391 | * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found) |
| 5392 | * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a |
| 5393 | * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that, |
| 5394 | * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so |
| 5395 | * that the generated error pages can be seen. |
| 5396 | * |
| 5397 | * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to |
| 5398 | * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact, |
| 5399 | * this configuration variable is ignored. |
| 5400 | */ |
| 5401 | public const Send404Code = [ |
| 5402 | 'default' => true, |
| 5403 | ]; |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | /** |
| 5406 | * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back. |
| 5407 | * |
| 5408 | * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to |
| 5409 | * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author). |
| 5410 | * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki |
| 5411 | * from hiding some useless rollback links. |
| 5412 | * |
| 5413 | * @since 1.20 |
| 5414 | */ |
| 5415 | public const ShowRollbackEditCount = [ |
| 5416 | 'default' => 10, |
| 5417 | ]; |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | /** |
| 5420 | * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical |
| 5421 | * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since |
| 5422 | * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent |
| 5423 | * unconditionally. |
| 5424 | */ |
| 5425 | public const EnableCanonicalServerLink = [ |
| 5426 | 'default' => false, |
| 5427 | ]; |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | /** |
| 5430 | * List of interwiki logos overrides. |
| 5431 | * This is used by the sister project sidebar. This list accept a key equal to the |
| 5432 | * interwiki ID (as defined in the interwiki links), and accept a Codex icon name |
| 5433 | * (https://doc.wikimedia.org/codex/latest/icons/all-icons.html) or a base URL for |
| 5434 | * the given interwiki. |
| 5435 | * |
| 5436 | * Example : |
| 5437 | * $wgInterwikiLogoOverride = [ |
| 5438 | * 'c' => 'logoWikimediaCommons', |
| 5439 | * 'wikit' => 'https://mySpecialWiki.com' |
| 5440 | * ]; |
| 5441 | */ |
| 5442 | public const InterwikiLogoOverride = [ |
| 5443 | 'default' => [], |
| 5444 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 5445 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 5446 | ]; |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | // endregion -- End of output format settings |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 5451 | // region ResourceLoader settings |
| 5452 | /** @name ResourceLoader settings */ |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | /** |
| 5455 | * Formerly a workaround for a security vulnerability caused by installation |
| 5456 | * of Flash as a browser extension. |
| 5457 | * |
| 5458 | * @since 1.25 |
| 5459 | * @deprecated since 1.39 |
| 5460 | */ |
| 5461 | public const MangleFlashPolicy = [ |
| 5462 | 'default' => true, |
| 5463 | 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.39; no longer has any effect.', |
| 5464 | 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . |
| 5465 | 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' |
| 5466 | ]; |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | /** |
| 5469 | * Define extra client-side modules to be registered with ResourceLoader. |
| 5470 | * |
| 5471 | * @note It is recommended to define modules using the `ResourceModule` attribute |
| 5472 | * in `extension.json` or `skin.json` when possible (instead of via PHP global variables). |
| 5473 | * |
| 5474 | * Registration is internally handled by ResourceLoader::register. |
| 5475 | * |
| 5476 | * ## Available modules |
| 5477 | * |
| 5478 | * Modules that ship with %MediaWiki core are registered via |
| 5479 | * resources/Resources.php. For a full list with documentation, see: |
| 5480 | * [ResourceLoader/Core_modules](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Core_modules). |
| 5481 | * |
| 5482 | * ## Options |
| 5483 | * |
| 5484 | * - class `{string}`: |
| 5485 | * By default a module is assumed to bundle file resources |
| 5486 | * as handled by the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule class. Use this option |
| 5487 | * to use a different implementation of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module instead. |
| 5488 | * |
| 5489 | * Default: `\MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule` |
| 5490 | * |
| 5491 | * - factory `{string}`: |
| 5492 | * Override the instantiation of the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module |
| 5493 | * class using a PHP callback. This allows dependency injection to be used. |
| 5494 | * This option cannot be combined with the `class` option. |
| 5495 | * |
| 5496 | * Since: MW 1.30 |
| 5497 | * |
| 5498 | * - dependencies `{string[]|string}`: |
| 5499 | * Modules that must be executed before this module. |
| 5500 | * Module name string or list of module name strings. |
| 5501 | * |
| 5502 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5503 | * |
| 5504 | * - deprecated `{boolean|string}`: |
| 5505 | * Whether the module is deprecated and usage is discouraged. |
| 5506 | * Set to boolean true, or a string to include in the warning message. |
| 5507 | * |
| 5508 | * Default: `false` |
| 5509 | * |
| 5510 | * - group `{string}`: |
| 5511 | * Optional request group to override which modules may be downloaded |
| 5512 | * together in an HTTP batch request. By default, any two modules may be |
| 5513 | * loaded together in the same batch request. Set this option to a |
| 5514 | * descriptive string to give the module its own HTTP request. To allow |
| 5515 | * other modules to join this new request, give those the same request group. |
| 5516 | * |
| 5517 | * Use this option with caution. The default behaviour is well-tuned already, |
| 5518 | * and setting this often does more harm than good. For more about request |
| 5519 | * balancing optimisations, see |
| 5520 | * [ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance). |
| 5521 | * |
| 5522 | * - skipFunction `{string}`: |
| 5523 | * Allow this module to be satisfied as dependency without actually loading |
| 5524 | * or executing scripts from the server, if the specified JavaScript function |
| 5525 | * returns true. |
| 5526 | * |
| 5527 | * Use this to provide polyfills that are natively available in newer browsers. |
| 5528 | * Specify the relative path to a JavaScript file containing a top-level return |
| 5529 | * statement. The contents of the file should not contain any wrapping function, |
| 5530 | * it will be wrapped by %ResourceLoader in an anonymous function and invoked |
| 5531 | * when the module is considered for loading. |
| 5532 | * |
| 5533 | * ## FileModule options |
| 5534 | * |
| 5535 | * - localBasePath `{string}`: |
| 5536 | * Base file path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options. |
| 5537 | * |
| 5538 | * Default: `$IP` |
| 5539 | * |
| 5540 | * - remoteBasePath `{string}`: |
| 5541 | * Base URL path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options. |
| 5542 | * This is used to form URLs for files, such as when referencing images in |
| 5543 | * stylesheets, or in debug mode to serve JavaScript files directly. |
| 5544 | * |
| 5545 | * Default: @ref $wgResourceBasePath (which defaults to @ref $wgScriptPath) |
| 5546 | * |
| 5547 | * - remoteExtPath `{string}`: |
| 5548 | * Shortcut for `remoteBasePath` that is relative to $wgExtensionAssetsPath. |
| 5549 | * Use this when defining modules from an extension, so as to avoid hardcoding |
| 5550 | * the script path of the %MediaWiki install or the location of the extensions |
| 5551 | * directory. |
| 5552 | * |
| 5553 | * This option is mutually exclusive with `remoteBasePath`. |
| 5554 | * |
| 5555 | * - styles `{string[]|string|array<string,array>}`: |
| 5556 | * Styles to always include in the module. |
| 5557 | * %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`. |
| 5558 | * The stylesheet can be automatically wrapped in a `@media` query by specifying |
| 5559 | * the file path as the key in an object (instead of the value), with the value |
| 5560 | * specifying a `media` query. |
| 5561 | * |
| 5562 | * See @ref wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet "Stylesheet examples" below. |
| 5563 | * |
| 5564 | * See also @ref $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles. |
| 5565 | * |
| 5566 | * Extended options: |
| 5567 | * |
| 5568 | * - skinStyles `{string[]|string}`: Styles to include in specific skin contexts. |
| 5569 | * Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths as value, |
| 5570 | * relative to `localBasePath`. |
| 5571 | * |
| 5572 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5573 | * |
| 5574 | * - noflip `{boolean}`: |
| 5575 | * By default, CSSJanus will be used automatically to perform LTR-to-RTL flipping |
| 5576 | * when loaded in a right-to-left (RTL) interface language context. |
| 5577 | * Use this option to skip CSSJanus LTR-to-RTL flipping for this module, for example |
| 5578 | * when registering an external library that already handles RTL styles. |
| 5579 | * |
| 5580 | * Default: `false` |
| 5581 | * |
| 5582 | * - packageFiles `{string[]|array[]}` |
| 5583 | * Specify script files and (virtual) data files to include in the module. |
| 5584 | * Each internal JavaScript file retains its own local module scope and its |
| 5585 | * private exports can be accessed separately by other client-side code in the |
| 5586 | * same module, via the local `require()` function. |
| 5587 | * |
| 5588 | * Modules that use package files should export any public API methods using |
| 5589 | * `module.exports`. |
| 5590 | * |
| 5591 | * See examples at |
| 5592 | * [ResourceLoader/Package_files](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Package_files) |
| 5593 | * on mediawiki.org. |
| 5594 | * |
| 5595 | * The `packageFiles` feature cannot be combined with legacy scripts that use |
| 5596 | * the `scripts` option, including its extended variants `languageScripts`, |
| 5597 | * `skinScripts`, and `debugScripts`. |
| 5598 | * |
| 5599 | * Since: MW 1.33 |
| 5600 | * |
| 5601 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5602 | * |
| 5603 | * - scripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: |
| 5604 | * Scripts to always include in the module. |
| 5605 | * %File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`. |
| 5606 | * |
| 5607 | * These files are concatenated blindly and executed as a single client-side script. |
| 5608 | * Modules using this option are sometimes referred to as "legacy scripts" to |
| 5609 | * distinguish them from those that use the `packageFiles` option. |
| 5610 | * |
| 5611 | * Modules that use legacy scripts usually attach any public APIs they have |
| 5612 | * to the `mw` global variable. If a module contains just one file, it is also |
| 5613 | * supported to use the newer `module.exports` mechanism, though if the module |
| 5614 | * contains more than one legacy script, it is considered unsafe and unsupported |
| 5615 | * to use this mechanism (use `packageFiles` instead). See also |
| 5616 | * [Coding |
| 5617 | * conventions/JavaScript](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Coding_conventions/JavaScript#Exporting). |
| 5618 | * |
| 5619 | * Since MW 1.41, an element of `scripts` may be an array in the same format as |
| 5620 | * packageFiles, giving a callback to call for content generation. |
| 5621 | * |
| 5622 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5623 | * |
| 5624 | * Extended options, concatenated in this order: |
| 5625 | * |
| 5626 | * - languageScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific |
| 5627 | * language contexts. Array is keyed by language code with file path or list of |
| 5628 | * file path. |
| 5629 | * - skinScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific skin contexts. |
| 5630 | * Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths. |
| 5631 | * - debugScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in debug contexts. |
| 5632 | * %File path or list of file paths. |
| 5633 | * |
| 5634 | * - messages `{string[]}` |
| 5635 | * Localisation messages to bundle with this module, for client-side use |
| 5636 | * via `mw.msg()` and `mw.message()`. List of message keys. |
| 5637 | * |
| 5638 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5639 | * |
| 5640 | * - templates `{string[]}` |
| 5641 | * List of template files to be loaded for client-side usage via `mw.templates`. |
| 5642 | * |
| 5643 | * Default: `[]` |
| 5644 | * |
| 5645 | * - es6 `{boolean}`: |
| 5646 | * Since: MW 1.36; ignored since MW 1.41. |
| 5647 | * |
| 5648 | * Default: `true` |
| 5649 | * |
| 5650 | * - skipStructureTest `{boolean}`: |
| 5651 | * Whether to skip ResourcesTest::testRespond(). Since MW 1.42. |
| 5652 | * |
| 5653 | * Default: `false`. |
| 5654 | * |
| 5655 | * ## Examples |
| 5656 | * |
| 5657 | * **Example: Using an alternate subclass** |
| 5658 | * |
| 5659 | * ``` |
| 5660 | * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ |
| 5661 | * 'class' => \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\WikiModule::class, |
| 5662 | * ]; |
| 5663 | * ``` |
| 5664 | * |
| 5665 | * **Example: Deprecated module** |
| 5666 | * |
| 5667 | * ``` |
| 5668 | * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ |
| 5669 | * 'deprecated' => 'You should use ext.myExtension2 instead', |
| 5670 | * ]; |
| 5671 | * ``` |
| 5672 | * |
| 5673 | * **Example: Base paths in extension.json** |
| 5674 | * |
| 5675 | * ``` |
| 5676 | * "ext.myExtension": { |
| 5677 | * "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension", |
| 5678 | * "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension" |
| 5679 | * } |
| 5680 | * ``` |
| 5681 | * |
| 5682 | * **Example: Base paths in core with PHP** |
| 5683 | * |
| 5684 | * ``` |
| 5685 | * $wgResourceModules['mediawiki.example'] = [ |
| 5686 | * 'localBasePath' => "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.example", |
| 5687 | * 'remoteBasePath' => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/src/mediawiki.example", |
| 5688 | * ]; |
| 5689 | * ``` |
| 5690 | * |
| 5691 | * **Example: Define a skip function** |
| 5692 | * |
| 5693 | * ``` |
| 5694 | * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension.SomeWebAPI'] = [ |
| 5695 | * 'skipFunction' => 'skip-SomeWebAPI.js', |
| 5696 | * ]; |
| 5697 | * ``` |
| 5698 | * |
| 5699 | * **Example: Contents of skip function file** |
| 5700 | * |
| 5701 | * ``` |
| 5702 | * return typeof SomeWebAPI === 'function' && SomeWebAPI.prototype.duckMethod; |
| 5703 | * ``` |
| 5704 | * @anchor wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet |
| 5705 | * |
| 5706 | * **Example: Stylesheets** |
| 5707 | * |
| 5708 | * ``` |
| 5709 | * $wgResourceModules['example'] = [ |
| 5710 | * 'styles' => [ |
| 5711 | * 'foo.css', |
| 5712 | * 'bar.css', |
| 5713 | * ], |
| 5714 | * ]; |
| 5715 | * $wgResourceModules['example.media'] = [ |
| 5716 | * 'styles' => [ |
| 5717 | * 'foo.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ], |
| 5718 | * ]; |
| 5719 | * $wgResourceModules['example.mixed'] = [ |
| 5720 | * 'styles' => [ |
| 5721 | * 'foo.css', |
| 5722 | * 'bar.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ], |
| 5723 | * ], |
| 5724 | * ]; |
| 5725 | * ``` |
| 5726 | * |
| 5727 | * **Example: Package files** |
| 5728 | * |
| 5729 | * ``` |
| 5730 | * "ext.myExtension": { |
| 5731 | * "localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension", |
| 5732 | * "remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension", |
| 5733 | * "packageFiles": [ |
| 5734 | * "index.js", |
| 5735 | * "utils.js", |
| 5736 | * "data.json" |
| 5737 | * ] |
| 5738 | * } |
| 5739 | * } |
| 5740 | * ``` |
| 5741 | * |
| 5742 | * **Example: Legacy scripts** |
| 5743 | * |
| 5744 | * ``` |
| 5745 | * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ |
| 5746 | * 'scripts' => [ |
| 5747 | * 'modules/ext.myExtension/utils.js', |
| 5748 | * 'modules/ext.myExtension/myExtension.js', |
| 5749 | * ], |
| 5750 | * 'languageScripts' => [ |
| 5751 | * 'bs' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/bs.js', |
| 5752 | * 'fi' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/fi.js', |
| 5753 | * ], |
| 5754 | * 'skinScripts' => [ |
| 5755 | * 'default' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/skin-default.js', |
| 5756 | * ], |
| 5757 | * 'debugScripts' => [ |
| 5758 | * 'modules/ext.myExtension/debug.js', |
| 5759 | * ], |
| 5760 | * ]; |
| 5761 | * ``` |
| 5762 | * |
| 5763 | * **Example: Template files** |
| 5764 | * |
| 5765 | * ``` |
| 5766 | * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [ |
| 5767 | * 'templates' => [ |
| 5768 | * 'templates/template.html', |
| 5769 | * 'templates/template2.html', |
| 5770 | * ], |
| 5771 | * ]; |
| 5772 | * ``` |
| 5773 | * @since 1.17 |
| 5774 | */ |
| 5775 | public const ResourceModules = [ |
| 5776 | 'default' => [], |
| 5777 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5778 | ]; |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | /** |
| 5781 | * Add extra skin-specific styles to a resource module. |
| 5782 | * |
| 5783 | * These are automatically added by ResourceLoader to the 'skinStyles' list of |
| 5784 | * the existing module. The 'styles' list cannot be modified or disabled. |
| 5785 | * |
| 5786 | * For example, below a module "bar" is defined and skin Foo provides additional |
| 5787 | * styles for it: |
| 5788 | * |
| 5789 | * **Example:** |
| 5790 | * |
| 5791 | * ``` |
| 5792 | * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ |
| 5793 | * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', |
| 5794 | * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css', |
| 5795 | * ]; |
| 5796 | * |
| 5797 | * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ |
| 5798 | * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css', |
| 5799 | * ]; |
| 5800 | * ``` |
| 5801 | * |
| 5802 | * This is effectively equivalent to: |
| 5803 | * |
| 5804 | * **Equivalent:** |
| 5805 | * |
| 5806 | * ``` |
| 5807 | * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ |
| 5808 | * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', |
| 5809 | * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css', |
| 5810 | * 'skinStyles' => [ |
| 5811 | * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css', |
| 5812 | * ], |
| 5813 | * ]; |
| 5814 | * ``` |
| 5815 | * |
| 5816 | * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then |
| 5817 | * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored. |
| 5818 | * |
| 5819 | * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead |
| 5820 | * of replacing it. This can be done using the `+` prefix. |
| 5821 | * |
| 5822 | * **Example:** |
| 5823 | * |
| 5824 | * ``` |
| 5825 | * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ |
| 5826 | * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', |
| 5827 | * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css', |
| 5828 | * 'skinStyles' => [ |
| 5829 | * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css', |
| 5830 | * ], |
| 5831 | * ]; |
| 5832 | * // Note the '+' character: |
| 5833 | * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ |
| 5834 | * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css', |
| 5835 | * ]; |
| 5836 | * ``` |
| 5837 | * |
| 5838 | * This is effectively equivalent to: |
| 5839 | * |
| 5840 | * **Equivalent:** |
| 5841 | * |
| 5842 | * ``` |
| 5843 | * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [ |
| 5844 | * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js', |
| 5845 | * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css', |
| 5846 | * 'skinStyles' => [ |
| 5847 | * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css', |
| 5848 | * 'foo' => [ |
| 5849 | * 'resources/bar/additional.css', |
| 5850 | * 'skins/Foo/bar.css', |
| 5851 | * ], |
| 5852 | * ], |
| 5853 | * ]; |
| 5854 | * ``` |
| 5855 | * |
| 5856 | * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be |
| 5857 | * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced, |
| 5858 | * use `skinStyles['default']`. |
| 5859 | * |
| 5860 | * As with $wgResourceModules, always set the localBasePath and remoteBasePath |
| 5861 | * keys (or one of remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath). |
| 5862 | * |
| 5863 | * **Example:** |
| 5864 | * |
| 5865 | * ``` |
| 5866 | * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [ |
| 5867 | * 'bar' => 'bar.css', |
| 5868 | * 'quux' => 'quux.css', |
| 5869 | * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo', |
| 5870 | * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__, |
| 5871 | * ]; |
| 5872 | * ``` |
| 5873 | */ |
| 5874 | public const ResourceModuleSkinStyles = [ |
| 5875 | 'default' => [], |
| 5876 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5877 | ]; |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | /** |
| 5880 | * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a |
| 5881 | * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by |
| 5882 | * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset. |
| 5883 | * |
| 5884 | * **Example:** |
| 5885 | * |
| 5886 | * ``` |
| 5887 | * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php'; |
| 5888 | * ``` |
| 5889 | */ |
| 5890 | public const ResourceLoaderSources = [ |
| 5891 | 'default' => [], |
| 5892 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5893 | ]; |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | /** |
| 5896 | * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule. |
| 5897 | * |
| 5898 | * Defaults to $wgScriptPath. |
| 5899 | */ |
| 5900 | public const ResourceBasePath = [ |
| 5901 | 'default' => null, |
| 5902 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ScriptPath' ] ] |
| 5903 | ]; |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | /** |
| 5906 | * @param mixed $scriptPath Value of ScriptPath |
| 5907 | * @return string |
| 5908 | */ |
| 5909 | public static function getDefaultResourceBasePath( $scriptPath ): string { |
| 5910 | return $scriptPath; |
| 5911 | } |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | /** |
| 5914 | * Override how long a CDN or browser may cache a ResourceLoader HTTP response. |
| 5915 | * |
| 5916 | * Maximum time in seconds. Used for the `max-age` and `s-maxage` Cache-Control headers. |
| 5917 | * |
| 5918 | * Valid keys: |
| 5919 | * - versioned |
| 5920 | * - unversioned |
| 5921 | * |
| 5922 | * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\ResourceLoader::__construct |
| 5923 | * @since 1.35 |
| 5924 | */ |
| 5925 | public const ResourceLoaderMaxage = [ |
| 5926 | 'default' => [], |
| 5927 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 5928 | ]; |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | /** |
| 5931 | * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests. |
| 5932 | * |
| 5933 | * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used. |
| 5934 | */ |
| 5935 | public const ResourceLoaderDebug = [ |
| 5936 | 'default' => false, |
| 5937 | ]; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | /** |
| 5940 | * ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose query string is more than |
| 5941 | * this many characters long, and will instead use multiple requests with |
| 5942 | * shorter query strings. Using multiple requests may degrade performance, |
| 5943 | * but may be needed based on the query string limit supported by your web |
| 5944 | * server and/or your user's web browsers. |
| 5945 | * |
| 5946 | * Default: `2000`. |
| 5947 | * |
| 5948 | * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\StartUpModule::getMaxQueryLength |
| 5949 | * @since 1.17 |
| 5950 | */ |
| 5951 | public const ResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = [ |
| 5952 | 'default' => false, |
| 5953 | 'type' => 'integer|false', |
| 5954 | ]; |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | /** |
| 5957 | * Validate JavaScript code loaded from wiki pages. |
| 5958 | * |
| 5959 | * If a syntax error is found, the script is replaced with a warning |
| 5960 | * logged to the browser console. This ensures errors are found early and |
| 5961 | * consistently (independent of the editor's own browser), and prevents |
| 5962 | * breaking other modules loaded in the same batch from load.php. |
| 5963 | * |
| 5964 | * @see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module::validateScriptFile |
| 5965 | */ |
| 5966 | public const ResourceLoaderValidateJS = [ |
| 5967 | 'default' => true, |
| 5968 | ]; |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | /** |
| 5971 | * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side. |
| 5972 | * |
| 5973 | * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler. |
| 5974 | * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data. |
| 5975 | * |
| 5976 | * @since 1.32 |
| 5977 | */ |
| 5978 | public const ResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = [ |
| 5979 | 'default' => false, |
| 5980 | ]; |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | /** |
| 5983 | * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on |
| 5984 | * browsers that support the Web Storage API. |
| 5985 | */ |
| 5986 | public const ResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = [ |
| 5987 | 'default' => true, |
| 5988 | ]; |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | /** |
| 5991 | * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger |
| 5992 | * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value. |
| 5993 | * |
| 5994 | * @since 1.23 |
| 5995 | */ |
| 5996 | public const ResourceLoaderStorageVersion = [ |
| 5997 | 'default' => 1, |
| 5998 | ]; |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | /** |
| 6001 | * Whether to include a SourceMap header in ResourceLoader responses |
| 6002 | * for JavaScript modules. |
| 6003 | * |
| 6004 | * @since 1.41 |
| 6005 | */ |
| 6006 | public const ResourceLoaderEnableSourceMapLinks = [ |
| 6007 | 'default' => true, |
| 6008 | ]; |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | /** |
| 6011 | * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on |
| 6012 | * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where |
| 6013 | * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to |
| 6014 | * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a |
| 6015 | * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using |
| 6016 | * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different |
| 6017 | * from the rest of the site. |
| 6018 | * |
| 6019 | * @since 1.25 |
| 6020 | */ |
| 6021 | public const AllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = [ |
| 6022 | 'default' => false, |
| 6023 | ]; |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | /** |
| 6026 | * Whether to use the development version of Vue.js. This should be disabled |
| 6027 | * for production installations. For development installations, enabling this |
| 6028 | * provides useful additional warnings and checks. |
| 6029 | * |
| 6030 | * Even when this is disabled, using ResourceLoader's debug mode (?debug=true) |
| 6031 | * will cause the development version to be loaded. |
| 6032 | * |
| 6033 | * @since 1.35 |
| 6034 | */ |
| 6035 | public const VueDevelopmentMode = [ |
| 6036 | 'default' => false, |
| 6037 | ]; |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | /** |
| 6040 | * If this is set, MediaWiki will look for Codex files in this directory |
| 6041 | * instead of in resources/lib/codex/ and friends. |
| 6042 | * |
| 6043 | * To use a local development version of Codex, set this to the full file |
| 6044 | * path of the root directory of a local clone of the Codex repository, and |
| 6045 | * run `npm run build-all` in the Codex root directory. Rerun this command |
| 6046 | * after making any changes. |
| 6047 | * |
| 6048 | * This should be disabled for production installations. |
| 6049 | * |
| 6050 | * @since 1.43 |
| 6051 | */ |
| 6052 | public const CodexDevelopmentDir = [ |
| 6053 | 'default' => null, |
| 6054 | ]; |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | // endregion -- End of ResourceLoader settings |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 6059 | // region Page titles and redirects |
| 6060 | /** @name Page titles and redirects */ |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | /** |
| 6063 | * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be |
| 6064 | * used instead. |
| 6065 | */ |
| 6066 | public const MetaNamespace = [ |
| 6067 | 'default' => false, |
| 6068 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'Sitename' ] ] |
| 6069 | ]; |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | /** |
| 6072 | * @param mixed $sitename Value of Sitename |
| 6073 | * @return string |
| 6074 | */ |
| 6075 | public static function getDefaultMetaNamespace( $sitename ): string { |
| 6076 | return str_replace( ' ', '_', $sitename ); |
| 6077 | } |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 | /** |
| 6080 | * Name of the project talk namespace. |
| 6081 | * |
| 6082 | * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like |
| 6083 | * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this |
| 6084 | * manually for grammatical reasons. |
| 6085 | */ |
| 6086 | public const MetaNamespaceTalk = [ |
| 6087 | 'default' => false, |
| 6088 | ]; |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 | /** |
| 6091 | * Canonical namespace names. |
| 6092 | * |
| 6093 | * Must not be changed directly in configuration or by extensions, use $wgExtraNamespaces |
| 6094 | * instead. |
| 6095 | */ |
| 6096 | public const CanonicalNamespaceNames = [ |
| 6097 | 'default' => NamespaceInfo::CANONICAL_NAMES, |
| 6098 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6099 | ]; |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | /** |
| 6102 | * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and |
| 6103 | * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example, |
| 6104 | * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace |
| 6105 | * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces |
| 6106 | * hook or extension.json. |
| 6107 | * |
| 6108 | * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will |
| 6109 | * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through |
| 6110 | * the new namespace name. |
| 6111 | * |
| 6112 | * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard |
| 6113 | * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern. |
| 6114 | * |
| 6115 | * **Example:** |
| 6116 | * |
| 6117 | * ``` |
| 6118 | * $wgExtraNamespaces = [ |
| 6119 | * 100 => "Hilfe", |
| 6120 | * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion", |
| 6121 | * 102 => "Aide", |
| 6122 | * 103 => "Discussion_Aide" |
| 6123 | * ]; |
| 6124 | * ``` |
| 6125 | * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php |
| 6126 | */ |
| 6127 | public const ExtraNamespaces = [ |
| 6128 | 'default' => [], |
| 6129 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6130 | ]; |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | /** |
| 6133 | * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction. |
| 6134 | * |
| 6135 | * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set |
| 6136 | * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index. |
| 6137 | * |
| 6138 | * @since 1.18 |
| 6139 | */ |
| 6140 | public const ExtraGenderNamespaces = [ |
| 6141 | 'default' => [], |
| 6142 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6143 | ]; |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | /** |
| 6146 | * Define extra namespace aliases. |
| 6147 | * |
| 6148 | * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which |
| 6149 | * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is |
| 6150 | * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary |
| 6151 | * name. |
| 6152 | * |
| 6153 | * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs. |
| 6154 | * |
| 6155 | * **Example:** |
| 6156 | * |
| 6157 | * ``` |
| 6158 | * $wgNamespaceAliases = [ |
| 6159 | * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER, |
| 6160 | * 'Help' => 100, |
| 6161 | * ]; |
| 6162 | * ``` |
| 6163 | * |
| 6164 | * @see \MediaWiki\Language\Language::getNamespaceAliases for accessing the full list of aliases, |
| 6165 | * including those defined by other means. |
| 6166 | */ |
| 6167 | public const NamespaceAliases = [ |
| 6168 | 'default' => [], |
| 6169 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6170 | ]; |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | /** |
| 6173 | * Allowed title characters -- regex character class |
| 6174 | * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing |
| 6175 | * |
| 6176 | * Problematic punctuation: |
| 6177 | * - []}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these |
| 6178 | * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use |
| 6179 | * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below |
| 6180 | * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules, |
| 6181 | * corrupted by apache |
| 6182 | * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites |
| 6183 | * |
| 6184 | * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias, |
| 6185 | * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety. |
| 6186 | * |
| 6187 | * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are |
| 6188 | * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So |
| 6189 | * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate |
| 6190 | * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was |
| 6191 | * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue |
| 6192 | * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit. |
| 6193 | * |
| 6194 | * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links. |
| 6195 | * @deprecated since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist or (soon) |
| 6196 | * Extension:AbuseFilter to customize this set. |
| 6197 | */ |
| 6198 | public const LegalTitleChars = [ |
| 6199 | 'default' => ' %!"$&\'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+', |
| 6200 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist to customize', |
| 6201 | ]; |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | /** |
| 6204 | * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals. |
| 6205 | * |
| 6206 | * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links |
| 6207 | * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the |
| 6208 | * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial. |
| 6209 | */ |
| 6210 | public const CapitalLinks = [ |
| 6211 | 'default' => true, |
| 6212 | ]; |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | /** |
| 6215 | * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, |
| 6216 | * see NamespaceInfo::ALWAYS_CAPITALIZED_NAMESPACES for the full list) must be true by |
| 6217 | * default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be |
| 6218 | * so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content |
| 6219 | * namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the subject namespace's |
| 6220 | * setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from NS_FILE. |
| 6221 | * |
| 6222 | * **Example:** |
| 6223 | * |
| 6224 | * ``` |
| 6225 | * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false; |
| 6226 | * ``` |
| 6227 | */ |
| 6228 | public const CapitalLinkOverrides = [ |
| 6229 | 'default' => [], |
| 6230 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6231 | ]; |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | /** |
| 6234 | * Which namespaces should support subpages? |
| 6235 | * See Language.php for a list of namespaces. |
| 6236 | */ |
| 6237 | public const NamespacesWithSubpages = [ |
| 6238 | 'default' => [ |
| 6239 | NS_TALK => true, |
| 6240 | NS_USER => true, |
| 6241 | NS_USER_TALK => true, |
| 6242 | NS_PROJECT => true, |
| 6243 | NS_PROJECT_TALK => true, |
| 6244 | NS_FILE_TALK => true, |
| 6245 | NS_MEDIAWIKI => true, |
| 6246 | NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true, |
| 6247 | NS_TEMPLATE => true, |
| 6248 | NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true, |
| 6249 | NS_HELP => true, |
| 6250 | NS_HELP_TALK => true, |
| 6251 | NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true |
| 6252 | ], |
| 6253 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6254 | ]; |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | /** |
| 6257 | * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far |
| 6258 | * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also |
| 6259 | * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the |
| 6260 | * number of articles in the wiki. |
| 6261 | */ |
| 6262 | public const ContentNamespaces = [ |
| 6263 | 'default' => [ NS_MAIN ], |
| 6264 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6265 | ]; |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | /** |
| 6268 | * Optional array of namespaces which should be excluded from Special:ShortPages. |
| 6269 | * |
| 6270 | * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceExclusions will |
| 6271 | * be shown on that page. |
| 6272 | * |
| 6273 | * @since 1.37; previously $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist |
| 6274 | */ |
| 6275 | public const ShortPagesNamespaceExclusions = [ |
| 6276 | 'default' => [], |
| 6277 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6278 | ]; |
| 6279 | |
| 6280 | /** |
| 6281 | * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures |
| 6282 | * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the |
| 6283 | * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions. |
| 6284 | * |
| 6285 | * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are |
| 6286 | * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array. |
| 6287 | */ |
| 6288 | public const ExtraSignatureNamespaces = [ |
| 6289 | 'default' => [], |
| 6290 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6291 | ]; |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | /** |
| 6294 | * Array of invalid page redirect targets. |
| 6295 | * |
| 6296 | * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array |
| 6297 | * will make the redirect fail. |
| 6298 | * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here. |
| 6299 | * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well. |
| 6300 | * |
| 6301 | * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in |
| 6302 | * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable. |
| 6303 | */ |
| 6304 | public const InvalidRedirectTargets = [ |
| 6305 | 'default' => [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect', 'Mylog' ], |
| 6306 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6307 | ]; |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | /** |
| 6310 | * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302 |
| 6311 | * and have no "redirected from" link. |
| 6312 | * |
| 6313 | * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a |
| 6314 | * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard |
| 6315 | * redirected regardless of this setting. |
| 6316 | */ |
| 6317 | public const DisableHardRedirects = [ |
| 6318 | 'default' => false, |
| 6319 | ]; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | /** |
| 6322 | * Fix double redirects after a page move. |
| 6323 | * |
| 6324 | * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki. |
| 6325 | */ |
| 6326 | public const FixDoubleRedirects = [ |
| 6327 | 'default' => false, |
| 6328 | ]; |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | // endregion -- End of title and interwiki settings |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 6333 | // region Interwiki links and sites |
| 6334 | /** @name Interwiki links and sites */ |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | /** |
| 6337 | * Array for local interwiki values, for each of the interwiki prefixes that point to |
| 6338 | * the current wiki. |
| 6339 | * |
| 6340 | * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array. See $wgRCFeeds. |
| 6341 | */ |
| 6342 | public const LocalInterwikis = [ |
| 6343 | 'default' => [], |
| 6344 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6345 | ]; |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | /** |
| 6348 | * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table |
| 6349 | */ |
| 6350 | public const InterwikiExpiry = [ |
| 6351 | 'default' => 10800, |
| 6352 | ]; |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | /** |
| 6355 | * Interwiki cache as an associative array. |
| 6356 | * |
| 6357 | * When set, the InterwikiLookup service will not use the built-in `interwiki` database table, |
| 6358 | * but instead use this static array as its source. |
| 6359 | * |
| 6360 | * This cache data structure can be generated by the `dumpInterwiki.php` maintenance |
| 6361 | * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key |
| 6362 | * formats such as the following: |
| 6363 | * |
| 6364 | * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta) |
| 6365 | * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta) |
| 6366 | * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta) |
| 6367 | * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki) |
| 6368 | * |
| 6369 | * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url" |
| 6370 | * data layout. |
| 6371 | * |
| 6372 | * @see \MediaWiki\Interwiki\ClassicInterwikiLookup |
| 6373 | */ |
| 6374 | public const InterwikiCache = [ |
| 6375 | 'default' => false, |
| 6376 | 'type' => 'false|map', |
| 6377 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', |
| 6378 | ]; |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | /** |
| 6381 | * Specify number of domains to check for messages. |
| 6382 | * |
| 6383 | * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level |
| 6384 | * - 2: wiki and global levels |
| 6385 | * - 3: site levels |
| 6386 | */ |
| 6387 | public const InterwikiScopes = [ |
| 6388 | 'default' => 3, |
| 6389 | ]; |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | /** |
| 6392 | * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache |
| 6393 | */ |
| 6394 | public const InterwikiFallbackSite = [ |
| 6395 | 'default' => 'wiki', |
| 6396 | ]; |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | /** |
| 6399 | * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects, |
| 6400 | * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed |
| 6401 | * as 'redirected from' links. |
| 6402 | * |
| 6403 | * **Example:** |
| 6404 | * It might look something like this: |
| 6405 | * |
| 6406 | * ``` |
| 6407 | * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!'; |
| 6408 | * ``` |
| 6409 | * |
| 6410 | * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers. |
| 6411 | * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change |
| 6412 | * the URL. |
| 6413 | */ |
| 6414 | public const RedirectSources = [ |
| 6415 | 'default' => false, |
| 6416 | ]; |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | /** |
| 6419 | * Register handlers for specific types of sites. |
| 6420 | * |
| 6421 | * @since 1.21 |
| 6422 | */ |
| 6423 | public const SiteTypes = [ |
| 6424 | 'default' => [ 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class, ], |
| 6425 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6426 | ]; |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | // endregion -- Interwiki links and sites |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 6431 | // region Parser settings |
| 6432 | /** @name Parser settings |
| 6433 | * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML. |
| 6434 | */ |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | /** |
| 6437 | * Maximum indent level of toc. |
| 6438 | */ |
| 6439 | public const MaxTocLevel = [ |
| 6440 | 'default' => 999, |
| 6441 | ]; |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | /** |
| 6444 | * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited |
| 6445 | * by PPFrame::expand() |
| 6446 | */ |
| 6447 | public const MaxPPNodeCount = [ |
| 6448 | 'default' => 1_000_000, |
| 6449 | ]; |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | /** |
| 6452 | * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates. |
| 6453 | * |
| 6454 | * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template, |
| 6455 | * and xdebug limits the call stack to 256 by default. So this should hopefully |
| 6456 | * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit. |
| 6457 | */ |
| 6458 | public const MaxTemplateDepth = [ |
| 6459 | 'default' => 100, |
| 6460 | ]; |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 | /** |
| 6463 | * @see self::MaxTemplateDepth |
| 6464 | */ |
| 6465 | public const MaxPPExpandDepth = [ |
| 6466 | 'default' => 100, |
| 6467 | ]; |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | /** |
| 6470 | * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by UrlUtils::parse(). |
| 6471 | * |
| 6472 | * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken. |
| 6473 | * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies |
| 6474 | * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for |
| 6475 | * more information. |
| 6476 | * |
| 6477 | * @see \MediaWiki\Utils\UrlUtils::parse() |
| 6478 | */ |
| 6479 | public const UrlProtocols = [ |
| 6480 | 'default' => [ |
| 6481 | 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://', |
| 6482 | 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'matrix:', 'mms://', |
| 6483 | 'news:', 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', |
| 6484 | 'ssh://', 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', |
| 6485 | '//', |
| 6486 | ], |
| 6487 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6488 | ]; |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | /** |
| 6491 | * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures. |
| 6492 | */ |
| 6493 | public const CleanSignatures = [ |
| 6494 | 'default' => true, |
| 6495 | ]; |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 | /** |
| 6498 | * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites |
| 6499 | */ |
| 6500 | public const AllowExternalImages = [ |
| 6501 | 'default' => false, |
| 6502 | ]; |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | /** |
| 6505 | * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs |
| 6506 | * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not. |
| 6507 | * |
| 6508 | * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images. |
| 6509 | * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites |
| 6510 | * |
| 6511 | * **Examples:** |
| 6512 | * |
| 6513 | * ``` |
| 6514 | * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/'; |
| 6515 | * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ]; |
| 6516 | * ``` |
| 6517 | */ |
| 6518 | public const AllowExternalImagesFrom = [ |
| 6519 | 'default' => '', |
| 6520 | ]; |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | /** |
| 6523 | * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki |
| 6524 | * allow list of regular expression fragments to match the image URL |
| 6525 | * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments, |
| 6526 | * the image will be displayed. |
| 6527 | * |
| 6528 | * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki allow list (MediaWiki:External image whitelist) |
| 6529 | * Or false to disable it |
| 6530 | * |
| 6531 | * @since 1.14 |
| 6532 | */ |
| 6533 | public const EnableImageWhitelist = [ |
| 6534 | 'default' => false, |
| 6535 | ]; |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | /** |
| 6538 | * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration |
| 6539 | * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml |
| 6540 | * library; historically, other postprocessors were used. |
| 6541 | * |
| 6542 | * Setting this to null will use default settings. |
| 6543 | * |
| 6544 | * Keys include: |
| 6545 | * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing |
| 6546 | * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing |
| 6547 | * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing |
| 6548 | * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true) |
| 6549 | * |
| 6550 | * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration. |
| 6551 | * |
| 6552 | * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in |
| 6553 | * production. |
| 6554 | */ |
| 6555 | public const TidyConfig = [ |
| 6556 | 'default' => [], |
| 6557 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6558 | ]; |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | /** |
| 6561 | * Default Parsoid configuration. |
| 6562 | * |
| 6563 | * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in |
| 6564 | * production. |
| 6565 | * |
| 6566 | * @since 1.39 |
| 6567 | */ |
| 6568 | public const ParsoidSettings = [ |
| 6569 | 'default' => [ |
| 6570 | 'useSelser' => true, |
| 6571 | ], |
| 6572 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6573 | ]; |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | /** |
| 6576 | * Enable legacy media HTML structure in the output from the Parser. The |
| 6577 | * alternative modern HTML structure that replaces it is described at |
| 6578 | * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Parsing/Media_structure |
| 6579 | * |
| 6580 | * @deprecated since 1.41 |
| 6581 | * @since 1.36 |
| 6582 | */ |
| 6583 | public const ParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM = [ |
| 6584 | 'default' => false, |
| 6585 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41', |
| 6586 | ]; |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | /** |
| 6589 | * Enable legacy HTML structure for headings in the output from the Parser. |
| 6590 | * The legacy structure includes section edit links (and other markup added |
| 6591 | * by some extensions) inside the headings rather than outside them, leading |
| 6592 | * to poor accessibility. This doesn't affect headings on special pages. |
| 6593 | * Note that each skin also has to indicate support for the new structure. |
| 6594 | * More information: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Heading_HTML_changes |
| 6595 | * |
| 6596 | * @since 1.43 |
| 6597 | */ |
| 6598 | public const ParserEnableLegacyHeadingDOM = [ |
| 6599 | 'default' => true, |
| 6600 | ]; |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 | /** |
| 6603 | * Enable shipping the styles for the media HTML structure that replaces |
| 6604 | * legacy, when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is configured |
| 6605 | * separately so that it can continue to be served after the latter is disabled |
| 6606 | * but still in the cache. |
| 6607 | * |
| 6608 | * @deprecated since 1.41 |
| 6609 | * @internal Temporary flag, T51097. |
| 6610 | * @since 1.38 |
| 6611 | */ |
| 6612 | public const UseContentMediaStyles = [ |
| 6613 | 'default' => false, |
| 6614 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.41', |
| 6615 | ]; |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 | /** |
| 6618 | * Disable shipping the styles for the legacy media HTML structure |
| 6619 | * that has been replaced when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is |
| 6620 | * configured separately to give time for templates and extensions that mimic the |
| 6621 | * parser output to be migrated away. |
| 6622 | * |
| 6623 | * @internal Temporary feature flag for T318433. |
| 6624 | * @since 1.41 |
| 6625 | */ |
| 6626 | public const UseLegacyMediaStyles = [ |
| 6627 | 'default' => false, |
| 6628 | ]; |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 | /** |
| 6631 | * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections. |
| 6632 | * |
| 6633 | * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE $wgGroupPermissions |
| 6634 | * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust |
| 6635 | */ |
| 6636 | public const RawHtml = [ |
| 6637 | 'default' => false, |
| 6638 | ]; |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | /** |
| 6641 | * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window. |
| 6642 | * |
| 6643 | * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the |
| 6644 | * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ . |
| 6645 | * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence |
| 6646 | * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk |
| 6647 | * to some of your users. |
| 6648 | */ |
| 6649 | public const ExternalLinkTarget = [ |
| 6650 | 'default' => false, |
| 6651 | ]; |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | /** |
| 6654 | * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the |
| 6655 | * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that |
| 6656 | * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they |
| 6657 | * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming. |
| 6658 | */ |
| 6659 | public const NoFollowLinks = [ |
| 6660 | 'default' => true, |
| 6661 | ]; |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | /** |
| 6664 | * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply. |
| 6665 | * |
| 6666 | * See Language.php for a list of namespaces. |
| 6667 | */ |
| 6668 | public const NoFollowNsExceptions = [ |
| 6669 | 'default' => [], |
| 6670 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6671 | ]; |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | /** |
| 6674 | * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names |
| 6675 | * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the |
| 6676 | * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance: |
| 6677 | * |
| 6678 | * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ]; |
| 6679 | * |
| 6680 | * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not |
| 6681 | * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org, |
| 6682 | * etc. |
| 6683 | * |
| 6684 | * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default. |
| 6685 | */ |
| 6686 | public const NoFollowDomainExceptions = [ |
| 6687 | 'default' => [ 'mediawiki.org', ], |
| 6688 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 6689 | ]; |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | /** |
| 6692 | * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in |
| 6693 | * externallinks dataset, use this value to override: |
| 6694 | */ |
| 6695 | public const RegisterInternalExternals = [ |
| 6696 | 'default' => false, |
| 6697 | ]; |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | /** |
| 6700 | * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display |
| 6701 | */ |
| 6702 | public const AllowDisplayTitle = [ |
| 6703 | 'default' => true, |
| 6704 | ]; |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | /** |
| 6707 | * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same |
| 6708 | * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none; |
| 6709 | * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable. |
| 6710 | */ |
| 6711 | public const RestrictDisplayTitle = [ |
| 6712 | 'default' => true, |
| 6713 | ]; |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 | /** |
| 6716 | * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as |
| 6717 | * PAGESINCATEGORY. |
| 6718 | */ |
| 6719 | public const ExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = [ |
| 6720 | 'default' => 100, |
| 6721 | ]; |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 | /** |
| 6724 | * Preprocessor caching threshold |
| 6725 | * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache. |
| 6726 | */ |
| 6727 | public const PreprocessorCacheThreshold = [ |
| 6728 | 'default' => 1000, |
| 6729 | ]; |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | /** |
| 6732 | * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table. |
| 6733 | */ |
| 6734 | public const EnableScaryTranscluding = [ |
| 6735 | 'default' => false, |
| 6736 | ]; |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | /** |
| 6739 | * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache. |
| 6740 | * |
| 6741 | * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true. |
| 6742 | */ |
| 6743 | public const TranscludeCacheExpiry = [ |
| 6744 | 'default' => 3600, |
| 6745 | ]; |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | /** |
| 6748 | * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx, |
| 6749 | * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links |
| 6750 | * |
| 6751 | * @since 1.28 |
| 6752 | */ |
| 6753 | public const EnableMagicLinks = [ |
| 6754 | 'default' => [ |
| 6755 | 'ISBN' => false, |
| 6756 | 'PMID' => false, |
| 6757 | 'RFC' => false, |
| 6758 | ], |
| 6759 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6760 | ]; |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | /** |
| 6763 | * Set this to true to allow the {{USERLANGUAGE}} magic word to return the |
| 6764 | * actual user language. If it is false, {{USERLANGUAGE}} will return the |
| 6765 | * page language. Setting this to true is discouraged since the page |
| 6766 | * language should typically be used in the content area. Accessing the user |
| 6767 | * language using this feature reduces the efficiency of the parser cache. |
| 6768 | * |
| 6769 | * @since 1.43 |
| 6770 | */ |
| 6771 | public const ParserEnableUserLanguage = [ |
| 6772 | 'default' => false, |
| 6773 | ]; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | // endregion -- end of parser settings |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 6778 | // region Statistics and content analysis |
| 6779 | /** @name Statistics and content analysis */ |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | /** |
| 6782 | * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted |
| 6783 | * as a valid article. |
| 6784 | * |
| 6785 | * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles. |
| 6786 | * |
| 6787 | * This variable can have the following values: |
| 6788 | * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles |
| 6789 | * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid |
| 6790 | * |
| 6791 | * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count |
| 6792 | * |
| 6793 | * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count, |
| 6794 | * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php |
| 6795 | * script. |
| 6796 | */ |
| 6797 | public const ArticleCountMethod = [ |
| 6798 | 'default' => 'link', |
| 6799 | ]; |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | /** |
| 6802 | * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect |
| 6803 | * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the |
| 6804 | * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext. |
| 6805 | * |
| 6806 | * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable |
| 6807 | * numbers between different wikis. |
| 6808 | */ |
| 6809 | public const ActiveUserDays = [ |
| 6810 | 'default' => 30, |
| 6811 | ]; |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 | /** |
| 6814 | * The following variables define 3 user experience levels: |
| 6815 | * |
| 6816 | * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level |
| 6817 | * |
| 6818 | * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been |
| 6819 | * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days |
| 6820 | * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level. |
| 6821 | * |
| 6822 | * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and |
| 6823 | * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days. |
| 6824 | */ |
| 6825 | public const LearnerEdits = [ |
| 6826 | 'default' => 10, |
| 6827 | ]; |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 | /** |
| 6830 | * Number of days the user must exist before becoming a learner. |
| 6831 | * |
| 6832 | * @see self::LearnerEdits |
| 6833 | */ |
| 6834 | public const LearnerMemberSince = [ |
| 6835 | 'default' => 4, |
| 6836 | ]; |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | /** |
| 6839 | * Number of edits the user must have before becoming "experienced". |
| 6840 | * |
| 6841 | * @see self::LearnerEdits |
| 6842 | */ |
| 6843 | public const ExperiencedUserEdits = [ |
| 6844 | 'default' => 500, |
| 6845 | ]; |
| 6846 | |
| 6847 | /** |
| 6848 | * Number of days the user must exist before becoming "experienced". |
| 6849 | * |
| 6850 | * @see self::LearnerEdits |
| 6851 | */ |
| 6852 | public const ExperiencedUserMemberSince = [ |
| 6853 | 'default' => 30, |
| 6854 | ]; |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | /** |
| 6857 | * Maximum number of revisions of a page that will be checked against every new edit |
| 6858 | * made to determine whether the edit was a manual revert. |
| 6859 | * |
| 6860 | * Computational time required increases roughly linearly with this configuration |
| 6861 | * variable. |
| 6862 | * |
| 6863 | * Larger values will let you detect very deep reverts, but at the same time can give |
| 6864 | * unexpected results (such as marking large amounts of edits as reverts) and may slow |
| 6865 | * down the wiki slightly when saving new edits. |
| 6866 | * |
| 6867 | * Setting this to 0 will disable the manual revert detection feature entirely. |
| 6868 | * |
| 6869 | * See this document for a discussion on this topic: |
| 6870 | * https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Research:Revert |
| 6871 | * |
| 6872 | * @since 1.36 |
| 6873 | */ |
| 6874 | public const ManualRevertSearchRadius = [ |
| 6875 | 'default' => 15, |
| 6876 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 6877 | ]; |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | /** |
| 6880 | * Maximum depth (revision count) of reverts that will have their reverted edits marked |
| 6881 | * with the mw-reverted change tag. Reverts deeper than that will not have any edits |
| 6882 | * marked as reverted at all. |
| 6883 | * |
| 6884 | * Large values can lead to lots of revisions being marked as "reverted", which may appear |
| 6885 | * confusing to users. |
| 6886 | * |
| 6887 | * Setting this to 0 will disable the reverted tag entirely. |
| 6888 | * |
| 6889 | * @since 1.36 |
| 6890 | */ |
| 6891 | public const RevertedTagMaxDepth = [ |
| 6892 | 'default' => 15, |
| 6893 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 6894 | ]; |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | // endregion -- End of statistics and content analysis |
| 6897 | |
| 6898 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 6899 | // region User accounts, authentication |
| 6900 | /** @name User accounts, authentication */ |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 | /** |
| 6903 | * Central ID lookup providers |
| 6904 | * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory |
| 6905 | * |
| 6906 | * @since 1.27 |
| 6907 | */ |
| 6908 | public const CentralIdLookupProviders = [ |
| 6909 | 'default' => [ |
| 6910 | 'local' => [ |
| 6911 | 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class, |
| 6912 | 'services' => [ |
| 6913 | 'MainConfig', |
| 6914 | 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', |
| 6915 | 'HideUserUtils', |
| 6916 | ] |
| 6917 | ] |
| 6918 | ], |
| 6919 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6920 | ]; |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 | /** |
| 6923 | * Central ID lookup provider to use by default |
| 6924 | */ |
| 6925 | public const CentralIdLookupProvider = [ |
| 6926 | 'default' => 'local', |
| 6927 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 6928 | ]; |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 | /** |
| 6931 | * User registration timestamp provider classes |
| 6932 | * @since 1.41 |
| 6933 | */ |
| 6934 | public const UserRegistrationProviders = [ |
| 6935 | 'default' => [ |
| 6936 | LocalUserRegistrationProvider::TYPE => [ |
| 6937 | 'class' => LocalUserRegistrationProvider::class, |
| 6938 | 'services' => [ |
| 6939 | 'UserFactory' |
| 6940 | ] |
| 6941 | ] |
| 6942 | ], |
| 6943 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 6944 | ]; |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | /** |
| 6947 | * Password policy for the wiki. |
| 6948 | * |
| 6949 | * Structured as |
| 6950 | * ``` |
| 6951 | * [ |
| 6952 | * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ], |
| 6953 | * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ], |
| 6954 | * ] |
| 6955 | * ``` |
| 6956 | * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name |
| 6957 | * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the |
| 6958 | * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array |
| 6959 | * of options with the following keys: |
| 6960 | * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback |
| 6961 | * - forceChange: (boolean, default false) if the password is invalid, do |
| 6962 | * not let the user log in without changing the password |
| 6963 | * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (boolean, default false) if true and the password is |
| 6964 | * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies |
| 6965 | * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change |
| 6966 | * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over |
| 6967 | * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present. |
| 6968 | * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written. |
| 6969 | * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings |
| 6970 | * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the |
| 6971 | * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken. |
| 6972 | * |
| 6973 | * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements |
| 6974 | * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more |
| 6975 | * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is |
| 6976 | * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group |
| 6977 | * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users. |
| 6978 | * |
| 6979 | * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object |
| 6980 | * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status |
| 6981 | * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing |
| 6982 | * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in |
| 6983 | * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning). |
| 6984 | * |
| 6985 | * The checks supported by core are: |
| 6986 | * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set. |
| 6987 | * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will |
| 6988 | * not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password |
| 6989 | * as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct. |
| 6990 | * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed |
| 6991 | * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2. |
| 6992 | * - PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername - Password cannot be a substring |
| 6993 | * (contained within) the username. |
| 6994 | * - PasswordCannotMatchDefaults - Username/password combination cannot |
| 6995 | * match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past. |
| 6996 | * - PasswordNotInCommonList - Password not in best practices list of |
| 6997 | * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this |
| 6998 | * is a probabilistic test. |
| 6999 | * |
| 7000 | * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly, |
| 7001 | * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message, |
| 7002 | * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding |
| 7003 | * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase). |
| 7004 | * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message |
| 7005 | * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array). |
| 7006 | * |
| 7007 | * @since 1.26 |
| 7008 | * @see \MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks |
| 7009 | * @see \MediaWiki\User\User::checkPasswordValidity() |
| 7010 | */ |
| 7011 | public const PasswordPolicy = [ |
| 7012 | 'default' => [ |
| 7013 | 'policies' => [ |
| 7014 | 'bureaucrat' => [ |
| 7015 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, |
| 7016 | 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, |
| 7017 | ], |
| 7018 | 'sysop' => [ |
| 7019 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, |
| 7020 | 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, |
| 7021 | ], |
| 7022 | 'interface-admin' => [ |
| 7023 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, |
| 7024 | 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, |
| 7025 | ], |
| 7026 | 'bot' => [ |
| 7027 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10, |
| 7028 | 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1, |
| 7029 | ], |
| 7030 | 'default' => [ |
| 7031 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 8, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], |
| 7032 | 'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [ |
| 7033 | 'value' => true, |
| 7034 | 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true |
| 7035 | ], |
| 7036 | 'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], |
| 7037 | 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], |
| 7038 | 'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ], |
| 7039 | ], |
| 7040 | ], |
| 7041 | 'checks' => [ |
| 7042 | 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimalPasswordLength' ], |
| 7043 | 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' ], |
| 7044 | 'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' ], |
| 7045 | 'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults' ], |
| 7046 | 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkMaximalPasswordLength' ], |
| 7047 | 'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ PasswordPolicyChecks::class, 'checkPasswordNotInCommonList' ], |
| 7048 | ], |
| 7049 | ], |
| 7050 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7051 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_replace_recursive', |
| 7052 | ]; |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | /** |
| 7055 | * Configure AuthManager |
| 7056 | * |
| 7057 | * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general |
| 7058 | * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers: |
| 7059 | * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer |
| 7060 | * (default is 0). |
| 7061 | * |
| 7062 | * Elements are: |
| 7063 | * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders |
| 7064 | * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders |
| 7065 | * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders |
| 7066 | * |
| 7067 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7068 | * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is |
| 7069 | * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from |
| 7070 | * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to |
| 7071 | * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead. |
| 7072 | */ |
| 7073 | public const AuthManagerConfig = [ |
| 7074 | 'default' => null, |
| 7075 | 'type' => '?map', |
| 7076 | ]; |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | /** |
| 7079 | * @see self::AuthManagerConfig |
| 7080 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7081 | */ |
| 7082 | public const AuthManagerAutoConfig = [ |
| 7083 | 'default' => [ |
| 7084 | 'preauth' => [ |
| 7085 | ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7086 | 'class' => ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7087 | 'sort' => 0, |
| 7088 | ], |
| 7089 | ], |
| 7090 | 'primaryauth' => [ |
| 7091 | // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before |
| 7092 | // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based |
| 7093 | // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return |
| 7094 | // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset |
| 7095 | // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or |
| 7096 | // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will |
| 7097 | // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place. |
| 7098 | TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7099 | 'class' => TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7100 | 'services' => [ |
| 7101 | 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', |
| 7102 | 'UserOptionsLookup', |
| 7103 | ], |
| 7104 | 'args' => [ [ |
| 7105 | // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider |
| 7106 | 'authoritative' => false, |
| 7107 | ] ], |
| 7108 | 'sort' => 0, |
| 7109 | ], |
| 7110 | LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7111 | 'class' => LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7112 | 'services' => [ |
| 7113 | 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', |
| 7114 | ], |
| 7115 | 'args' => [ [ |
| 7116 | // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get |
| 7117 | // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied |
| 7118 | // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong |
| 7119 | // password") if it too fails. |
| 7120 | 'authoritative' => true, |
| 7121 | ] ], |
| 7122 | 'sort' => 100, |
| 7123 | ], |
| 7124 | ], |
| 7125 | 'secondaryauth' => [ |
| 7126 | CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7127 | 'class' => CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7128 | 'sort' => 0, |
| 7129 | ], |
| 7130 | ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7131 | 'class' => ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7132 | 'sort' => 100, |
| 7133 | ], |
| 7134 | // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952 |
| 7135 | // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7136 | // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7137 | // 'sort' => 100, |
| 7138 | // ], |
| 7139 | EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [ |
| 7140 | 'class' => EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class, |
| 7141 | 'services' => [ |
| 7142 | 'DBLoadBalancerFactory', |
| 7143 | ], |
| 7144 | 'sort' => 200, |
| 7145 | ], |
| 7146 | ], |
| 7147 | ], |
| 7148 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7149 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 7150 | ]; |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | /** |
| 7153 | * Configures RememberMe authentication request added by AuthManager. It can show a "remember |
| 7154 | * me" checkbox that, when checked, will cause it to take more time for the authenticated |
| 7155 | * session to expire. It can also be configured to always or to never extend the authentication |
| 7156 | * session. |
| 7157 | * |
| 7158 | * Valid values are listed in RememberMeAuthenticationRequest::ALLOWED_FLAGS. |
| 7159 | * |
| 7160 | * @since 1.36 |
| 7161 | */ |
| 7162 | public const RememberMe = [ |
| 7163 | 'default' => 'choose', |
| 7164 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 7165 | ]; |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | /** |
| 7168 | * Time frame for re-authentication. |
| 7169 | * |
| 7170 | * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter |
| 7171 | * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or |
| 7172 | * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might |
| 7173 | * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a |
| 7174 | * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have |
| 7175 | * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are: |
| 7176 | * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything |
| 7177 | * that needs to do this. |
| 7178 | * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within |
| 7179 | * the last X seconds. |
| 7180 | * - Come up with a third option. |
| 7181 | * |
| 7182 | * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the |
| 7183 | * "X seconds". |
| 7184 | * |
| 7185 | * This allows for configuring different time frames for different |
| 7186 | * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include: |
| 7187 | * - LinkAccounts |
| 7188 | * - UnlinkAccount |
| 7189 | * - ChangeCredentials |
| 7190 | * - RemoveCredentials |
| 7191 | * - ChangeEmail |
| 7192 | * |
| 7193 | * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by |
| 7194 | * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(), |
| 7195 | * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or |
| 7196 | * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding |
| 7197 | * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing |
| 7198 | * AuthManagerSpecialPage. |
| 7199 | * |
| 7200 | * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array. |
| 7201 | * |
| 7202 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7203 | */ |
| 7204 | public const ReauthenticateTime = [ |
| 7205 | 'default' => [ 'default' => 300, ], |
| 7206 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7207 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], |
| 7208 | ]; |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | /** |
| 7211 | * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible. |
| 7212 | * |
| 7213 | * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current |
| 7214 | * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use), |
| 7215 | * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return |
| 7216 | * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in |
| 7217 | * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL. |
| 7218 | * |
| 7219 | * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array. |
| 7220 | * |
| 7221 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7222 | * @see self::ReauthenticateTime |
| 7223 | */ |
| 7224 | public const AllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [ |
| 7225 | 'default' => [ 'default' => true, ], |
| 7226 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7227 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], |
| 7228 | ]; |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 | /** |
| 7231 | * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through |
| 7232 | * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API. |
| 7233 | * |
| 7234 | * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g. |
| 7235 | * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected. |
| 7236 | * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses). |
| 7237 | * |
| 7238 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7239 | */ |
| 7240 | public const ChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [ |
| 7241 | 'default' => [ |
| 7242 | TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class, |
| 7243 | ], |
| 7244 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 7245 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 7246 | ]; |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 | /** |
| 7249 | * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through |
| 7250 | * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API. |
| 7251 | * |
| 7252 | * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g. |
| 7253 | * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected. |
| 7254 | * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses). |
| 7255 | * |
| 7256 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7257 | */ |
| 7258 | public const RemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [ |
| 7259 | 'default' => [ |
| 7260 | PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class, |
| 7261 | ], |
| 7262 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 7263 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 7264 | ]; |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | /** |
| 7267 | * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their |
| 7268 | * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword(). |
| 7269 | * |
| 7270 | * @since 1.23 |
| 7271 | */ |
| 7272 | public const InvalidPasswordReset = [ |
| 7273 | 'default' => true, |
| 7274 | ]; |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 | /** |
| 7277 | * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords. |
| 7278 | * |
| 7279 | * Must be set to a type defined in $wgPasswordConfig, or a type that |
| 7280 | * is registered by default in PasswordFactory.php. |
| 7281 | * |
| 7282 | * @since 1.24 |
| 7283 | */ |
| 7284 | public const PasswordDefault = [ |
| 7285 | 'default' => 'pbkdf2', |
| 7286 | ]; |
| 7287 | |
| 7288 | /** |
| 7289 | * Configuration for built-in password types. |
| 7290 | * |
| 7291 | * Maps the password type to an array of options: |
| 7292 | * |
| 7293 | * - class: The Password class to use. |
| 7294 | * - factory (since 1.40): A function that creates and returns a suitable Password object. |
| 7295 | * This option is intended only for internal use; the function signature is unstable and |
| 7296 | * subject to change in future versions. |
| 7297 | * |
| 7298 | * All other options are class-dependent. |
| 7299 | * |
| 7300 | * An advanced example: |
| 7301 | * |
| 7302 | * ``` |
| 7303 | * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [ |
| 7304 | * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class, |
| 7305 | * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt', |
| 7306 | * 'secrets' => [ |
| 7307 | * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ), |
| 7308 | * ], |
| 7309 | * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc', |
| 7310 | * ]; |
| 7311 | * ``` |
| 7312 | * |
| 7313 | * @since 1.24 |
| 7314 | */ |
| 7315 | public const PasswordConfig = [ |
| 7316 | 'default' => [ |
| 7317 | 'A' => [ |
| 7318 | 'class' => MWOldPassword::class, |
| 7319 | ], |
| 7320 | 'B' => [ |
| 7321 | 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class, |
| 7322 | ], |
| 7323 | 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [ |
| 7324 | 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class, |
| 7325 | 'types' => [ |
| 7326 | 'A', |
| 7327 | 'pbkdf2', |
| 7328 | ], |
| 7329 | ], |
| 7330 | 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [ |
| 7331 | 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class, |
| 7332 | 'types' => [ |
| 7333 | 'B', |
| 7334 | 'pbkdf2', |
| 7335 | ], |
| 7336 | ], |
| 7337 | 'bcrypt' => [ |
| 7338 | 'class' => BcryptPassword::class, |
| 7339 | 'cost' => 9, |
| 7340 | ], |
| 7341 | 'pbkdf2' => [ |
| 7342 | 'class' => Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL::class, |
| 7343 | 'algo' => 'sha512', |
| 7344 | 'cost' => '30000', |
| 7345 | 'length' => '64', |
| 7346 | ], |
| 7347 | 'argon2' => [ |
| 7348 | 'class' => Argon2Password::class, |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 | // Algorithm used: |
| 7351 | // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks |
| 7352 | // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking |
| 7353 | // * 'auto' to use the best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be |
| 7354 | // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that |
| 7355 | // older versions would not understand. |
| 7356 | 'algo' => 'auto', |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 | // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash(). |
| 7359 | // Set them to override that function's defaults. |
| 7360 | // |
| 7361 | // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST, |
| 7362 | // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST, |
| 7363 | // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS, |
| 7364 | ], |
| 7365 | ], |
| 7366 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7367 | ]; |
| 7368 | |
| 7369 | /** |
| 7370 | * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email |
| 7371 | * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by |
| 7372 | * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false) |
| 7373 | * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely |
| 7374 | */ |
| 7375 | public const PasswordResetRoutes = [ |
| 7376 | 'default' => [ |
| 7377 | 'username' => true, |
| 7378 | 'email' => true, |
| 7379 | ], |
| 7380 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7381 | ]; |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | /** |
| 7384 | * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature |
| 7385 | */ |
| 7386 | public const MaxSigChars = [ |
| 7387 | 'default' => 255, |
| 7388 | ]; |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 | /** |
| 7391 | * Behavior of signature validation. Allowed values are: |
| 7392 | * - 'warning' - invalid signatures cause a warning to be displayed on the preferences page, |
| 7393 | * but they are still used when signing comments; new invalid signatures can still be saved as |
| 7394 | * normal |
| 7395 | * - 'new' - existing invalid signatures behave as above; new invalid signatures can't be |
| 7396 | * saved |
| 7397 | * - 'disallow' - existing invalid signatures are no longer used when signing comments; new |
| 7398 | * invalid signatures can't be saved |
| 7399 | * |
| 7400 | * @since 1.35 |
| 7401 | */ |
| 7402 | public const SignatureValidation = [ |
| 7403 | 'default' => 'warning', |
| 7404 | ]; |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | /** |
| 7407 | * List of lint error codes which don't cause signature validation to fail. |
| 7408 | * |
| 7409 | * @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lint_errors |
| 7410 | * @since 1.35 |
| 7411 | */ |
| 7412 | public const SignatureAllowedLintErrors = [ |
| 7413 | 'default' => [ 'obsolete-tag', ], |
| 7414 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 7415 | ]; |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 | /** |
| 7418 | * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance |
| 7419 | * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value. |
| 7420 | */ |
| 7421 | public const MaxNameChars = [ |
| 7422 | 'default' => 255, |
| 7423 | ]; |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 | /** |
| 7426 | * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from |
| 7427 | * Maintenance scripts can still use these |
| 7428 | * |
| 7429 | * @see \MediaWiki\User\User::MAINTENANCE_SCRIPT_USER |
| 7430 | */ |
| 7431 | public const ReservedUsernames = [ |
| 7432 | 'default' => [ |
| 7433 | 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages |
| 7434 | 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade |
| 7435 | 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script |
| 7436 | 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade |
| 7437 | 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php |
| 7438 | 'Delete page script', // Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php |
| 7439 | 'Move page script', // Default user name used by maintenance/deleteBatch.php |
| 7440 | 'Command line script', // Default user name used by maintenance/undelete.php |
| 7441 | 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter & RevisionStore for revisions with no author and in User for invalid user id |
| 7442 | 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix |
| 7443 | 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages |
| 7444 | 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22) |
| 7445 | 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc. |
| 7446 | 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php |
| 7447 | 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (removed in 1.44) |
| 7448 | ], |
| 7449 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 7450 | ]; |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 | /** |
| 7453 | * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user |
| 7454 | * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts. |
| 7455 | * |
| 7456 | * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks: |
| 7457 | * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0; |
| 7458 | * |
| 7459 | * To save storage space, no user_properties row will be stored for users with the |
| 7460 | * default setting for a given option, even if the user manually selects that option. |
| 7461 | * This means that a change to the defaults will change the setting for all users who |
| 7462 | * have been using the default setting; there is no way for users to opt out of this. |
| 7463 | * $wgConditionalUserOptions can be used to change the default value for future users |
| 7464 | * only. |
| 7465 | * |
| 7466 | * @see self::ConditionalUserOptions |
| 7467 | */ |
| 7468 | public const DefaultUserOptions = [ |
| 7469 | 'default' => |
| 7470 | // This array should be sorted by key |
| 7471 | [ |
| 7472 | 'ccmeonemails' => 0, |
| 7473 | 'date' => 'default', |
| 7474 | 'diffonly' => 0, |
| 7475 | 'diff-type' => 'table', |
| 7476 | 'disablemail' => 0, |
| 7477 | 'editfont' => 'monospace', |
| 7478 | 'editondblclick' => 0, |
| 7479 | 'editrecovery' => 0, |
| 7480 | 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0, |
| 7481 | 'email-allow-new-users' => 1, |
| 7482 | 'enotifminoredits' => 0, |
| 7483 | 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0, |
| 7484 | 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1, |
| 7485 | 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1, |
| 7486 | 'extendwatchlist' => 1, |
| 7487 | 'fancysig' => 0, |
| 7488 | 'forceeditsummary' => 0, |
| 7489 | 'forcesafemode' => 0, |
| 7490 | 'gender' => 'unknown', |
| 7491 | 'hidecategorization' => 1, |
| 7492 | 'hideminor' => 0, |
| 7493 | 'hidepatrolled' => 0, |
| 7494 | 'imagesize' => 2, |
| 7495 | 'minordefault' => 0, |
| 7496 | 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0, |
| 7497 | 'nickname' => '', |
| 7498 | 'norollbackdiff' => 0, |
| 7499 | 'prefershttps' => 1, |
| 7500 | 'previewonfirst' => 0, |
| 7501 | 'previewontop' => 1, |
| 7502 | 'pst-cssjs' => 1, |
| 7503 | 'rcdays' => 7, |
| 7504 | 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0, |
| 7505 | 'rclimit' => 50, |
| 7506 | 'requireemail' => 0, |
| 7507 | 'search-match-redirect' => true, |
| 7508 | 'search-special-page' => 'Search', |
| 7509 | 'search-thumbnail-extra-namespaces' => true, |
| 7510 | 'searchlimit' => 20, |
| 7511 | 'showhiddencats' => 0, |
| 7512 | 'shownumberswatching' => 1, |
| 7513 | 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0, |
| 7514 | 'skin' => false, |
| 7515 | 'skin-responsive' => 1, |
| 7516 | 'thumbsize' => 5, |
| 7517 | 'underline' => 2, |
| 7518 | 'useeditwarning' => 1, |
| 7519 | 'uselivepreview' => 0, |
| 7520 | 'usenewrc' => 1, |
| 7521 | 'watchcreations' => 1, |
| 7522 | 'watchdefault' => 1, |
| 7523 | 'watchdeletion' => 0, |
| 7524 | 'watchlistdays' => 7, |
| 7525 | 'watchlisthideanons' => 0, |
| 7526 | 'watchlisthidebots' => 0, |
| 7527 | 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1, |
| 7528 | 'watchlisthideliu' => 0, |
| 7529 | 'watchlisthideminor' => 0, |
| 7530 | 'watchlisthideown' => 0, |
| 7531 | 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0, |
| 7532 | 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0, |
| 7533 | 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0, |
| 7534 | 'watchmoves' => 0, |
| 7535 | 'watchrollback' => 0, |
| 7536 | 'watchuploads' => 1, |
| 7537 | 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0, |
| 7538 | 'wllimit' => 250, |
| 7539 | ], |
| 7540 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7541 | ]; |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | /** |
| 7544 | * Conditional defaults for user options |
| 7545 | * |
| 7546 | * Map of user options to conditional defaults descriptors, which is an array |
| 7547 | * of conditional cases [ VALUE, CONDITION1, CONDITION2 ], where VALUE is the default value for |
| 7548 | * all users that meet ALL conditions, and each CONDITION is either a: |
| 7549 | * (a) a CUDCOND_* constant (when condition does not take any arguments), or |
| 7550 | * (b) an array [ CUDCOND_*, argument1, argument1, ... ] (when chosen condition takes at |
| 7551 | * least one argument). |
| 7552 | * |
| 7553 | * When `null` is used as the VALUE, it is interpreted as "no conditional default for this |
| 7554 | * condition". In other words, `null` and $wgDefaultUserOptions['user-option'] can be used |
| 7555 | * interchangeably as the VALUE. |
| 7556 | * |
| 7557 | * All conditions are evaluated in order. When no condition matches. |
| 7558 | * $wgDefaultUserOptions is used instead. |
| 7559 | * |
| 7560 | * Example of valid configuration: |
| 7561 | * $wgConditionalUserOptions['user-option'] = [ |
| 7562 | * [ 'registered in 2024', [ CUDCOND_AFTER, '20240101000000' ] ] |
| 7563 | * ]; |
| 7564 | * |
| 7565 | * List of valid conditions: |
| 7566 | * * CUDCOND_AFTER: user registered after given timestamp (args: string $timestamp) |
| 7567 | * * CUDCOND_ANON: allows specifying a default for anonymous (logged-out, non-temporary) users |
| 7568 | * * CUDCOND_NAMED: allows specifying a default for named (registered, non-temporary) users |
| 7569 | * * CUDCOND_USERGROUP: users with a specific user group |
| 7570 | * |
| 7571 | * @since 1.42 |
| 7572 | * @see self::DefaultUserOptions |
| 7573 | */ |
| 7574 | public const ConditionalUserOptions = [ |
| 7575 | 'default' => [], |
| 7576 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7577 | ]; |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | /** |
| 7580 | * An array of preferences to not show for the user |
| 7581 | */ |
| 7582 | public const HiddenPrefs = [ |
| 7583 | 'default' => [], |
| 7584 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 7585 | ]; |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 | /** |
| 7588 | * Characters to prevent during new account creations. |
| 7589 | * |
| 7590 | * This is used in a regular expression character class during |
| 7591 | * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped). |
| 7592 | */ |
| 7593 | public const InvalidUsernameCharacters = [ |
| 7594 | 'default' => '@:>=', |
| 7595 | ]; |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | /** |
| 7598 | * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights |
| 7599 | * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different |
| 7600 | * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki"). |
| 7601 | * |
| 7602 | * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in |
| 7603 | * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to |
| 7604 | * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights |
| 7605 | */ |
| 7606 | public const UserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = [ |
| 7607 | 'default' => '@', |
| 7608 | ]; |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | /** |
| 7611 | * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http. |
| 7612 | * |
| 7613 | * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l: |
| 7614 | * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html |
| 7615 | * |
| 7616 | * @since 1.17 |
| 7617 | */ |
| 7618 | public const SecureLogin = [ |
| 7619 | 'default' => false, |
| 7620 | ]; |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | /** |
| 7623 | * Versioning for authentication tokens. |
| 7624 | * |
| 7625 | * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field |
| 7626 | * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all |
| 7627 | * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out). |
| 7628 | * |
| 7629 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7630 | */ |
| 7631 | public const AuthenticationTokenVersion = [ |
| 7632 | 'default' => null, |
| 7633 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 7634 | ]; |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | /** |
| 7637 | * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration. |
| 7638 | * |
| 7639 | * Values are ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders to be |
| 7640 | * used. Keys in the array are ignored; the class name is conventionally |
| 7641 | * used as the key to avoid collisions. Order is not significant. |
| 7642 | * |
| 7643 | * @since 1.27 |
| 7644 | */ |
| 7645 | public const SessionProviders = [ |
| 7646 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7647 | 'default' => [ |
| 7648 | \MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [ |
| 7649 | 'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class, |
| 7650 | 'args' => [ [ |
| 7651 | 'priority' => 30, |
| 7652 | ] ], |
| 7653 | ], |
| 7654 | \MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [ |
| 7655 | 'class' => \MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class, |
| 7656 | 'args' => [ [ |
| 7657 | 'priority' => 75, |
| 7658 | ] ], |
| 7659 | 'services' => [ |
| 7660 | 'GrantsInfo' |
| 7661 | ], |
| 7662 | ], |
| 7663 | ], |
| 7664 | ]; |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 | /** |
| 7667 | * Configuration for automatic creation of temporary accounts on page save. |
| 7668 | * This can be enabled to avoid exposing the IP addresses of casual editors who |
| 7669 | * do not explicitly create an account. |
| 7670 | * |
| 7671 | * @warning This is EXPERIMENTAL, enabling may break extensions. |
| 7672 | * |
| 7673 | * An associative array with the following keys: |
| 7674 | * |
| 7675 | * - known: (bool) Whether auto-creation is known about. Set this to 'true' if |
| 7676 | * temp accounts have been created on this wiki already. This setting allows |
| 7677 | * temp users to be recognized even if auto-creation is currently disabled. |
| 7678 | * If auto-creation is enabled via the 'enabled' property, then 'known' is |
| 7679 | * overriden to true. |
| 7680 | * - enabled: (bool) Whether auto-creation is enabled. If changing this |
| 7681 | * value from 'true' to 'false', you should also set 'known' to true, so |
| 7682 | * that relevant code can continue to identify temporary accounts as |
| 7683 | * visually and conceptually distinct from anonymous accounts and named accounts. |
| 7684 | * - actions: (array) A list of actions for which the feature is enabled. |
| 7685 | * Currently only "edit" is supported. |
| 7686 | * - genPattern: (string) The pattern used when generating new usernames. |
| 7687 | * This should have "$1" indicating the place where the serial string will |
| 7688 | * be substituted. |
| 7689 | * - matchPattern: (string|string[]|null) The pattern used when determining whether a |
| 7690 | * username is a temporary user. This affects the rights of the user |
| 7691 | * and also prevents explicit creation of users with matching names. |
| 7692 | * This is ignored if "enabled" is false. If the value is null, the |
| 7693 | * the genPattern value is used as the matchPattern. |
| 7694 | * - reservedPattern: (string) A pattern used to determine whether a |
| 7695 | * username should be denied for explicit creation, in addition to |
| 7696 | * matchPattern. This is used even if "enabled" is false. |
| 7697 | * - serialProvider: (array) Configuration for generation of unique integer |
| 7698 | * indexes which are used to make temporary usernames. |
| 7699 | * - type: (string) May be "local" to allocate indexes using the local |
| 7700 | * database. If the CentralAuth extension is enabled, it may be |
| 7701 | * "centralauth". Extensions may plug in additional types using the |
| 7702 | * TempUserSerialProviders attribute. |
| 7703 | * - numShards (int, default 1): A small integer. This can be set to a |
| 7704 | * value greater than 1 to avoid acquiring a global lock when |
| 7705 | * allocating IDs, at the expense of making the IDs be non-monotonic. |
| 7706 | * - useYear: (bool) Restart at 1 each time the year changes (in UTC). |
| 7707 | * To avoid naming conflicts, the year is included in the name after |
| 7708 | * the prefix, in the form 'YYYY-'. |
| 7709 | * - serialMapping: (array) Configuration for mapping integer indexes to strings |
| 7710 | * to substitute into genPattern. |
| 7711 | * - type: (string) May be |
| 7712 | * - "plain-numeric" to use ASCII decimal numbers |
| 7713 | * - "localized-numeric" to use numbers localized using a specific language |
| 7714 | * - "filtered-radix" to use numbers in an arbitrary base between 2 and 36, |
| 7715 | * with an optional list of "bad" IDs to skip over. |
| 7716 | * - "scramble": to use ASCII decimal numbers that are short but |
| 7717 | * non-consecutive. |
| 7718 | * - language: (string) With "localized-numeric", the language code |
| 7719 | * - radix: (int) With "filtered-radix", the base |
| 7720 | * - badIndexes: (array) With "filtered-radix", an array with the bad unmapped |
| 7721 | * indexes in the values. The integers must be sorted and the list |
| 7722 | * must never change after the indexes have been allocated. The keys must |
| 7723 | * be zero-based array indexes. |
| 7724 | * - uppercase: (bool) With "filtered-radix", whether to use uppercase |
| 7725 | * letters, default false. |
| 7726 | * - offset: (int) With "plain-numeric", a constant to add to the stored index. |
| 7727 | * - expireAfterDays: (int|null, default 90) If not null, how many days should the temporary |
| 7728 | * accounts expire? Requires expireTemporaryAccounts.php to be periodically executed in |
| 7729 | * order to work. |
| 7730 | * - notifyBeforeExpirationDays: (int|null, default 10) If not null, how many days before the |
| 7731 | * expiration of a temporary account should it be notified that their account is to be expired. |
| 7732 | * |
| 7733 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 7734 | * @since 1.39 |
| 7735 | */ |
| 7736 | public const AutoCreateTempUser = [ |
| 7737 | 'properties' => [ |
| 7738 | 'known' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], |
| 7739 | 'enabled' => [ 'type' => 'bool', 'default' => false ], |
| 7740 | 'actions' => [ 'type' => 'list', 'default' => [ 'edit' ] ], |
| 7741 | 'genPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'default' => '~$1' ], |
| 7742 | 'matchPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string|array|null', 'default' => null ], |
| 7743 | 'reservedPattern' => [ 'type' => 'string|null', 'default' => '~$1' ], |
| 7744 | 'serialProvider' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'local', 'useYear' => true ] ], |
| 7745 | 'serialMapping' => [ 'type' => 'object', 'default' => [ 'type' => 'plain-numeric' ] ], |
| 7746 | 'expireAfterDays' => [ 'type' => 'int|null', 'default' => 90 ], |
| 7747 | 'notifyBeforeExpirationDays' => [ 'type' => 'int|null', 'default' => 10 ], |
| 7748 | ], |
| 7749 | 'type' => 'object', |
| 7750 | ]; |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | // endregion -- end user accounts |
| 7753 | |
| 7754 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 7755 | // region User rights, access control and monitoring |
| 7756 | /** @name User rights, access control and monitoring */ |
| 7757 | |
| 7758 | /** |
| 7759 | * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day. |
| 7760 | */ |
| 7761 | public const AutoblockExpiry = [ |
| 7762 | 'default' => 86400, |
| 7763 | ]; |
| 7764 | |
| 7765 | /** |
| 7766 | * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page. |
| 7767 | * |
| 7768 | * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to |
| 7769 | * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block |
| 7770 | * restrictions. |
| 7771 | */ |
| 7772 | public const BlockAllowsUTEdit = [ |
| 7773 | 'default' => true, |
| 7774 | ]; |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 | /** |
| 7777 | * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks. |
| 7778 | * |
| 7779 | * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a |
| 7780 | * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of |
| 7781 | * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be |
| 7782 | * blocked using a small number of range blocks. |
| 7783 | * |
| 7784 | * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential |
| 7785 | * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will |
| 7786 | * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be |
| 7787 | * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that |
| 7788 | * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range. |
| 7789 | */ |
| 7790 | public const BlockCIDRLimit = [ |
| 7791 | 'default' => [ |
| 7792 | 'IPv4' => 16, |
| 7793 | 'IPv6' => 19, |
| 7794 | ], |
| 7795 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7796 | ]; |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | /** |
| 7799 | * If true, sitewide blocked users will not be allowed to login. (Direct |
| 7800 | * blocks only; IP blocks are ignored.) This can be used to remove users' |
| 7801 | * read access on a private wiki. |
| 7802 | */ |
| 7803 | public const BlockDisablesLogin = [ |
| 7804 | 'default' => false, |
| 7805 | ]; |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 | /** |
| 7808 | * Flag to enable partial blocks against performing certain actions. |
| 7809 | * |
| 7810 | * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T280532 |
| 7811 | * @since 1.37 |
| 7812 | */ |
| 7813 | public const EnablePartialActionBlocks = [ |
| 7814 | 'default' => false, |
| 7815 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 7816 | ]; |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 | /** |
| 7819 | * If this is false, the number of blocks of a given target is limited to only 1. |
| 7820 | * |
| 7821 | * @since 1.42 |
| 7822 | */ |
| 7823 | public const EnableMultiBlocks = [ |
| 7824 | 'default' => false, |
| 7825 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 7826 | ]; |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 | /** |
| 7829 | * Ipblocks table schema migration stage, for normalizing ipb_address field and |
| 7830 | * adding the block_target table. |
| 7831 | * |
| 7832 | * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values: |
| 7833 | * |
| 7834 | * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD |
| 7835 | * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD |
| 7836 | * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW |
| 7837 | * |
| 7838 | * History: |
| 7839 | * - 1.42: Added |
| 7840 | * - 1.43: Default changed from SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW |
| 7841 | * - 1.43: Deprecated, ignored, SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW is implied |
| 7842 | * |
| 7843 | * @deprecated since 1.43 |
| 7844 | */ |
| 7845 | public const BlockTargetMigrationStage = [ |
| 7846 | 'default' => SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW, |
| 7847 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 7848 | ]; |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | /** |
| 7851 | * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles. |
| 7852 | * |
| 7853 | * **Example:** |
| 7854 | * |
| 7855 | * ``` |
| 7856 | * $wgWhitelistRead = [ "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help" ]; |
| 7857 | * ``` |
| 7858 | * |
| 7859 | * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always allowed. |
| 7860 | * |
| 7861 | * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false -- |
| 7862 | * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting. |
| 7863 | * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files |
| 7864 | * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files, |
| 7865 | * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization |
| 7866 | * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist |
| 7867 | * hook instead. |
| 7868 | */ |
| 7869 | public const WhitelistRead = [ |
| 7870 | 'default' => false, |
| 7871 | ]; |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | /** |
| 7874 | * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions. |
| 7875 | * |
| 7876 | * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which |
| 7877 | * is without underscore. |
| 7878 | * |
| 7879 | * **Example:** |
| 7880 | * To whitelist [[Main Page]]: |
| 7881 | * |
| 7882 | * ``` |
| 7883 | * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ]; |
| 7884 | * ``` |
| 7885 | * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match |
| 7886 | * pages not intended to be allowed. The above example will also |
| 7887 | * allow a page named 'Security Main Page'. |
| 7888 | * |
| 7889 | * **Example:** |
| 7890 | * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case: |
| 7891 | * |
| 7892 | * ``` |
| 7893 | * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ]; |
| 7894 | * ``` |
| 7895 | * |
| 7896 | * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]] |
| 7897 | * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false -- |
| 7898 | * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting. |
| 7899 | */ |
| 7900 | public const WhitelistReadRegexp = [ |
| 7901 | 'default' => false, |
| 7902 | ]; |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | /** |
| 7905 | * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail |
| 7906 | * address before being allowed to edit? |
| 7907 | */ |
| 7908 | public const EmailConfirmToEdit = [ |
| 7909 | 'default' => false, |
| 7910 | ]; |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | /** |
| 7913 | * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects? |
| 7914 | * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public. |
| 7915 | */ |
| 7916 | public const HideIdentifiableRedirects = [ |
| 7917 | 'default' => true, |
| 7918 | ]; |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 | /** |
| 7921 | * Permission keys given to users in each group. |
| 7922 | * |
| 7923 | * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an |
| 7924 | * array of the format (right => boolean). |
| 7925 | * |
| 7926 | * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions. |
| 7927 | * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types. |
| 7928 | * |
| 7929 | * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors; |
| 7930 | * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be |
| 7931 | * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed |
| 7932 | * in the user_groups table. |
| 7933 | * |
| 7934 | * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're |
| 7935 | * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are |
| 7936 | * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality |
| 7937 | * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established. |
| 7938 | * |
| 7939 | * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested |
| 7940 | * for security. Use at your own risk! |
| 7941 | * |
| 7942 | * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit |
| 7943 | */ |
| 7944 | public const GroupPermissions = [ |
| 7945 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7946 | 'additionalProperties' => [ |
| 7947 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 7948 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], |
| 7949 | ], |
| 7950 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 7951 | 'default' => [ |
| 7952 | '*' => [ |
| 7953 | 'createaccount' => true, |
| 7954 | 'read' => true, |
| 7955 | 'edit' => true, |
| 7956 | 'createpage' => true, |
| 7957 | 'createtalk' => true, |
| 7958 | 'viewmyprivateinfo' => true, |
| 7959 | 'editmyprivateinfo' => true, |
| 7960 | 'editmyoptions' => true, |
| 7961 | ], |
| 7962 | 'user' => [ |
| 7963 | 'move' => true, |
| 7964 | 'move-subpages' => true, |
| 7965 | 'move-rootuserpages' => true, |
| 7966 | 'move-categorypages' => true, |
| 7967 | 'movefile' => true, |
| 7968 | 'read' => true, |
| 7969 | 'edit' => true, |
| 7970 | 'createpage' => true, |
| 7971 | 'createtalk' => true, |
| 7972 | 'upload' => true, |
| 7973 | 'reupload' => true, |
| 7974 | 'reupload-shared' => true, |
| 7975 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 7976 | 'editmyusercss' => true, |
| 7977 | 'editmyuserjson' => true, |
| 7978 | 'editmyuserjs' => true, |
| 7979 | 'editmyuserjsredirect' => true, |
| 7980 | 'sendemail' => true, |
| 7981 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 7982 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 7983 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 7984 | 'viewmywatchlist' => true, |
| 7985 | 'editmywatchlist' => true, |
| 7986 | ], |
| 7987 | 'autoconfirmed' => [ |
| 7988 | 'autoconfirmed' => true, |
| 7989 | 'editsemiprotected' => true, |
| 7990 | ], |
| 7991 | 'bot' => [ |
| 7992 | 'bot' => true, |
| 7993 | 'autoconfirmed' => true, |
| 7994 | 'editsemiprotected' => true, |
| 7995 | 'nominornewtalk' => true, |
| 7996 | 'autopatrol' => true, |
| 7997 | 'suppressredirect' => true, |
| 7998 | 'apihighlimits' => true, |
| 7999 | ], |
| 8000 | 'sysop' => [ |
| 8001 | 'block' => true, |
| 8002 | 'createaccount' => true, |
| 8003 | 'delete' => true, |
| 8004 | 'bigdelete' => true, |
| 8005 | 'deletedhistory' => true, |
| 8006 | 'deletedtext' => true, |
| 8007 | 'undelete' => true, |
| 8008 | 'editinterface' => true, |
| 8009 | 'editsitejson' => true, |
| 8010 | 'edituserjson' => true, |
| 8011 | 'import' => true, |
| 8012 | 'importupload' => true, |
| 8013 | 'move' => true, |
| 8014 | 'move-subpages' => true, |
| 8015 | 'move-rootuserpages' => true, |
| 8016 | 'move-categorypages' => true, |
| 8017 | 'patrol' => true, |
| 8018 | 'autopatrol' => true, |
| 8019 | 'protect' => true, |
| 8020 | 'editprotected' => true, |
| 8021 | 'rollback' => true, |
| 8022 | 'upload' => true, |
| 8023 | 'reupload' => true, |
| 8024 | 'reupload-shared' => true, |
| 8025 | 'unwatchedpages' => true, |
| 8026 | 'autoconfirmed' => true, |
| 8027 | 'editsemiprotected' => true, |
| 8028 | 'ipblock-exempt' => true, |
| 8029 | 'blockemail' => true, |
| 8030 | 'markbotedits' => true, |
| 8031 | 'apihighlimits' => true, |
| 8032 | 'browsearchive' => true, |
| 8033 | 'noratelimit' => true, |
| 8034 | 'movefile' => true, |
| 8035 | 'unblockself' => true, |
| 8036 | 'suppressredirect' => true, |
| 8037 | 'mergehistory' => true, |
| 8038 | 'managechangetags' => true, |
| 8039 | 'deletechangetags' => true, |
| 8040 | ], |
| 8041 | 'interface-admin' => [ |
| 8042 | 'editinterface' => true, |
| 8043 | 'editsitecss' => true, |
| 8044 | 'editsitejson' => true, |
| 8045 | 'editsitejs' => true, |
| 8046 | 'editusercss' => true, |
| 8047 | 'edituserjson' => true, |
| 8048 | 'edituserjs' => true, |
| 8049 | ], |
| 8050 | 'bureaucrat' => [ |
| 8051 | 'userrights' => true, |
| 8052 | 'noratelimit' => true, |
| 8053 | 'renameuser' => true, |
| 8054 | ], |
| 8055 | 'suppress' => [ |
| 8056 | 'hideuser' => true, |
| 8057 | 'suppressrevision' => true, |
| 8058 | 'viewsuppressed' => true, |
| 8059 | 'suppressionlog' => true, |
| 8060 | 'deleterevision' => true, |
| 8061 | 'deletelogentry' => true, |
| 8062 | ], |
| 8063 | ], |
| 8064 | ]; |
| 8065 | |
| 8066 | /** |
| 8067 | * List of groups which should be considered privileged (user accounts |
| 8068 | * belonging in these groups can be abused in dangerous ways). |
| 8069 | * This is used for some security checks, mainly logging. |
| 8070 | * @since 1.41 |
| 8071 | * @see \MediaWiki\User\UserGroupManager::getUserPrivilegedGroups() |
| 8072 | */ |
| 8073 | public const PrivilegedGroups = [ |
| 8074 | 'default' => [ |
| 8075 | 'bureaucrat', |
| 8076 | 'interface-admin', |
| 8077 | 'suppress', |
| 8078 | 'sysop', |
| 8079 | ], |
| 8080 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8081 | ]; |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | /** |
| 8084 | * Permission keys revoked from users in each group. |
| 8085 | * |
| 8086 | * This acts the same way as $wgGroupPermissions above, except that |
| 8087 | * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them. |
| 8088 | * |
| 8089 | * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform |
| 8090 | * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk! |
| 8091 | */ |
| 8092 | public const RevokePermissions = [ |
| 8093 | 'default' => [], |
| 8094 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8095 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 8096 | ]; |
| 8097 | |
| 8098 | /** |
| 8099 | * Groups that should inherit permissions from another group |
| 8100 | * |
| 8101 | * This allows defining a group that inherits its permissions |
| 8102 | * from another group without having to copy all the permission |
| 8103 | * grants over. For example, if you wanted a manual "confirmed" |
| 8104 | * group that had the same permissions as "autoconfirmed": |
| 8105 | * |
| 8106 | * ``` |
| 8107 | * $wgGroupInheritsPermissions['confirmed'] = 'autoconfirmed'; |
| 8108 | * ``` |
| 8109 | * |
| 8110 | * Recursive inheritance is currently not supported. In the above |
| 8111 | * example, confirmed will only gain the permissions explicitly |
| 8112 | * granted (or revoked) from autoconfirmed, not any permissions |
| 8113 | * that autoconfirmed might inherit. |
| 8114 | * |
| 8115 | * @since 1.38 |
| 8116 | */ |
| 8117 | public const GroupInheritsPermissions = [ |
| 8118 | 'default' => [], |
| 8119 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8120 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 8121 | ]; |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 | /** |
| 8124 | * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else |
| 8125 | */ |
| 8126 | public const ImplicitGroups = [ |
| 8127 | 'default' => [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ], |
| 8128 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8129 | ]; |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 | /** |
| 8132 | * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users |
| 8133 | * are allowed to add or revoke. |
| 8134 | * |
| 8135 | * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any |
| 8136 | * group". |
| 8137 | * |
| 8138 | * **Example:** |
| 8139 | * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group: |
| 8140 | * |
| 8141 | * ``` |
| 8142 | * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ]; |
| 8143 | * ``` |
| 8144 | * |
| 8145 | * **Example:** |
| 8146 | * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance: |
| 8147 | * |
| 8148 | * ``` |
| 8149 | * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ]; |
| 8150 | * ``` |
| 8151 | * |
| 8152 | * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from |
| 8153 | * any group that they happen to be in. |
| 8154 | */ |
| 8155 | public const GroupsAddToSelf = [ |
| 8156 | 'default' => [], |
| 8157 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8158 | ]; |
| 8159 | |
| 8160 | /** |
| 8161 | * @see self::GroupsAddToSelf |
| 8162 | */ |
| 8163 | public const GroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ |
| 8164 | 'default' => [], |
| 8165 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8166 | ]; |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 | /** |
| 8169 | * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect |
| 8170 | * You probably shouldn't change this. |
| 8171 | * |
| 8172 | * Translated through restriction-* messages. |
| 8173 | * RestrictionStore::listApplicableRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not |
| 8174 | * applicable to a specific title (create and upload) |
| 8175 | */ |
| 8176 | public const RestrictionTypes = [ |
| 8177 | 'default' => [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ], |
| 8178 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8179 | ]; |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 | /** |
| 8182 | * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect) |
| 8183 | * |
| 8184 | * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific |
| 8185 | * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements |
| 8186 | * dictates the order on the protection form's lists. |
| 8187 | * |
| 8188 | * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected) |
| 8189 | * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility |
| 8190 | * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility |
| 8191 | */ |
| 8192 | public const RestrictionLevels = [ |
| 8193 | 'default' => [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ], |
| 8194 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8195 | ]; |
| 8196 | |
| 8197 | /** |
| 8198 | * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection |
| 8199 | * |
| 8200 | * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the |
| 8201 | * requested restriction level is included in this array. |
| 8202 | * |
| 8203 | * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility. |
| 8204 | * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility. |
| 8205 | */ |
| 8206 | public const CascadingRestrictionLevels = [ |
| 8207 | 'default' => [ 'sysop', ], |
| 8208 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8209 | ]; |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 | /** |
| 8212 | * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected" |
| 8213 | * |
| 8214 | * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected" |
| 8215 | * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In |
| 8216 | * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by |
| 8217 | * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered |
| 8218 | * "semiprotected". |
| 8219 | * |
| 8220 | * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility. |
| 8221 | * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here. |
| 8222 | */ |
| 8223 | public const SemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ |
| 8224 | 'default' => [ 'autoconfirmed', ], |
| 8225 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8226 | ]; |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 | /** |
| 8229 | * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each |
| 8230 | * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must |
| 8231 | * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace. |
| 8232 | * |
| 8233 | * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'. |
| 8234 | */ |
| 8235 | public const NamespaceProtection = [ |
| 8236 | 'default' => [], |
| 8237 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8238 | ]; |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | /** |
| 8241 | * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates. |
| 8242 | * |
| 8243 | * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki |
| 8244 | * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...). |
| 8245 | * |
| 8246 | * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions |
| 8247 | * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism. |
| 8248 | */ |
| 8249 | public const NonincludableNamespaces = [ |
| 8250 | 'default' => [], |
| 8251 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8252 | ]; |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 | /** |
| 8255 | * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the |
| 8256 | * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit |
| 8257 | * privileges of new accounts. |
| 8258 | * |
| 8259 | * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a |
| 8260 | * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test. |
| 8261 | * |
| 8262 | * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass. |
| 8263 | * |
| 8264 | * **Example:** |
| 8265 | * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds): |
| 8266 | * |
| 8267 | * ``` |
| 8268 | * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes |
| 8269 | * ``` |
| 8270 | * |
| 8271 | * Set age to one day: |
| 8272 | * |
| 8273 | * ``` |
| 8274 | * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day |
| 8275 | * ``` |
| 8276 | */ |
| 8277 | public const AutoConfirmAge = [ |
| 8278 | 'default' => 0, |
| 8279 | ]; |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 | /** |
| 8282 | * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed. |
| 8283 | * |
| 8284 | * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example: |
| 8285 | * |
| 8286 | * **Example:** |
| 8287 | * |
| 8288 | * ``` |
| 8289 | * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50; |
| 8290 | * ``` |
| 8291 | */ |
| 8292 | public const AutoConfirmCount = [ |
| 8293 | 'default' => 0, |
| 8294 | ]; |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 | /** |
| 8297 | * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups. |
| 8298 | * |
| 8299 | * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is: |
| 8300 | * |
| 8301 | * $wgAutopromote = [ |
| 8302 | * 'groupname' => cond, |
| 8303 | * 'group2' => cond2, |
| 8304 | * ]; |
| 8305 | * |
| 8306 | * A `cond` may be: |
| 8307 | * - a single condition without arguments: |
| 8308 | * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array |
| 8309 | * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR |
| 8310 | * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ] |
| 8311 | * - a single condition with arguments: |
| 8312 | * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]` |
| 8313 | * - a set of conditions: |
| 8314 | * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]` |
| 8315 | * |
| 8316 | * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available: |
| 8317 | * - `&` (**AND**): |
| 8318 | * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions |
| 8319 | * - `|` (**OR**): |
| 8320 | * promote if user matches **ANY** condition |
| 8321 | * - `^` (**XOR**): |
| 8322 | * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS** |
| 8323 | * - `!` (**NOT**): |
| 8324 | * promote if user matces **NO** condition |
| 8325 | * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]: |
| 8326 | * true if user has a confirmed e-mail |
| 8327 | * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmCount will be used)]: |
| 8328 | * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter |
| 8329 | * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmAge will be used)]: |
| 8330 | * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account |
| 8331 | * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter |
| 8332 | * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]: |
| 8333 | * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit |
| 8334 | * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter |
| 8335 | * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]: |
| 8336 | * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups |
| 8337 | * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]: |
| 8338 | * true if the user has the passed IP address |
| 8339 | * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]: |
| 8340 | * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter |
| 8341 | * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]: |
| 8342 | * true if the user is sitewide blocked |
| 8343 | * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]: |
| 8344 | * true if the user is a bot |
| 8345 | * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions |
| 8346 | * |
| 8347 | * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions |
| 8348 | * linked by operands. |
| 8349 | * |
| 8350 | * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any |
| 8351 | * user who has provided an e-mail address. |
| 8352 | */ |
| 8353 | public const Autopromote = [ |
| 8354 | 'default' => [ |
| 8355 | 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&', |
| 8356 | [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, null ], // NOTE: null means $wgAutoConfirmCount |
| 8357 | [ APCOND_AGE, null ], // NOTE: null means AutoConfirmAge |
| 8358 | ], |
| 8359 | ], |
| 8360 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8361 | ]; |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 | /** |
| 8364 | * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions. |
| 8365 | * |
| 8366 | * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed. |
| 8367 | * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria. |
| 8368 | * |
| 8369 | * The format is: |
| 8370 | * |
| 8371 | * ``` |
| 8372 | * [ event => criteria, ... ] |
| 8373 | * ``` |
| 8374 | * |
| 8375 | * The only recognised value for event is 'onEdit' (when the user edits). |
| 8376 | * |
| 8377 | * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote |
| 8378 | * |
| 8379 | * @see self::Autopromote |
| 8380 | * @since 1.18 |
| 8381 | */ |
| 8382 | public const AutopromoteOnce = [ |
| 8383 | 'default' => [ 'onEdit' => [], ], |
| 8384 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8385 | ]; |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | /** |
| 8388 | * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes? |
| 8389 | * |
| 8390 | * @since 1.18 |
| 8391 | */ |
| 8392 | public const AutopromoteOnceLogInRC = [ |
| 8393 | 'default' => true, |
| 8394 | ]; |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 | /** |
| 8397 | * Defines a denylist of group names. One-shot autopromotions into these groups will not cause a |
| 8398 | * RecentChanges entry to be inserted even if AutopromoteOnceLogInRC is set, as long as they are the |
| 8399 | * only new groups the user was autopromoted to. |
| 8400 | * |
| 8401 | * @since 1.44 |
| 8402 | */ |
| 8403 | public const AutopromoteOnceRCExcludedGroups = [ |
| 8404 | 'default' => [], |
| 8405 | 'type' => 'array', |
| 8406 | ]; |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | /** |
| 8409 | * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who |
| 8410 | * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights. |
| 8411 | * |
| 8412 | * **Example:** |
| 8413 | * Bureaucrats can add any group: |
| 8414 | * |
| 8415 | * ``` |
| 8416 | * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true; |
| 8417 | * ``` |
| 8418 | * |
| 8419 | * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops: |
| 8420 | * |
| 8421 | * ``` |
| 8422 | * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ]; |
| 8423 | * ``` |
| 8424 | * |
| 8425 | * Sysops can make bots: |
| 8426 | * |
| 8427 | * ``` |
| 8428 | * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ]; |
| 8429 | * ``` |
| 8430 | * |
| 8431 | * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots: |
| 8432 | * |
| 8433 | * ``` |
| 8434 | * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ]; |
| 8435 | * ``` |
| 8436 | */ |
| 8437 | public const AddGroups = [ |
| 8438 | 'default' => [], |
| 8439 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8440 | ]; |
| 8441 | |
| 8442 | /** |
| 8443 | * @see self::AddGroups |
| 8444 | */ |
| 8445 | public const RemoveGroups = [ |
| 8446 | 'default' => [], |
| 8447 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8448 | ]; |
| 8449 | |
| 8450 | /** |
| 8451 | * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core. |
| 8452 | * Rights in this list are denied unless explicitly granted, typically |
| 8453 | * using GroupPermissions. |
| 8454 | * |
| 8455 | * For extensions only. |
| 8456 | * |
| 8457 | * @see self::GroupPermissions |
| 8458 | * @see self::ImplicitRights |
| 8459 | */ |
| 8460 | public const AvailableRights = [ |
| 8461 | 'default' => [], |
| 8462 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8463 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 8464 | ]; |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 | /** |
| 8467 | * A list of implicit rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core. |
| 8468 | * Rights in this list are granted implicitly to all users, but rate limits |
| 8469 | * may apply to them. |
| 8470 | * |
| 8471 | * Extensions that define rate limits should add the corresponding right to |
| 8472 | * either ImplicitRights or AvailableRights, depending on whether the right |
| 8473 | * should be granted to everyone. |
| 8474 | * |
| 8475 | * @since 1.41 |
| 8476 | * @see self::RateLimits |
| 8477 | * @see self::AvailableRights |
| 8478 | */ |
| 8479 | public const ImplicitRights = [ |
| 8480 | 'default' => [], |
| 8481 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8482 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ] |
| 8483 | ]; |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | /** |
| 8486 | * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts |
| 8487 | * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.) |
| 8488 | */ |
| 8489 | public const DeleteRevisionsLimit = [ |
| 8490 | 'default' => 0, |
| 8491 | ]; |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | /** |
| 8494 | * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue. |
| 8495 | * |
| 8496 | * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job. |
| 8497 | */ |
| 8498 | public const DeleteRevisionsBatchSize = [ |
| 8499 | 'default' => 1000, |
| 8500 | ]; |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 | /** |
| 8503 | * The maximum number of edits a user can have and |
| 8504 | * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission. |
| 8505 | * |
| 8506 | * This is limited for performance reason. |
| 8507 | * Set to false to disable the limit. |
| 8508 | * |
| 8509 | * @since 1.23 |
| 8510 | */ |
| 8511 | public const HideUserContribLimit = [ |
| 8512 | 'default' => 1000, |
| 8513 | ]; |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 | /** |
| 8516 | * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s). |
| 8517 | * |
| 8518 | * **Example:** |
| 8519 | * |
| 8520 | * ``` |
| 8521 | * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ |
| 8522 | * // no more than 100 per month |
| 8523 | * [ |
| 8524 | * 'count' => 100, |
| 8525 | * 'seconds' => 30*86400, |
| 8526 | * ], |
| 8527 | * // no more than 10 per day |
| 8528 | * [ |
| 8529 | * 'count' => 10, |
| 8530 | * 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8531 | * ], |
| 8532 | * ]; |
| 8533 | * ``` |
| 8534 | * |
| 8535 | * @note For backwards compatibility reasons, this may also be given as a single |
| 8536 | * integer, representing the number of account creations per day. |
| 8537 | * @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle for the temporary accounts version of |
| 8538 | * this throttle |
| 8539 | * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled |
| 8540 | */ |
| 8541 | public const AccountCreationThrottle = [ |
| 8542 | 'default' => [ [ |
| 8543 | 'count' => 0, |
| 8544 | 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8545 | ] ], |
| 8546 | 'type' => 'int|list', |
| 8547 | ]; |
| 8548 | |
| 8549 | /** |
| 8550 | * Number of temporary accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s). |
| 8551 | * |
| 8552 | * **Example:** |
| 8553 | * |
| 8554 | * ``` |
| 8555 | * $wgTempAccountCreationThrottle = [ |
| 8556 | * // no more than 100 per month |
| 8557 | * [ |
| 8558 | * 'count' => 100, |
| 8559 | * 'seconds' => 30*86400, |
| 8560 | * ], |
| 8561 | * // no more than 6 per day |
| 8562 | * [ |
| 8563 | * 'count' => 6, |
| 8564 | * 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8565 | * ], |
| 8566 | * ]; |
| 8567 | * ``` |
| 8568 | * |
| 8569 | * @see self::AccountCreationThrottle for the regular account version of this throttle. |
| 8570 | * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled |
| 8571 | * |
| 8572 | * @since 1.42 |
| 8573 | */ |
| 8574 | public const TempAccountCreationThrottle = [ |
| 8575 | 'default' => [ [ |
| 8576 | 'count' => 6, |
| 8577 | 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8578 | ] ], |
| 8579 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8580 | ]; |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 | /** |
| 8583 | * Number of temporary accounts usernames each IP address may acquire per specified period(s). |
| 8584 | * |
| 8585 | * This should be set to a higher value than TempAccountCreationThrottle. |
| 8586 | * |
| 8587 | * On editing, we first attempt to acquire a temp username before proceeding with saving an edit |
| 8588 | * and potentially creating a temp account if the edit save is successful. |
| 8589 | * |
| 8590 | * Some edits may fail (due to core or extensions denying an edit); this throttle ensures that |
| 8591 | * there are limits to the number of temporary account names that can be acquired and stored in |
| 8592 | * the database. |
| 8593 | * |
| 8594 | * **Example:** |
| 8595 | * |
| 8596 | * ``` |
| 8597 | * $wgTempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [ |
| 8598 | * // no more than 100 per month |
| 8599 | * [ |
| 8600 | * 'count' => 100, |
| 8601 | * 'seconds' => 30*86400, |
| 8602 | * ], |
| 8603 | * // no more than 60 per day |
| 8604 | * [ |
| 8605 | * 'count' => 60, |
| 8606 | * 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8607 | * ], |
| 8608 | * ]; |
| 8609 | * ``` |
| 8610 | * |
| 8611 | * @see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle Make sure that TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle is greater than or |
| 8612 | * equal to TempAccountCreationThrottle |
| 8613 | * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled |
| 8614 | * |
| 8615 | * @since 1.42 |
| 8616 | */ |
| 8617 | public const TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [ |
| 8618 | 'default' => [ [ |
| 8619 | 'count' => 60, |
| 8620 | 'seconds' => 86400, |
| 8621 | ] ], |
| 8622 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8623 | ]; |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 | /** |
| 8626 | * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text |
| 8627 | * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically. |
| 8628 | * |
| 8629 | * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :) |
| 8630 | * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility. |
| 8631 | * |
| 8632 | * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression |
| 8633 | * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or / |
| 8634 | */ |
| 8635 | public const SpamRegex = [ |
| 8636 | 'default' => [], |
| 8637 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8638 | ]; |
| 8639 | |
| 8640 | /** |
| 8641 | * Same as SpamRegex except for edit summaries |
| 8642 | */ |
| 8643 | public const SummarySpamRegex = [ |
| 8644 | 'default' => [], |
| 8645 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8646 | ]; |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 | /** |
| 8649 | * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open |
| 8650 | * proxies |
| 8651 | * |
| 8652 | * @since 1.16 |
| 8653 | */ |
| 8654 | public const EnableDnsBlacklist = [ |
| 8655 | 'default' => false, |
| 8656 | ]; |
| 8657 | |
| 8658 | /** |
| 8659 | * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true. |
| 8660 | * |
| 8661 | * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should |
| 8662 | * the blacklist require a key). |
| 8663 | * |
| 8664 | * **Example:** |
| 8665 | * |
| 8666 | * ``` |
| 8667 | * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ |
| 8668 | * // String containing URL |
| 8669 | * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.', |
| 8670 | * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key |
| 8671 | * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ], |
| 8672 | * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you |
| 8673 | * // just use a string as shown above |
| 8674 | * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ] |
| 8675 | * ]; |
| 8676 | * ``` |
| 8677 | * |
| 8678 | * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your |
| 8679 | * eventual domain search suffixes. |
| 8680 | * @since 1.16 |
| 8681 | */ |
| 8682 | public const DnsBlacklistUrls = [ |
| 8683 | 'default' => [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.', ], |
| 8684 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8685 | ]; |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 | /** |
| 8688 | * List of banned IP addresses. |
| 8689 | * |
| 8690 | * This can have the following formats: |
| 8691 | * - An array of addresses |
| 8692 | * - A string, in which case this is the path to a file |
| 8693 | * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line |
| 8694 | */ |
| 8695 | public const ProxyList = [ |
| 8696 | 'default' => [], |
| 8697 | 'type' => 'string|list', |
| 8698 | ]; |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 | /** |
| 8701 | * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite |
| 8702 | * what the other methods might say. |
| 8703 | */ |
| 8704 | public const ProxyWhitelist = [ |
| 8705 | 'default' => [], |
| 8706 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8707 | ]; |
| 8708 | |
| 8709 | /** |
| 8710 | * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account |
| 8711 | * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from |
| 8712 | * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs. |
| 8713 | * |
| 8714 | * @since 1.29 |
| 8715 | */ |
| 8716 | public const SoftBlockRanges = [ |
| 8717 | 'default' => [], |
| 8718 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8719 | 'items' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 8720 | ]; |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | /** |
| 8723 | * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed) |
| 8724 | * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured |
| 8725 | * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves. |
| 8726 | */ |
| 8727 | public const ApplyIpBlocksToXff = [ |
| 8728 | 'default' => false, |
| 8729 | ]; |
| 8730 | |
| 8731 | /** |
| 8732 | * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods. |
| 8733 | * |
| 8734 | * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that |
| 8735 | * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period |
| 8736 | * elapses. |
| 8737 | * |
| 8738 | * **Example:** |
| 8739 | * Limits per configured per action and then type of users. |
| 8740 | * |
| 8741 | * ``` |
| 8742 | * $wgRateLimits = [ |
| 8743 | * 'edit' => [ |
| 8744 | * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate) |
| 8745 | * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user |
| 8746 | * 'user-global' => [ x, y ], // per username, across all sites (assumes names are |
| 8747 | * global) |
| 8748 | * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user' |
| 8749 | * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account, across all sites |
| 8750 | * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6 |
| 8751 | * 'ip-all' => [ x, y ], // per ip, across all sites |
| 8752 | * 'subnet-all' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6 |
| 8753 | * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership |
| 8754 | * ] |
| 8755 | * ]; |
| 8756 | * ``` |
| 8757 | * |
| 8758 | * **Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate** |
| 8759 | * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the |
| 8760 | * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration. |
| 8761 | * |
| 8762 | * ``` |
| 8763 | * $wgRateLimits = [ |
| 8764 | * 'some-action' => [ |
| 8765 | * '&can-bypass' => false, |
| 8766 | * 'user' => [ x, y ], |
| 8767 | * ]; |
| 8768 | * ``` |
| 8769 | * |
| 8770 | * @see self::ImplicitRights |
| 8771 | * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent |
| 8772 | */ |
| 8773 | public const RateLimits = [ |
| 8774 | 'default' => [ |
| 8775 | // Page edits |
| 8776 | 'edit' => [ |
| 8777 | 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8778 | 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8779 | 'user' => [ 90, 60 ], |
| 8780 | ], |
| 8781 | // Page moves |
| 8782 | 'move' => [ |
| 8783 | 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ], |
| 8784 | 'user' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8785 | ], |
| 8786 | // File uploads |
| 8787 | 'upload' => [ |
| 8788 | 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8789 | 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8790 | ], |
| 8791 | // Page rollbacks |
| 8792 | 'rollback' => [ |
| 8793 | 'user' => [ 10, 60 ], |
| 8794 | 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ] |
| 8795 | ], |
| 8796 | // Triggering password resets emails |
| 8797 | 'mailpassword' => [ |
| 8798 | 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ], |
| 8799 | ], |
| 8800 | // Emailing other users using MediaWiki |
| 8801 | 'sendemail' => [ |
| 8802 | 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ], |
| 8803 | 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ], |
| 8804 | 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ], |
| 8805 | ], |
| 8806 | 'changeemail' => [ |
| 8807 | 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ], |
| 8808 | 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ] |
| 8809 | ], |
| 8810 | // since 1.33 - rate limit email confirmations |
| 8811 | 'confirmemail' => [ |
| 8812 | 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ], |
| 8813 | 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ] |
| 8814 | ], |
| 8815 | // Purging pages |
| 8816 | 'purge' => [ |
| 8817 | 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8818 | 'user' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8819 | ], |
| 8820 | // Purges of link tables |
| 8821 | 'linkpurge' => [ |
| 8822 | 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8823 | 'user' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8824 | ], |
| 8825 | // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php |
| 8826 | 'renderfile' => [ |
| 8827 | 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ], |
| 8828 | 'user' => [ 700, 30 ], |
| 8829 | ], |
| 8830 | // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails |
| 8831 | 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [ |
| 8832 | 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ], |
| 8833 | 'user' => [ 70, 30 ], |
| 8834 | ], |
| 8835 | // Stashing edits into cache before save |
| 8836 | 'stashedit' => [ |
| 8837 | 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8838 | 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ], |
| 8839 | ], |
| 8840 | // Stash base HTML for VE edits |
| 8841 | 'stashbasehtml' => [ |
| 8842 | 'ip' => [ 5, 60 ], |
| 8843 | 'newbie' => [ 5, 60 ], |
| 8844 | ], |
| 8845 | // Adding or removing change tags |
| 8846 | 'changetags' => [ |
| 8847 | 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8848 | 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8849 | ], |
| 8850 | // Changing the content model of a page |
| 8851 | 'editcontentmodel' => [ |
| 8852 | 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ], |
| 8853 | 'user' => [ 8, 60 ], |
| 8854 | ], |
| 8855 | ], |
| 8856 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 8857 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 8858 | ]; |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 | /** |
| 8861 | * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits. |
| 8862 | * |
| 8863 | * This may be useful for allowing NAT gateways for conferences, etc. |
| 8864 | */ |
| 8865 | public const RateLimitsExcludedIPs = [ |
| 8866 | 'default' => [], |
| 8867 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8868 | ]; |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 | /** |
| 8871 | * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by |
| 8872 | * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin |
| 8873 | * Used for retroactive autoblocks |
| 8874 | */ |
| 8875 | public const PutIPinRC = [ |
| 8876 | 'default' => true, |
| 8877 | ]; |
| 8878 | |
| 8879 | /** |
| 8880 | * Integer defining default number of entries to show on |
| 8881 | * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere. |
| 8882 | */ |
| 8883 | public const QueryPageDefaultLimit = [ |
| 8884 | 'default' => 50, |
| 8885 | ]; |
| 8886 | |
| 8887 | /** |
| 8888 | * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account. |
| 8889 | * |
| 8890 | * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count |
| 8891 | * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds. |
| 8892 | * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is |
| 8893 | * just per account instead of per IP per account. |
| 8894 | * |
| 8895 | * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior |
| 8896 | * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle. |
| 8897 | * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled |
| 8898 | */ |
| 8899 | public const PasswordAttemptThrottle = [ |
| 8900 | 'default' => [ |
| 8901 | // Short term limit |
| 8902 | [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ], |
| 8903 | // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk |
| 8904 | // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone |
| 8905 | // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack. |
| 8906 | [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ], |
| 8907 | ], |
| 8908 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 8909 | ]; |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 | /** |
| 8912 | * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with |
| 8913 | * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user). |
| 8914 | * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called |
| 8915 | * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the |
| 8916 | * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does |
| 8917 | * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with. |
| 8918 | * |
| 8919 | * @since 1.27 |
| 8920 | */ |
| 8921 | public const GrantPermissions = [ |
| 8922 | 'default' => [ |
| 8923 | 'basic' => [ |
| 8924 | 'autocreateaccount' => true, |
| 8925 | 'autoconfirmed' => true, |
| 8926 | 'autopatrol' => true, |
| 8927 | 'editsemiprotected' => true, |
| 8928 | 'ipblock-exempt' => true, |
| 8929 | 'nominornewtalk' => true, |
| 8930 | 'patrolmarks' => true, |
| 8931 | 'read' => true, |
| 8932 | 'unwatchedpages' => true, |
| 8933 | ], |
| 8934 | 'highvolume' => [ |
| 8935 | 'bot' => true, |
| 8936 | 'apihighlimits' => true, |
| 8937 | 'noratelimit' => true, |
| 8938 | 'markbotedits' => true, |
| 8939 | ], |
| 8940 | 'import' => [ |
| 8941 | 'import' => true, |
| 8942 | 'importupload' => true, |
| 8943 | ], |
| 8944 | 'editpage' => [ |
| 8945 | 'edit' => true, |
| 8946 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 8947 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 8948 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 8949 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 8950 | 'pagelang' => true, |
| 8951 | ], |
| 8952 | 'editprotected' => [ |
| 8953 | 'edit' => true, |
| 8954 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 8955 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 8956 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 8957 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 8958 | 'editprotected' => true, |
| 8959 | ], |
| 8960 | 'editmycssjs' => [ |
| 8961 | 'edit' => true, |
| 8962 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 8963 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 8964 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 8965 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 8966 | 'editmyusercss' => true, |
| 8967 | 'editmyuserjson' => true, |
| 8968 | 'editmyuserjs' => true, |
| 8969 | ], |
| 8970 | 'editmyoptions' => [ |
| 8971 | 'editmyoptions' => true, |
| 8972 | 'editmyuserjson' => true, |
| 8973 | ], |
| 8974 | 'editinterface' => [ |
| 8975 | 'edit' => true, |
| 8976 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 8977 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 8978 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 8979 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 8980 | 'editinterface' => true, |
| 8981 | 'edituserjson' => true, |
| 8982 | 'editsitejson' => true, |
| 8983 | ], |
| 8984 | 'editsiteconfig' => [ |
| 8985 | 'edit' => true, |
| 8986 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 8987 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 8988 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 8989 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 8990 | 'editinterface' => true, |
| 8991 | 'edituserjson' => true, |
| 8992 | 'editsitejson' => true, |
| 8993 | 'editusercss' => true, |
| 8994 | 'edituserjs' => true, |
| 8995 | 'editsitecss' => true, |
| 8996 | 'editsitejs' => true, |
| 8997 | ], |
| 8998 | 'createeditmovepage' => [ |
| 8999 | 'edit' => true, |
| 9000 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 9001 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 9002 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 9003 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 9004 | 'createpage' => true, |
| 9005 | 'createtalk' => true, |
| 9006 | 'delete-redirect' => true, |
| 9007 | 'move' => true, |
| 9008 | 'move-rootuserpages' => true, |
| 9009 | 'move-subpages' => true, |
| 9010 | 'move-categorypages' => true, |
| 9011 | 'suppressredirect' => true, |
| 9012 | ], |
| 9013 | 'uploadfile' => [ |
| 9014 | 'upload' => true, |
| 9015 | 'reupload-own' => true, |
| 9016 | ], |
| 9017 | 'uploadeditmovefile' => [ |
| 9018 | 'upload' => true, |
| 9019 | 'reupload-own' => true, |
| 9020 | 'reupload' => true, |
| 9021 | 'reupload-shared' => true, |
| 9022 | 'upload_by_url' => true, |
| 9023 | 'movefile' => true, |
| 9024 | 'suppressredirect' => true, |
| 9025 | ], |
| 9026 | 'patrol' => [ |
| 9027 | 'patrol' => true, |
| 9028 | ], |
| 9029 | 'rollback' => [ |
| 9030 | 'rollback' => true, |
| 9031 | ], |
| 9032 | 'blockusers' => [ |
| 9033 | 'block' => true, |
| 9034 | 'blockemail' => true, |
| 9035 | ], |
| 9036 | 'viewdeleted' => [ |
| 9037 | 'browsearchive' => true, |
| 9038 | 'deletedhistory' => true, |
| 9039 | 'deletedtext' => true, |
| 9040 | ], |
| 9041 | 'viewrestrictedlogs' => [ |
| 9042 | 'suppressionlog' => true, |
| 9043 | ], |
| 9044 | 'delete' => [ |
| 9045 | 'edit' => true, |
| 9046 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 9047 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 9048 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 9049 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 9050 | 'browsearchive' => true, |
| 9051 | 'deletedhistory' => true, |
| 9052 | 'deletedtext' => true, |
| 9053 | 'delete' => true, |
| 9054 | 'bigdelete' => true, |
| 9055 | 'deletelogentry' => true, |
| 9056 | 'deleterevision' => true, |
| 9057 | 'undelete' => true, |
| 9058 | ], |
| 9059 | 'oversight' => [ |
| 9060 | 'suppressrevision' => true, |
| 9061 | 'viewsuppressed' => true, |
| 9062 | ], |
| 9063 | 'protect' => [ |
| 9064 | 'edit' => true, |
| 9065 | 'minoredit' => true, |
| 9066 | 'applychangetags' => true, |
| 9067 | 'changetags' => true, |
| 9068 | 'editcontentmodel' => true, |
| 9069 | 'editprotected' => true, |
| 9070 | 'protect' => true, |
| 9071 | ], |
| 9072 | 'viewmywatchlist' => [ |
| 9073 | 'viewmywatchlist' => true, |
| 9074 | ], |
| 9075 | 'editmywatchlist' => [ |
| 9076 | 'editmywatchlist' => true, |
| 9077 | ], |
| 9078 | 'sendemail' => [ |
| 9079 | 'sendemail' => true, |
| 9080 | ], |
| 9081 | 'createaccount' => [ |
| 9082 | 'createaccount' => true, |
| 9083 | ], |
| 9084 | 'privateinfo' => [ |
| 9085 | 'viewmyprivateinfo' => true, |
| 9086 | ], |
| 9087 | 'mergehistory' => [ |
| 9088 | 'mergehistory' => true, |
| 9089 | ], |
| 9090 | ], |
| 9091 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9092 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 9093 | 'additionalProperties' => [ |
| 9094 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9095 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], |
| 9096 | ], |
| 9097 | ]; |
| 9098 | |
| 9099 | /** |
| 9100 | * Grant groups are used on some user interfaces to display conceptually |
| 9101 | * similar grants together. |
| 9102 | * |
| 9103 | * This configuration value should usually be set by extensions, not |
| 9104 | * site administrators. |
| 9105 | * |
| 9106 | * @see self::GrantPermissions |
| 9107 | * @since 1.27 |
| 9108 | */ |
| 9109 | public const GrantPermissionGroups = [ |
| 9110 | 'default' => |
| 9111 | [ |
| 9112 | // Hidden grants are implicitly present |
| 9113 | 'basic' => 'hidden', |
| 9114 | |
| 9115 | 'editpage' => 'page-interaction', |
| 9116 | 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction', |
| 9117 | 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction', |
| 9118 | 'patrol' => 'page-interaction', |
| 9119 | |
| 9120 | 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction', |
| 9121 | 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction', |
| 9122 | |
| 9123 | 'sendemail' => 'email', |
| 9124 | |
| 9125 | 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction', |
| 9126 | 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction', |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 | 'editmycssjs' => 'customization', |
| 9129 | 'editmyoptions' => 'customization', |
| 9130 | |
| 9131 | 'editinterface' => 'administration', |
| 9132 | 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration', |
| 9133 | 'rollback' => 'administration', |
| 9134 | 'blockusers' => 'administration', |
| 9135 | 'delete' => 'administration', |
| 9136 | 'viewdeleted' => 'administration', |
| 9137 | 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration', |
| 9138 | 'protect' => 'administration', |
| 9139 | 'oversight' => 'administration', |
| 9140 | 'createaccount' => 'administration', |
| 9141 | 'mergehistory' => 'administration', |
| 9142 | 'import' => 'administration', |
| 9143 | |
| 9144 | 'highvolume' => 'high-volume', |
| 9145 | |
| 9146 | 'privateinfo' => 'private-information', |
| 9147 | ], |
| 9148 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9149 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'string', ], |
| 9150 | ]; |
| 9151 | |
| 9152 | /** |
| 9153 | * Group grants by risk level. Keys are grant names (i.e. keys from GrantPermissions), |
| 9154 | * values are GrantsInfo::RISK_* constants. |
| 9155 | * |
| 9156 | * Note that this classification is only informative; merely applying 'security' or 'internal' |
| 9157 | * to a grant won't prevent it from being available. It's used to give guidance to users |
| 9158 | * in various interfaces about the riskiness of the various grants. |
| 9159 | * |
| 9160 | * @since 1.42 |
| 9161 | */ |
| 9162 | public const GrantRiskGroups = [ |
| 9163 | 'default' => [ |
| 9164 | 'basic' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9165 | 'editpage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9166 | 'createeditmovepage' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9167 | 'editprotected' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9168 | 'patrol' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9169 | 'uploadfile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9170 | 'uploadeditmovefile' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9171 | 'sendemail' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9172 | 'viewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9173 | 'editviewmywatchlist' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9174 | 'editmycssjs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9175 | 'editmyoptions' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9176 | 'editinterface' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9177 | 'editsiteconfig' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9178 | 'rollback' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9179 | 'blockusers' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9180 | 'delete' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9181 | 'viewdeleted' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9182 | 'viewrestrictedlogs' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9183 | 'protect' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9184 | 'oversight' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9185 | 'createaccount' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9186 | 'mergehistory' => GrantsInfo::RISK_VANDALISM, |
| 9187 | 'import' => GrantsInfo::RISK_SECURITY, |
| 9188 | 'highvolume' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9189 | 'privateinfo' => GrantsInfo::RISK_LOW, |
| 9190 | ], |
| 9191 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9192 | ]; |
| 9193 | |
| 9194 | /** |
| 9195 | * @since 1.27 |
| 9196 | */ |
| 9197 | public const EnableBotPasswords = [ |
| 9198 | 'default' => true, |
| 9199 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 9200 | ]; |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | /** |
| 9203 | * Cluster for the bot_passwords table |
| 9204 | * |
| 9205 | * @since 1.27 |
| 9206 | * @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead. |
| 9207 | */ |
| 9208 | public const BotPasswordsCluster = [ |
| 9209 | 'default' => false, |
| 9210 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 9211 | ]; |
| 9212 | |
| 9213 | /** |
| 9214 | * Database name for the bot_passwords table |
| 9215 | * |
| 9216 | * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to |
| 9217 | * "{$database}-{$prefix}". |
| 9218 | * |
| 9219 | * @since 1.27 |
| 9220 | * @deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead. |
| 9221 | */ |
| 9222 | public const BotPasswordsDatabase = [ |
| 9223 | 'default' => false, |
| 9224 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 9225 | ]; |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 | // endregion -- end of user rights settings |
| 9228 | |
| 9229 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 9230 | // region Security |
| 9231 | /** @name Security */ |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 | /** |
| 9234 | * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php |
| 9235 | */ |
| 9236 | public const SecretKey = [ |
| 9237 | 'default' => false, |
| 9238 | ]; |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 | /** |
| 9241 | * Allow user Javascript page? |
| 9242 | * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may |
| 9243 | * increase security risk to users and server load. |
| 9244 | */ |
| 9245 | public const AllowUserJs = [ |
| 9246 | 'default' => false, |
| 9247 | ]; |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 | /** |
| 9250 | * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)? |
| 9251 | * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may |
| 9252 | * increase security risk to users and server load. |
| 9253 | */ |
| 9254 | public const AllowUserCss = [ |
| 9255 | 'default' => false, |
| 9256 | ]; |
| 9257 | |
| 9258 | /** |
| 9259 | * Allow style-related user-preferences? |
| 9260 | * |
| 9261 | * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences |
| 9262 | * are available to users. |
| 9263 | */ |
| 9264 | public const AllowUserCssPrefs = [ |
| 9265 | 'default' => true, |
| 9266 | ]; |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 | /** |
| 9269 | * Use the site's Javascript page? |
| 9270 | */ |
| 9271 | public const UseSiteJs = [ |
| 9272 | 'default' => true, |
| 9273 | ]; |
| 9274 | |
| 9275 | /** |
| 9276 | * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)? |
| 9277 | */ |
| 9278 | public const UseSiteCss = [ |
| 9279 | 'default' => true, |
| 9280 | ]; |
| 9281 | |
| 9282 | /** |
| 9283 | * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks, |
| 9284 | * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads. |
| 9285 | */ |
| 9286 | public const BreakFrames = [ |
| 9287 | 'default' => false, |
| 9288 | ]; |
| 9289 | |
| 9290 | /** |
| 9291 | * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking |
| 9292 | * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed |
| 9293 | * in a frame or iframe. The options are: |
| 9294 | * |
| 9295 | * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis. |
| 9296 | * |
| 9297 | * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used |
| 9298 | * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there |
| 9299 | * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs. |
| 9300 | * |
| 9301 | * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus |
| 9302 | * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a |
| 9303 | * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not |
| 9304 | * recommended. |
| 9305 | * |
| 9306 | * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages, |
| 9307 | * not just edit pages. |
| 9308 | */ |
| 9309 | public const EditPageFrameOptions = [ |
| 9310 | 'default' => 'DENY', |
| 9311 | ]; |
| 9312 | |
| 9313 | /** |
| 9314 | * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options |
| 9315 | * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be |
| 9316 | * framed can compromise your user's account security. |
| 9317 | * |
| 9318 | * Options are: |
| 9319 | * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis. |
| 9320 | * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. |
| 9321 | * - false: Allow all framing. |
| 9322 | * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output. |
| 9323 | */ |
| 9324 | public const ApiFrameOptions = [ |
| 9325 | 'default' => 'DENY', |
| 9326 | ]; |
| 9327 | |
| 9328 | /** |
| 9329 | * Controls Content-Security-Policy header |
| 9330 | * |
| 9331 | * @warning May cause slowness on Windows due to slow random number generator. |
| 9332 | * |
| 9333 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 9334 | * @since 1.32 |
| 9335 | * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/ |
| 9336 | */ |
| 9337 | public const CSPHeader = [ |
| 9338 | 'default' => false, |
| 9339 | 'type' => 'false|object', |
| 9340 | ]; |
| 9341 | |
| 9342 | /** |
| 9343 | * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header |
| 9344 | * |
| 9345 | * @since 1.32 |
| 9346 | */ |
| 9347 | public const CSPReportOnlyHeader = [ |
| 9348 | 'default' => false, |
| 9349 | 'type' => 'false|object', |
| 9350 | ]; |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | /** |
| 9353 | * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports |
| 9354 | * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client |
| 9355 | * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware). |
| 9356 | * |
| 9357 | * List based on results from Wikimedia logs. |
| 9358 | * |
| 9359 | * @since 1.28 |
| 9360 | */ |
| 9361 | public const CSPFalsePositiveUrls = [ |
| 9362 | 'default' => [ |
| 9363 | 'https://3hub.co' => true, |
| 9364 | 'https://morepro.info' => true, |
| 9365 | 'https://p.ato.mx' => true, |
| 9366 | 'https://s.ato.mx' => true, |
| 9367 | 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true, |
| 9368 | 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true, |
| 9369 | 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true, |
| 9370 | 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true, |
| 9371 | 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true, |
| 9372 | 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true, |
| 9373 | 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true, |
| 9374 | 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true, |
| 9375 | 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true, |
| 9376 | 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true, |
| 9377 | 'chrome-extension' => true, |
| 9378 | ], |
| 9379 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9380 | ]; |
| 9381 | |
| 9382 | /** |
| 9383 | * Allow anonymous cross origin requests to the REST API. |
| 9384 | * |
| 9385 | * This should be disabled for intranet sites (sites behind a firewall). |
| 9386 | * |
| 9387 | * @since 1.36 |
| 9388 | */ |
| 9389 | public const AllowCrossOrigin = [ |
| 9390 | 'default' => false, |
| 9391 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 9392 | ]; |
| 9393 | |
| 9394 | /** |
| 9395 | * Allows authenticated cross-origin requests to the REST API with session cookies. |
| 9396 | * |
| 9397 | * With this option enabled, any origin specified in $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains may send session |
| 9398 | * cookies for authorization in the REST API. |
| 9399 | * |
| 9400 | * There is a performance impact by enabling this option. Therefore, it should be left disabled |
| 9401 | * for most wikis and clients should instead use OAuth to make cross-origin authenticated |
| 9402 | * requests. |
| 9403 | * |
| 9404 | * @see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Credentials |
| 9405 | * @since 1.36 |
| 9406 | */ |
| 9407 | public const RestAllowCrossOriginCookieAuth = [ |
| 9408 | 'default' => false, |
| 9409 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 9410 | ]; |
| 9411 | |
| 9412 | /** |
| 9413 | * Secret for session storage. |
| 9414 | * |
| 9415 | * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will |
| 9416 | * be used. |
| 9417 | * |
| 9418 | * @since 1.27 |
| 9419 | */ |
| 9420 | public const SessionSecret = [ |
| 9421 | 'default' => false, |
| 9422 | ]; |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 | // endregion -- end of security |
| 9425 | |
| 9426 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 9427 | // region Cookie settings |
| 9428 | /** @name Cookie settings */ |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | /** |
| 9431 | * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only. |
| 9432 | */ |
| 9433 | public const CookieExpiration = [ |
| 9434 | 'default' => 30 * 86400, |
| 9435 | ]; |
| 9436 | |
| 9437 | /** |
| 9438 | * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting |
| 9439 | * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to |
| 9440 | * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make |
| 9441 | * login cookies session-only. |
| 9442 | */ |
| 9443 | public const ExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = [ |
| 9444 | 'default' => 180 * 86400, |
| 9445 | ]; |
| 9446 | |
| 9447 | /** |
| 9448 | * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org" |
| 9449 | * or ".any.subdomain.net" |
| 9450 | */ |
| 9451 | public const CookieDomain = [ |
| 9452 | 'default' => '', |
| 9453 | ]; |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 | /** |
| 9456 | * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within |
| 9457 | * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain. |
| 9458 | */ |
| 9459 | public const CookiePath = [ |
| 9460 | 'default' => '/', |
| 9461 | ]; |
| 9462 | |
| 9463 | /** |
| 9464 | * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be: |
| 9465 | * - true: Set secure flag |
| 9466 | * - false: Don't set secure flag |
| 9467 | * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL, |
| 9468 | * or if $wgForceHTTPS is true. |
| 9469 | * |
| 9470 | * If $wgForceHTTPS is true, session cookies will be secure regardless of this |
| 9471 | * setting. However, other cookies will still be affected. |
| 9472 | */ |
| 9473 | public const CookieSecure = [ |
| 9474 | 'default' => 'detect', |
| 9475 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'ForceHTTPS' ] ] |
| 9476 | ]; |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 | public static function getDefaultCookieSecure( $forceHTTPS ): bool { |
| 9479 | return $forceHTTPS || ( WebRequest::detectProtocol() === 'https' ); |
| 9480 | } |
| 9481 | |
| 9482 | /** |
| 9483 | * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it |
| 9484 | * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database |
| 9485 | * name to be used as a prefix. |
| 9486 | */ |
| 9487 | public const CookiePrefix = [ |
| 9488 | 'default' => false, |
| 9489 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ |
| 9490 | 'use' => [ 'SharedDB', 'SharedPrefix', 'SharedTables', 'DBname', 'DBprefix' ] |
| 9491 | ], |
| 9492 | ]; |
| 9493 | |
| 9494 | public static function getDefaultCookiePrefix( |
| 9495 | $sharedDB, $sharedPrefix, $sharedTables, $dbName, $dbPrefix |
| 9496 | ): string { |
| 9497 | if ( $sharedDB && in_array( 'user', $sharedTables ) ) { |
| 9498 | return $sharedDB . ( $sharedPrefix ? "_$sharedPrefix" : '' ); |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | return $dbName . ( $dbPrefix ? "_$dbPrefix" : '' ); |
| 9501 | } |
| 9502 | |
| 9503 | /** |
| 9504 | * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript, |
| 9505 | * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of |
| 9506 | * XSS attack. |
| 9507 | */ |
| 9508 | public const CookieHttpOnly = [ |
| 9509 | 'default' => true, |
| 9510 | ]; |
| 9511 | |
| 9512 | /** |
| 9513 | * The SameSite cookie attribute used for login cookies. This can be "Lax", |
| 9514 | * "Strict", "None" or empty/null to omit the attribute. |
| 9515 | * |
| 9516 | * This only applies to login cookies, since the correct value for other |
| 9517 | * cookies depends on what kind of cookie it is. |
| 9518 | * |
| 9519 | * @since 1.35 |
| 9520 | */ |
| 9521 | public const CookieSameSite = [ |
| 9522 | 'default' => null, |
| 9523 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 9524 | ]; |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 | /** |
| 9527 | * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions) |
| 9528 | */ |
| 9529 | public const CacheVaryCookies = [ |
| 9530 | 'default' => [], |
| 9531 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 9532 | ]; |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | /** |
| 9535 | * Override to customise the session name |
| 9536 | */ |
| 9537 | public const SessionName = [ |
| 9538 | 'default' => false, |
| 9539 | ]; |
| 9540 | |
| 9541 | /** |
| 9542 | * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even |
| 9543 | * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will |
| 9544 | * contain an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block |
| 9545 | * ID (in which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted |
| 9546 | * users, so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set). |
| 9547 | */ |
| 9548 | public const CookieSetOnAutoblock = [ |
| 9549 | 'default' => true, |
| 9550 | ]; |
| 9551 | |
| 9552 | /** |
| 9553 | * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked |
| 9554 | * user, even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain |
| 9555 | * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in |
| 9556 | * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, |
| 9557 | * so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set). |
| 9558 | */ |
| 9559 | public const CookieSetOnIpBlock = [ |
| 9560 | 'default' => true, |
| 9561 | ]; |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | // endregion -- end of cookie settings |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 9566 | // region Profiling, testing and debugging |
| 9567 | /** @name Profiling, testing and debugging */ |
| 9568 | // See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling. |
| 9569 | |
| 9570 | /** |
| 9571 | * Enable verbose debug logging for all channels and log levels. |
| 9572 | * |
| 9573 | * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug |
| 9574 | * |
| 9575 | * For static requests, this enables all channels and warning-level and |
| 9576 | * above only. Use $wgDebugRawPage to make those verbose as well. |
| 9577 | * |
| 9578 | * The debug log file should be not be web-accessible if it is used in |
| 9579 | * a production environment, as may contain private data. |
| 9580 | */ |
| 9581 | public const DebugLogFile = [ |
| 9582 | 'default' => '', |
| 9583 | ]; |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 | /** |
| 9586 | * Prefix for debug log lines |
| 9587 | */ |
| 9588 | public const DebugLogPrefix = [ |
| 9589 | 'default' => '', |
| 9590 | ]; |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 | /** |
| 9593 | * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect |
| 9594 | * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy |
| 9595 | * resubmission of form data. For developer use only. |
| 9596 | */ |
| 9597 | public const DebugRedirects = [ |
| 9598 | 'default' => false, |
| 9599 | ]; |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | /** |
| 9602 | * If true, debug logging is also enabled for load.php and action=raw requests. |
| 9603 | * |
| 9604 | * By default, $wgDebugLogFile enables all channels and warning-level and |
| 9605 | * above for static requests. |
| 9606 | * |
| 9607 | * This ensures that the debug log is likely a chronological record of |
| 9608 | * of specific web request you are debugging, instead of overlapping with |
| 9609 | * messages from static requests, which would make it unclear which message |
| 9610 | * originated from what request. |
| 9611 | * |
| 9612 | * Also, during development this can make browsing and JavaScript testing |
| 9613 | * considerably slower (T85805). |
| 9614 | */ |
| 9615 | public const DebugRawPage = [ |
| 9616 | 'default' => false, |
| 9617 | ]; |
| 9618 | |
| 9619 | /** |
| 9620 | * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output. |
| 9621 | * |
| 9622 | * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user. |
| 9623 | * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the |
| 9624 | * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal |
| 9625 | * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects. |
| 9626 | */ |
| 9627 | public const DebugComments = [ |
| 9628 | 'default' => false, |
| 9629 | ]; |
| 9630 | |
| 9631 | /** |
| 9632 | * Write SQL queries to the debug log. |
| 9633 | * |
| 9634 | * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to |
| 9635 | * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple'; otherwise the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in |
| 9636 | * the 'flags' option of the database connection to achieve the same functionality. |
| 9637 | */ |
| 9638 | public const DebugDumpSql = [ |
| 9639 | 'default' => false, |
| 9640 | ]; |
| 9641 | |
| 9642 | /** |
| 9643 | * Performance expectations for DB usage |
| 9644 | * |
| 9645 | * @since 1.26 |
| 9646 | */ |
| 9647 | public const TrxProfilerLimits = [ |
| 9648 | 'default' => [ |
| 9649 | // HTTP GET/HEAD requests. |
| 9650 | // Primary queries should not happen on GET requests |
| 9651 | 'GET' => [ |
| 9652 | 'masterConns' => 0, |
| 9653 | 'writes' => 0, |
| 9654 | 'readQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9655 | 'readQueryRows' => 10000 |
| 9656 | ], |
| 9657 | // HTTP POST requests. |
| 9658 | // Primary reads and writes will happen for a subset of these. |
| 9659 | 'POST' => [ |
| 9660 | 'readQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9661 | 'writeQueryTime' => 1, |
| 9662 | 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, |
| 9663 | 'maxAffected' => 1000 |
| 9664 | ], |
| 9665 | 'POST-nonwrite' => [ |
| 9666 | 'writes' => 0, |
| 9667 | 'readQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9668 | 'readQueryRows' => 10000 |
| 9669 | ], |
| 9670 | // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests |
| 9671 | 'PostSend-GET' => [ |
| 9672 | 'readQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9673 | 'writeQueryTime' => 1, |
| 9674 | 'readQueryRows' => 10000, |
| 9675 | 'maxAffected' => 1000, |
| 9676 | // Log primary queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged |
| 9677 | 'masterConns' => 0, |
| 9678 | 'writes' => 0, |
| 9679 | ], |
| 9680 | // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests |
| 9681 | 'PostSend-POST' => [ |
| 9682 | 'readQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9683 | 'writeQueryTime' => 1, |
| 9684 | 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, |
| 9685 | 'maxAffected' => 1000 |
| 9686 | ], |
| 9687 | // Background job runner |
| 9688 | 'JobRunner' => [ |
| 9689 | 'readQueryTime' => 30, |
| 9690 | 'writeQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9691 | 'readQueryRows' => 100_000, |
| 9692 | 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery |
| 9693 | ], |
| 9694 | // Command-line scripts |
| 9695 | 'Maintenance' => [ |
| 9696 | 'writeQueryTime' => 5, |
| 9697 | 'maxAffected' => 1000 |
| 9698 | ] |
| 9699 | ], |
| 9700 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9701 | ]; |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | /** |
| 9704 | * Map of string log group names to log destinations. |
| 9705 | * |
| 9706 | * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead |
| 9707 | * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging |
| 9708 | * in production. |
| 9709 | * |
| 9710 | * Log destinations may be one of the following: |
| 9711 | * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile. |
| 9712 | * - string values specifying a filename or URI. |
| 9713 | * - associative array with keys: |
| 9714 | * - 'destination' desired filename or URI. |
| 9715 | * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional) |
| 9716 | * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level |
| 9717 | * to log (optional, since 1.25) |
| 9718 | * |
| 9719 | * **Example:** |
| 9720 | * |
| 9721 | * ``` |
| 9722 | * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log'; |
| 9723 | * ``` |
| 9724 | * |
| 9725 | * **Advanced example:** |
| 9726 | * |
| 9727 | * ``` |
| 9728 | * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [ |
| 9729 | * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log', |
| 9730 | * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000. |
| 9731 | * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING |
| 9732 | * ]; |
| 9733 | * ``` |
| 9734 | */ |
| 9735 | public const DebugLogGroups = [ |
| 9736 | 'default' => [], |
| 9737 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9738 | ]; |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 | /** |
| 9741 | * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances. |
| 9742 | * |
| 9743 | * The value should be an array suitable for use with |
| 9744 | * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to |
| 9745 | * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional |
| 9746 | * details. |
| 9747 | * |
| 9748 | * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can |
| 9749 | * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory |
| 9750 | * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely. |
| 9751 | * |
| 9752 | * **To completely disable logging:** |
| 9753 | * |
| 9754 | * ``` |
| 9755 | * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ]; |
| 9756 | * ``` |
| 9757 | * |
| 9758 | * @since 1.25 |
| 9759 | * @see \MwLogger |
| 9760 | */ |
| 9761 | public const MWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ |
| 9762 | 'default' => [ 'class' => 'MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi', ], |
| 9763 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', |
| 9764 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9765 | ]; |
| 9766 | |
| 9767 | /** |
| 9768 | * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area. |
| 9769 | * |
| 9770 | * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki. |
| 9771 | */ |
| 9772 | public const ShowDebug = [ |
| 9773 | 'default' => false, |
| 9774 | ]; |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 | /** |
| 9777 | * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version |
| 9778 | */ |
| 9779 | public const SpecialVersionShowHooks = [ |
| 9780 | 'default' => false, |
| 9781 | ]; |
| 9782 | |
| 9783 | /** |
| 9784 | * Show exception message and stack trace when printing details about uncaught exceptions |
| 9785 | * in web response output. |
| 9786 | * |
| 9787 | * This may reveal private information in error messages or function parameters. |
| 9788 | * If set to false, only the exception type or class name will be exposed. |
| 9789 | */ |
| 9790 | public const ShowExceptionDetails = [ |
| 9791 | 'default' => false, |
| 9792 | ]; |
| 9793 | |
| 9794 | /** |
| 9795 | * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log |
| 9796 | */ |
| 9797 | public const LogExceptionBacktrace = [ |
| 9798 | 'default' => true, |
| 9799 | ]; |
| 9800 | |
| 9801 | /** |
| 9802 | * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler |
| 9803 | * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true. |
| 9804 | */ |
| 9805 | public const PropagateErrors = [ |
| 9806 | 'default' => true, |
| 9807 | ]; |
| 9808 | |
| 9809 | /** |
| 9810 | * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments |
| 9811 | */ |
| 9812 | public const ShowHostnames = [ |
| 9813 | 'default' => false, |
| 9814 | ]; |
| 9815 | |
| 9816 | /** |
| 9817 | * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value. |
| 9818 | * |
| 9819 | * Should be a string, default false. |
| 9820 | * |
| 9821 | * @since 1.20 |
| 9822 | */ |
| 9823 | public const OverrideHostname = [ |
| 9824 | 'default' => false, |
| 9825 | ]; |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 | /** |
| 9828 | * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error |
| 9829 | * conditions and for deprecated functions. |
| 9830 | */ |
| 9831 | public const DevelopmentWarnings = [ |
| 9832 | 'default' => false, |
| 9833 | ]; |
| 9834 | |
| 9835 | /** |
| 9836 | * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number |
| 9837 | * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases |
| 9838 | * after the limit. |
| 9839 | */ |
| 9840 | public const DeprecationReleaseLimit = [ |
| 9841 | 'default' => false, |
| 9842 | ]; |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 | /** |
| 9845 | * Profiler configuration. |
| 9846 | * |
| 9847 | * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSettings.php. |
| 9848 | * |
| 9849 | * Options: |
| 9850 | * |
| 9851 | * - 'class' (`string`): The Profiler subclass to use. |
| 9852 | * Default: ProfilerStub. |
| 9853 | * - 'sampling' (`integer`): Only enable the profiler on one in this many requests. |
| 9854 | * For requests that are not in the sampling, |
| 9855 | * the 'class' option will be replaced with ProfilerStub. |
| 9856 | * Default: `1`. |
| 9857 | * - 'threshold' (`float`): Only process the recorded data if the total elapsed |
| 9858 | * time for a request is more than this number of seconds. |
| 9859 | * Default: `0.0`. |
| 9860 | * - 'output' (`string|string[]`): ProfilerOutput subclass or subclasess to use. |
| 9861 | * Default: `[]`. |
| 9862 | * |
| 9863 | * The options array is passed in its entirety to the specified |
| 9864 | * Profiler `class`. Check individual Profiler subclasses for additional |
| 9865 | * options that may be available. |
| 9866 | * |
| 9867 | * Profiler subclasses available in MediaWiki core: |
| 9868 | * |
| 9869 | * - ProfilerXhprof: Based on XHProf or Tideways-XHProf. |
| 9870 | * - ProfilerExcimer: Based on Excimer. |
| 9871 | * - ProfilerSectionOnly |
| 9872 | * |
| 9873 | * Profiler output classes available in MediaWiki: |
| 9874 | * |
| 9875 | * - ProfilerOutputText: outputs profiling data in the web page body as |
| 9876 | * a comment. You can make the profiling data in HTML render visibly |
| 9877 | * instead by setting the 'visible' configuration flag. |
| 9878 | * |
| 9879 | * - ProfilerOutputStats: outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. |
| 9880 | * It expects that $wgStatsdServer is set to the host (or host:port) |
| 9881 | * of a statsd server. |
| 9882 | * |
| 9883 | * - ProfilerOutputDump: outputs dump files that are compatible |
| 9884 | * with the XHProf gui. It expects that `$wgProfiler['outputDir']` |
| 9885 | * is set as well. |
| 9886 | * |
| 9887 | * Examples: |
| 9888 | * |
| 9889 | * ``` |
| 9890 | * $wgProfiler = [ |
| 9891 | * 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class, |
| 9892 | * 'output' => ProfilerOutputText::class, |
| 9893 | * ]; |
| 9894 | * ``` |
| 9895 | * |
| 9896 | * ``` |
| 9897 | * $wgProfiler = [ |
| 9898 | * 'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class, |
| 9899 | * 'output' => [ ProfilerOutputText::class ], |
| 9900 | * 'sampling' => 50, // one in every 50 requests |
| 9901 | * ]; |
| 9902 | * ``` |
| 9903 | * |
| 9904 | * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they |
| 9905 | * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the `--profiler` |
| 9906 | * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this. |
| 9907 | * |
| 9908 | * @since 1.17.0 |
| 9909 | */ |
| 9910 | public const Profiler = [ |
| 9911 | 'default' => [], |
| 9912 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 9913 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'replace', |
| 9914 | ]; |
| 9915 | |
| 9916 | /** |
| 9917 | * Destination of statsd metrics. |
| 9918 | * |
| 9919 | * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125. |
| 9920 | * |
| 9921 | * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected. |
| 9922 | * |
| 9923 | * @see MediaWiki::emitBufferedStatsdData() |
| 9924 | * @since 1.25 |
| 9925 | */ |
| 9926 | public const StatsdServer = [ |
| 9927 | 'default' => false, |
| 9928 | ]; |
| 9929 | |
| 9930 | /** |
| 9931 | * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer. |
| 9932 | * |
| 9933 | * @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory |
| 9934 | * @see \Wikimedia\Stats\BufferingStatsdDataFactory |
| 9935 | * @since 1.25 |
| 9936 | */ |
| 9937 | public const StatsdMetricPrefix = [ |
| 9938 | 'default' => 'MediaWiki', |
| 9939 | ]; |
| 9940 | |
| 9941 | /** |
| 9942 | * Stats output target URI e.g. udp://127.0.0.1:8125 |
| 9943 | * |
| 9944 | * If null, metrics will not be sent. |
| 9945 | * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service |
| 9946 | * |
| 9947 | * @since 1.38 |
| 9948 | */ |
| 9949 | public const StatsTarget = [ |
| 9950 | 'default' => null, |
| 9951 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 9952 | ]; |
| 9953 | |
| 9954 | /** |
| 9955 | * Stats output format |
| 9956 | * |
| 9957 | * If null, metrics will not be rendered nor sent. |
| 9958 | * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service |
| 9959 | * |
| 9960 | * @see \Wikimedia\Stats\OutputFormats::SUPPORTED_FORMATS |
| 9961 | * @since 1.41 |
| 9962 | */ |
| 9963 | public const StatsFormat = [ |
| 9964 | 'default' => null, |
| 9965 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 9966 | ]; |
| 9967 | |
| 9968 | /** |
| 9969 | * Stats service name prefix |
| 9970 | * |
| 9971 | * Required. Must not be zero-length. |
| 9972 | * Defaults to: 'mediawiki' |
| 9973 | * Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service |
| 9974 | * |
| 9975 | * @since 1.41 |
| 9976 | */ |
| 9977 | public const StatsPrefix = [ |
| 9978 | 'default' => 'mediawiki', |
| 9979 | 'type' => 'string', |
| 9980 | ]; |
| 9981 | |
| 9982 | /** |
| 9983 | * Configuration for OpenTelemetry instrumentation, or `null` to disable it. |
| 9984 | * Possible keys: |
| 9985 | * - `samplingProbability`: probability in % of sampling a trace for which no sampling decision has been |
| 9986 | * taken yet. Must be between 0 and 100. |
| 9987 | * - `serviceName`: name of the service being instrumented. |
| 9988 | * - `endpoint`: URL of the OpenTelemetry collector to send trace data to. |
| 9989 | * This has to be an endpoint accepting OTLP data over HTTP (not gRPC). |
| 9990 | * |
| 9991 | * An example config to send data to a local OpenTelemetry or Jaeger collector instance: |
| 9992 | * ``` |
| 9993 | * $wgOpenTelemetryConfig = [ |
| 9994 | * 'samplingProbability' => 0.1, |
| 9995 | * 'serviceName' => 'mediawiki-local', |
| 9996 | * 'endpoint' => 'http://127.0.0.1:4318/v1/traces', |
| 9997 | * ]; |
| 9998 | * ``` |
| 9999 | * @since 1.43 |
| 10000 | */ |
| 10001 | public const OpenTelemetryConfig = [ |
| 10002 | 'default' => null, |
| 10003 | 'type' => 'map|null' |
| 10004 | ]; |
| 10005 | |
| 10006 | /** |
| 10007 | * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from). |
| 10008 | * |
| 10009 | * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded |
| 10010 | * templates. |
| 10011 | */ |
| 10012 | public const PageInfoTransclusionLimit = [ |
| 10013 | 'default' => 50, |
| 10014 | ]; |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | /** |
| 10017 | * Allow running of QUnit tests via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]]. |
| 10018 | */ |
| 10019 | public const EnableJavaScriptTest = [ |
| 10020 | 'default' => false, |
| 10021 | ]; |
| 10022 | |
| 10023 | /** |
| 10024 | * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value. |
| 10025 | * |
| 10026 | * @since 1.19 |
| 10027 | */ |
| 10028 | public const CachePrefix = [ |
| 10029 | 'default' => false, |
| 10030 | ]; |
| 10031 | |
| 10032 | /** |
| 10033 | * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database |
| 10034 | * queries and other useful output. |
| 10035 | * |
| 10036 | * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled. |
| 10037 | * |
| 10038 | * @since 1.19 |
| 10039 | */ |
| 10040 | public const DebugToolbar = [ |
| 10041 | 'default' => false, |
| 10042 | ]; |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 | // endregion -- end of profiling, testing and debugging |
| 10045 | |
| 10046 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10047 | // region Search |
| 10048 | /** @name Search */ |
| 10049 | |
| 10050 | /** |
| 10051 | * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature. |
| 10052 | */ |
| 10053 | public const DisableTextSearch = [ |
| 10054 | 'default' => false, |
| 10055 | ]; |
| 10056 | |
| 10057 | /** |
| 10058 | * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results, |
| 10059 | * by default off due to execution overhead |
| 10060 | */ |
| 10061 | public const AdvancedSearchHighlighting = [ |
| 10062 | 'default' => false, |
| 10063 | ]; |
| 10064 | |
| 10065 | /** |
| 10066 | * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages |
| 10067 | * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate |
| 10068 | */ |
| 10069 | public const SearchHighlightBoundaries = [ |
| 10070 | 'default' => '[\\p{Z}\\p{P}\\p{C}]', |
| 10071 | ]; |
| 10072 | |
| 10073 | /** |
| 10074 | * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch |
| 10075 | * |
| 10076 | * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom |
| 10077 | * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke |
| 10078 | * |
| 10079 | * Placeholders: {searchTerms} |
| 10080 | */ |
| 10081 | public const OpenSearchTemplates = [ |
| 10082 | 'default' => [ |
| 10083 | 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false, |
| 10084 | 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false, |
| 10085 | ], |
| 10086 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10087 | ]; |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 | /** |
| 10090 | * This was previously a used to force empty responses from ApiOpenSearch |
| 10091 | * with the 'suggest' parameter set. |
| 10092 | * |
| 10093 | * @deprecated since 1.35 No longer used |
| 10094 | */ |
| 10095 | public const EnableOpenSearchSuggest = [ |
| 10096 | 'default' => true, |
| 10097 | 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.35, no longer used', |
| 10098 | 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . |
| 10099 | 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' |
| 10100 | ]; |
| 10101 | |
| 10102 | /** |
| 10103 | * Integer defining default number of entries to show on |
| 10104 | * OpenSearch call. |
| 10105 | */ |
| 10106 | public const OpenSearchDefaultLimit = [ |
| 10107 | 'default' => 10, |
| 10108 | ]; |
| 10109 | |
| 10110 | /** |
| 10111 | * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of |
| 10112 | * sentence. |
| 10113 | */ |
| 10114 | public const OpenSearchDescriptionLength = [ |
| 10115 | 'default' => 100, |
| 10116 | ]; |
| 10117 | |
| 10118 | /** |
| 10119 | * Expiry time for search suggestion responses |
| 10120 | */ |
| 10121 | public const SearchSuggestCacheExpiry = [ |
| 10122 | 'default' => 1200, |
| 10123 | ]; |
| 10124 | |
| 10125 | /** |
| 10126 | * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the |
| 10127 | * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table. |
| 10128 | */ |
| 10129 | public const DisableSearchUpdate = [ |
| 10130 | 'default' => false, |
| 10131 | ]; |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 | /** |
| 10134 | * List of namespaces which are searched by default. |
| 10135 | * |
| 10136 | * **Example:** |
| 10137 | * |
| 10138 | * ``` |
| 10139 | * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true; |
| 10140 | * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true; |
| 10141 | * ``` |
| 10142 | */ |
| 10143 | public const NamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [ |
| 10144 | 'default' => [ NS_MAIN => true, ], |
| 10145 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10146 | ]; |
| 10147 | |
| 10148 | /** |
| 10149 | * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be |
| 10150 | * implemented by an extension instead. |
| 10151 | */ |
| 10152 | public const DisableInternalSearch = [ |
| 10153 | 'default' => false, |
| 10154 | ]; |
| 10155 | |
| 10156 | /** |
| 10157 | * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location. |
| 10158 | * |
| 10159 | * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded |
| 10160 | * search term. Before using this, $wgDisableTextSearch must be set to true. |
| 10161 | * |
| 10162 | * **Example:** |
| 10163 | * To forward to Google you'd have something like: |
| 10164 | * |
| 10165 | * ``` |
| 10166 | * $wgSearchForwardUrl = |
| 10167 | * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' . |
| 10168 | * '&domains=https://example.com' . |
| 10169 | * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' . |
| 10170 | * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8'; |
| 10171 | * ``` |
| 10172 | */ |
| 10173 | public const SearchForwardUrl = [ |
| 10174 | 'default' => null, |
| 10175 | ]; |
| 10176 | |
| 10177 | /** |
| 10178 | * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the |
| 10179 | * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be |
| 10180 | * generated for all namespaces. |
| 10181 | */ |
| 10182 | public const SitemapNamespaces = [ |
| 10183 | 'default' => false, |
| 10184 | 'type' => 'false|list', |
| 10185 | ]; |
| 10186 | |
| 10187 | /** |
| 10188 | * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to |
| 10189 | * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the |
| 10190 | * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script. |
| 10191 | * |
| 10192 | * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority |
| 10193 | * |
| 10194 | * **Example:** |
| 10195 | * |
| 10196 | * ``` |
| 10197 | * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [ |
| 10198 | * NS_USER => '0.9', |
| 10199 | * NS_HELP => '0.0', |
| 10200 | * ]; |
| 10201 | * ``` |
| 10202 | */ |
| 10203 | public const SitemapNamespacesPriorities = [ |
| 10204 | 'default' => false, |
| 10205 | 'type' => 'false|map', |
| 10206 | ]; |
| 10207 | |
| 10208 | /** |
| 10209 | * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's |
| 10210 | * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to |
| 10211 | * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]] |
| 10212 | */ |
| 10213 | public const EnableSearchContributorsByIP = [ |
| 10214 | 'default' => true, |
| 10215 | ]; |
| 10216 | |
| 10217 | /** |
| 10218 | * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class. |
| 10219 | * |
| 10220 | * Settings that can be used: |
| 10221 | * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results |
| 10222 | * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click |
| 10223 | * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget. |
| 10224 | * |
| 10225 | * @since 1.34 |
| 10226 | */ |
| 10227 | public const SpecialSearchFormOptions = [ |
| 10228 | 'default' => [], |
| 10229 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10230 | ]; |
| 10231 | |
| 10232 | /** |
| 10233 | * Set true to allow logged-in users to set a preference whether or not matches in |
| 10234 | * search results should force redirection to that page. If false, the preference is |
| 10235 | * not exposed and cannot be altered from site default. To change your site's default |
| 10236 | * preference, set via $wgDefaultUserOptions['search-match-redirect']. |
| 10237 | * |
| 10238 | * @since 1.35 |
| 10239 | */ |
| 10240 | public const SearchMatchRedirectPreference = [ |
| 10241 | 'default' => false, |
| 10242 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 10243 | ]; |
| 10244 | |
| 10245 | /** |
| 10246 | * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for |
| 10247 | * these suggestions. |
| 10248 | * |
| 10249 | * @since 1.26 |
| 10250 | */ |
| 10251 | public const SearchRunSuggestedQuery = [ |
| 10252 | 'default' => true, |
| 10253 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 10254 | ]; |
| 10255 | |
| 10256 | // endregion -- end of search settings |
| 10257 | |
| 10258 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10259 | // region Edit user interface |
| 10260 | /** @name Edit user interface */ |
| 10261 | |
| 10262 | /** |
| 10263 | * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will |
| 10264 | * fall back to the old behavior (no merging). |
| 10265 | */ |
| 10266 | public const Diff3 = [ |
| 10267 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/diff3', |
| 10268 | ]; |
| 10269 | |
| 10270 | /** |
| 10271 | * Path to the GNU diff utility. |
| 10272 | */ |
| 10273 | public const Diff = [ |
| 10274 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/diff', |
| 10275 | ]; |
| 10276 | |
| 10277 | /** |
| 10278 | * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open |
| 10279 | * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki) |
| 10280 | * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for |
| 10281 | */ |
| 10282 | public const PreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [ |
| 10283 | 'default' => [ |
| 10284 | NS_CATEGORY => true |
| 10285 | ], |
| 10286 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10287 | ]; |
| 10288 | |
| 10289 | /** |
| 10290 | * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it |
| 10291 | * (currently only Firefox with an extension) |
| 10292 | * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information |
| 10293 | */ |
| 10294 | public const UniversalEditButton = [ |
| 10295 | 'default' => true, |
| 10296 | ]; |
| 10297 | |
| 10298 | /** |
| 10299 | * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki |
| 10300 | * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set- |
| 10301 | * ting this variable false. |
| 10302 | */ |
| 10303 | public const UseAutomaticEditSummaries = [ |
| 10304 | 'default' => true, |
| 10305 | ]; |
| 10306 | |
| 10307 | // endregion -- end edit UI |
| 10308 | |
| 10309 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10310 | // region Maintenance |
| 10311 | /** @name Maintenance */ |
| 10312 | // See also $wgSiteNotice |
| 10313 | |
| 10314 | /** |
| 10315 | * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ? |
| 10316 | */ |
| 10317 | public const CommandLineDarkBg = [ |
| 10318 | 'default' => false, |
| 10319 | ]; |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 | /** |
| 10322 | * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be |
| 10323 | * used as an explanation to users. |
| 10324 | * |
| 10325 | * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may |
| 10326 | * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only |
| 10327 | * option in MySQL. |
| 10328 | */ |
| 10329 | public const ReadOnly = [ |
| 10330 | 'default' => null, |
| 10331 | ]; |
| 10332 | |
| 10333 | /** |
| 10334 | * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode. |
| 10335 | * |
| 10336 | * @since 1.31 |
| 10337 | */ |
| 10338 | public const ReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = [ |
| 10339 | 'default' => false, |
| 10340 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 10341 | ]; |
| 10342 | |
| 10343 | /** |
| 10344 | * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode. |
| 10345 | * |
| 10346 | * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning |
| 10347 | * message. |
| 10348 | * |
| 10349 | * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php |
| 10350 | */ |
| 10351 | public const ReadOnlyFile = [ |
| 10352 | 'default' => false, |
| 10353 | 'dynamicDefault' => [ 'use' => [ 'UploadDirectory' ] ] |
| 10354 | ]; |
| 10355 | |
| 10356 | /** |
| 10357 | * @param mixed $uploadDirectory Value of UploadDirectory |
| 10358 | * @return string |
| 10359 | */ |
| 10360 | public static function getDefaultReadOnlyFile( $uploadDirectory ): string { |
| 10361 | return "$uploadDirectory/lock_yBgMBwiR"; |
| 10362 | } |
| 10363 | |
| 10364 | /** |
| 10365 | * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set |
| 10366 | * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be |
| 10367 | * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades. |
| 10368 | * |
| 10369 | * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied |
| 10370 | * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key, |
| 10371 | * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php. |
| 10372 | */ |
| 10373 | public const UpgradeKey = [ |
| 10374 | 'default' => false, |
| 10375 | ]; |
| 10376 | |
| 10377 | /** |
| 10378 | * Fully specified path to git binary |
| 10379 | */ |
| 10380 | public const GitBin = [ |
| 10381 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/git', |
| 10382 | ]; |
| 10383 | |
| 10384 | /** |
| 10385 | * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version |
| 10386 | * |
| 10387 | * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(), |
| 10388 | * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL. |
| 10389 | * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.) |
| 10390 | * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the |
| 10391 | * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision. |
| 10392 | * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1. |
| 10393 | * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding |
| 10394 | * |
| 10395 | * @since 1.20 |
| 10396 | */ |
| 10397 | public const GitRepositoryViewers = [ |
| 10398 | 'default' => [ |
| 10399 | 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H', |
| 10400 | 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' => 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H', |
| 10401 | ], |
| 10402 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10403 | ]; |
| 10404 | |
| 10405 | // endregion -- End of maintenance |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10408 | // region Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history |
| 10409 | /** @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history */ |
| 10410 | |
| 10411 | /** |
| 10412 | * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many |
| 10413 | * seconds will go. |
| 10414 | * |
| 10415 | * Default: 90 days = about three months |
| 10416 | */ |
| 10417 | public const RCMaxAge = [ |
| 10418 | 'default' => 90 * 24 * 3600, |
| 10419 | ]; |
| 10420 | |
| 10421 | /** |
| 10422 | * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive. |
| 10423 | * |
| 10424 | * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months. |
| 10425 | * |
| 10426 | * @since 1.26 |
| 10427 | */ |
| 10428 | public const WatchersMaxAge = [ |
| 10429 | 'default' => 180 * 24 * 3600, |
| 10430 | ]; |
| 10431 | |
| 10432 | /** |
| 10433 | * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it. |
| 10434 | * |
| 10435 | * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0. |
| 10436 | * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info. |
| 10437 | * |
| 10438 | * @since 1.26 |
| 10439 | */ |
| 10440 | public const UnwatchedPageSecret = [ |
| 10441 | 'default' => 1, |
| 10442 | ]; |
| 10443 | |
| 10444 | /** |
| 10445 | * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers |
| 10446 | * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default |
| 10447 | * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some |
| 10448 | * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which |
| 10449 | * is still there. |
| 10450 | */ |
| 10451 | public const RCFilterByAge = [ |
| 10452 | 'default' => false, |
| 10453 | ]; |
| 10454 | |
| 10455 | /** |
| 10456 | * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and |
| 10457 | * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages. |
| 10458 | */ |
| 10459 | public const RCLinkLimits = [ |
| 10460 | 'default' => [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ], |
| 10461 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 10462 | ]; |
| 10463 | |
| 10464 | /** |
| 10465 | * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and |
| 10466 | * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages. |
| 10467 | * |
| 10468 | * @see \MediaWiki\SpecialPage\ChangesListSpecialPage::getLinkDays |
| 10469 | */ |
| 10470 | public const RCLinkDays = [ |
| 10471 | 'default' => [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ], |
| 10472 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 10473 | ]; |
| 10474 | |
| 10475 | /** |
| 10476 | * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent. |
| 10477 | * |
| 10478 | * The following feed classes are available by default: |
| 10479 | * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server. |
| 10480 | * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis. |
| 10481 | * |
| 10482 | * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then |
| 10483 | * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are |
| 10484 | * passed to the constructor. |
| 10485 | * |
| 10486 | * Common options: |
| 10487 | * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed). |
| 10488 | * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false) |
| 10489 | * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false) |
| 10490 | * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false) |
| 10491 | * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false) |
| 10492 | * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false) |
| 10493 | * |
| 10494 | * FormattedRCFeed-specific options: |
| 10495 | * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent. |
| 10496 | * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines |
| 10497 | * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use. |
| 10498 | * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will |
| 10499 | * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class. |
| 10500 | * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter, |
| 10501 | * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter. |
| 10502 | * |
| 10503 | * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options: |
| 10504 | * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with |
| 10505 | * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array |
| 10506 | * |
| 10507 | * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options: |
| 10508 | * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values. |
| 10509 | * |
| 10510 | * **Examples:** |
| 10511 | * |
| 10512 | * ``` |
| 10513 | * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ |
| 10514 | * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336', |
| 10515 | * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter', |
| 10516 | * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false, |
| 10517 | * 'omit_bots' => true, |
| 10518 | * ]; |
| 10519 | * ``` |
| 10520 | * |
| 10521 | * ``` |
| 10522 | * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ |
| 10523 | * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338', |
| 10524 | * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter', |
| 10525 | * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false, |
| 10526 | * 'omit_bots' => true, |
| 10527 | * ]; |
| 10528 | * ``` |
| 10529 | * |
| 10530 | * ``` |
| 10531 | * $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [ |
| 10532 | * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class, |
| 10533 | * ]; |
| 10534 | * ``` |
| 10535 | * |
| 10536 | * @since 1.22 |
| 10537 | */ |
| 10538 | public const RCFeeds = [ |
| 10539 | 'default' => [], |
| 10540 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10541 | ]; |
| 10542 | |
| 10543 | /** |
| 10544 | * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme. |
| 10545 | * |
| 10546 | * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes. |
| 10547 | * |
| 10548 | * @since 1.22 |
| 10549 | */ |
| 10550 | public const RCEngines = [ |
| 10551 | 'default' => [ |
| 10552 | 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class, |
| 10553 | 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class, |
| 10554 | ], |
| 10555 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10556 | ]; |
| 10557 | |
| 10558 | /** |
| 10559 | * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange. |
| 10560 | * |
| 10561 | * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows: |
| 10562 | * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned |
| 10563 | * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned |
| 10564 | * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title) |
| 10565 | * - deletion: nothing is mentioned |
| 10566 | * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned |
| 10567 | * |
| 10568 | * @since 1.27 |
| 10569 | */ |
| 10570 | public const RCWatchCategoryMembership = [ |
| 10571 | 'default' => false, |
| 10572 | ]; |
| 10573 | |
| 10574 | /** |
| 10575 | * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists) |
| 10576 | * New pages and new files are included. |
| 10577 | * |
| 10578 | * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to |
| 10579 | * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on |
| 10580 | * Special:Log. |
| 10581 | */ |
| 10582 | public const UseRCPatrol = [ |
| 10583 | 'default' => true, |
| 10584 | ]; |
| 10585 | |
| 10586 | /** |
| 10587 | * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features |
| 10588 | * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist. |
| 10589 | * |
| 10590 | * 0 to disable completely. |
| 10591 | */ |
| 10592 | public const StructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = [ |
| 10593 | 'default' => 3, |
| 10594 | ]; |
| 10595 | |
| 10596 | /** |
| 10597 | * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages |
| 10598 | * |
| 10599 | * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to |
| 10600 | * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on |
| 10601 | * Special:Log. |
| 10602 | */ |
| 10603 | public const UseNPPatrol = [ |
| 10604 | 'default' => true, |
| 10605 | ]; |
| 10606 | |
| 10607 | /** |
| 10608 | * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles |
| 10609 | * |
| 10610 | * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to |
| 10611 | * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on |
| 10612 | * Special:Log. |
| 10613 | * @since 1.27 |
| 10614 | */ |
| 10615 | public const UseFilePatrol = [ |
| 10616 | 'default' => true, |
| 10617 | ]; |
| 10618 | |
| 10619 | /** |
| 10620 | * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages |
| 10621 | */ |
| 10622 | public const Feed = [ |
| 10623 | 'default' => true, |
| 10624 | ]; |
| 10625 | |
| 10626 | /** |
| 10627 | * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for |
| 10628 | * eg Recentchanges, Newpages. |
| 10629 | */ |
| 10630 | public const FeedLimit = [ |
| 10631 | 'default' => 50, |
| 10632 | ]; |
| 10633 | |
| 10634 | /** |
| 10635 | * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds. |
| 10636 | * |
| 10637 | * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes |
| 10638 | * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render. |
| 10639 | * |
| 10640 | * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only; |
| 10641 | * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs. |
| 10642 | */ |
| 10643 | public const FeedCacheTimeout = [ |
| 10644 | 'default' => 60, |
| 10645 | ]; |
| 10646 | |
| 10647 | /** |
| 10648 | * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for |
| 10649 | * pages larger than this size. |
| 10650 | */ |
| 10651 | public const FeedDiffCutoff = [ |
| 10652 | 'default' => 32768, |
| 10653 | ]; |
| 10654 | |
| 10655 | /** |
| 10656 | * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on |
| 10657 | * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote |
| 10658 | * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one). |
| 10659 | * |
| 10660 | * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed |
| 10661 | * as value. |
| 10662 | * |
| 10663 | * **Example:** |
| 10664 | * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml |
| 10665 | * |
| 10666 | * ``` |
| 10667 | * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml"; |
| 10668 | * ``` |
| 10669 | */ |
| 10670 | public const OverrideSiteFeed = [ |
| 10671 | 'default' => [], |
| 10672 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10673 | ]; |
| 10674 | |
| 10675 | /** |
| 10676 | * Available feeds objects. |
| 10677 | * |
| 10678 | * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when |
| 10679 | * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true. |
| 10680 | */ |
| 10681 | public const FeedClasses = [ |
| 10682 | 'default' => [ |
| 10683 | 'rss' => \MediaWiki\Feed\RSSFeed::class, |
| 10684 | 'atom' => \MediaWiki\Feed\AtomFeed::class, |
| 10685 | ], |
| 10686 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10687 | ]; |
| 10688 | |
| 10689 | /** |
| 10690 | * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss', |
| 10691 | * 'atom', neither, or both. |
| 10692 | */ |
| 10693 | public const AdvertisedFeedTypes = [ |
| 10694 | 'default' => [ 'atom', ], |
| 10695 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 10696 | ]; |
| 10697 | |
| 10698 | /** |
| 10699 | * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views |
| 10700 | */ |
| 10701 | public const RCShowWatchingUsers = [ |
| 10702 | 'default' => false, |
| 10703 | ]; |
| 10704 | |
| 10705 | /** |
| 10706 | * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes |
| 10707 | */ |
| 10708 | public const RCShowChangedSize = [ |
| 10709 | 'default' => true, |
| 10710 | ]; |
| 10711 | |
| 10712 | /** |
| 10713 | * If the difference between the character counts of the text |
| 10714 | * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be |
| 10715 | * highlighted on the RC page. |
| 10716 | */ |
| 10717 | public const RCChangedSizeThreshold = [ |
| 10718 | 'default' => 500, |
| 10719 | ]; |
| 10720 | |
| 10721 | /** |
| 10722 | * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history |
| 10723 | * view for watched pages with new changes |
| 10724 | */ |
| 10725 | public const ShowUpdatedMarker = [ |
| 10726 | 'default' => true, |
| 10727 | ]; |
| 10728 | |
| 10729 | /** |
| 10730 | * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special |
| 10731 | * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc. |
| 10732 | */ |
| 10733 | public const DisableAnonTalk = [ |
| 10734 | 'default' => false, |
| 10735 | ]; |
| 10736 | |
| 10737 | /** |
| 10738 | * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc |
| 10739 | * Has no effect if no tags are defined. |
| 10740 | */ |
| 10741 | public const UseTagFilter = [ |
| 10742 | 'default' => true, |
| 10743 | ]; |
| 10744 | |
| 10745 | /** |
| 10746 | * List of core tags to enable. |
| 10747 | * |
| 10748 | * @since 1.31 |
| 10749 | * @since 1.36 Added 'mw-manual-revert' and 'mw-reverted' |
| 10750 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_CONTENT_MODEL_CHANGE |
| 10751 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_NEW_REDIRECT |
| 10752 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REMOVED_REDIRECT |
| 10753 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_CHANGED_REDIRECT_TARGET |
| 10754 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_BLANK |
| 10755 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REPLACE |
| 10756 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_ROLLBACK |
| 10757 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_UNDO |
| 10758 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_MANUAL_REVERT |
| 10759 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_REVERTED |
| 10760 | * @see \ChangeTags::TAG_SERVER_SIDE_UPLOAD |
| 10761 | */ |
| 10762 | public const SoftwareTags = [ |
| 10763 | 'default' => [ |
| 10764 | 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true, |
| 10765 | 'mw-new-redirect' => true, |
| 10766 | 'mw-removed-redirect' => true, |
| 10767 | 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true, |
| 10768 | 'mw-blank' => true, |
| 10769 | 'mw-replace' => true, |
| 10770 | 'mw-rollback' => true, |
| 10771 | 'mw-undo' => true, |
| 10772 | 'mw-manual-revert' => true, |
| 10773 | 'mw-reverted' => true, |
| 10774 | 'mw-server-side-upload' => true, |
| 10775 | ], |
| 10776 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10777 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'boolean', ], |
| 10778 | ]; |
| 10779 | |
| 10780 | /** |
| 10781 | * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more |
| 10782 | * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of |
| 10783 | * watchers. |
| 10784 | * |
| 10785 | * @since 1.21 |
| 10786 | */ |
| 10787 | public const UnwatchedPageThreshold = [ |
| 10788 | 'default' => false, |
| 10789 | ]; |
| 10790 | |
| 10791 | /** |
| 10792 | * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate |
| 10793 | * certain types of edits. |
| 10794 | * |
| 10795 | * To register a new one: |
| 10796 | * |
| 10797 | * ``` |
| 10798 | * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [ |
| 10799 | * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists |
| 10800 | * 'letter' => 'letter-msg', |
| 10801 | * // message for the tooltip of the letter |
| 10802 | * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg', |
| 10803 | * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box |
| 10804 | * 'legend' => 'legend-msg', |
| 10805 | * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows |
| 10806 | * 'class' => 'css-class', |
| 10807 | * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any' |
| 10808 | * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will |
| 10809 | * // only be set if all lines contain the flag. |
| 10810 | * 'grouping' => 'any', |
| 10811 | * ]; |
| 10812 | * ``` |
| 10813 | * |
| 10814 | * @since 1.22 |
| 10815 | */ |
| 10816 | public const RecentChangesFlags = [ |
| 10817 | 'default' => [ |
| 10818 | 'newpage' => [ |
| 10819 | 'letter' => 'newpageletter', |
| 10820 | 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage', |
| 10821 | 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage', |
| 10822 | 'grouping' => 'any', |
| 10823 | ], |
| 10824 | 'minor' => [ |
| 10825 | 'letter' => 'minoreditletter', |
| 10826 | 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor', |
| 10827 | 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor', |
| 10828 | 'class' => 'minoredit', |
| 10829 | 'grouping' => 'all', |
| 10830 | ], |
| 10831 | 'bot' => [ |
| 10832 | 'letter' => 'boteditletter', |
| 10833 | 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot', |
| 10834 | 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot', |
| 10835 | 'class' => 'botedit', |
| 10836 | 'grouping' => 'all', |
| 10837 | ], |
| 10838 | 'unpatrolled' => [ |
| 10839 | 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter', |
| 10840 | 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled', |
| 10841 | 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled', |
| 10842 | 'grouping' => 'any', |
| 10843 | ], |
| 10844 | ], |
| 10845 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10846 | ]; |
| 10847 | |
| 10848 | /** |
| 10849 | * Whether to enable the watchlist expiry feature. |
| 10850 | * |
| 10851 | * @since 1.35 |
| 10852 | */ |
| 10853 | public const WatchlistExpiry = [ |
| 10854 | 'default' => false, |
| 10855 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 10856 | ]; |
| 10857 | |
| 10858 | /** |
| 10859 | * Chance of expired watchlist items being purged on any page edit. |
| 10860 | * |
| 10861 | * Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true. |
| 10862 | * |
| 10863 | * If this is zero, expired watchlist items will not be removed |
| 10864 | * and the purgeExpiredWatchlistItems.php maintenance script should be run periodically. |
| 10865 | * |
| 10866 | * @since 1.35 |
| 10867 | */ |
| 10868 | public const WatchlistPurgeRate = [ |
| 10869 | 'default' => 0.1, |
| 10870 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 10871 | ]; |
| 10872 | |
| 10873 | /** |
| 10874 | * Relative maximum duration for watchlist expiries, as accepted by strtotime(). |
| 10875 | * |
| 10876 | * This relates to finite watchlist expiries only. Pages can be watched indefinitely |
| 10877 | * regardless of what this is set to. |
| 10878 | * |
| 10879 | * This is used to ensure the watchlist_expiry table doesn't grow to be too big. |
| 10880 | * |
| 10881 | * Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true. |
| 10882 | * |
| 10883 | * Set to null to allow expiries of any duration. |
| 10884 | * |
| 10885 | * @since 1.35 |
| 10886 | */ |
| 10887 | public const WatchlistExpiryMaxDuration = [ |
| 10888 | 'default' => '1 year', |
| 10889 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 10890 | ]; |
| 10891 | |
| 10892 | // endregion -- end RC/watchlist |
| 10893 | |
| 10894 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10895 | // region Copyright and credits settings |
| 10896 | /** @name Copyright and credits settings */ |
| 10897 | |
| 10898 | /** |
| 10899 | * Override for copyright metadata. |
| 10900 | * |
| 10901 | * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status, |
| 10902 | * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides |
| 10903 | * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified. |
| 10904 | */ |
| 10905 | public const RightsPage = [ |
| 10906 | 'default' => null, |
| 10907 | ]; |
| 10908 | |
| 10909 | /** |
| 10910 | * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your |
| 10911 | * wiki. |
| 10912 | * |
| 10913 | * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored. |
| 10914 | */ |
| 10915 | public const RightsUrl = [ |
| 10916 | 'default' => null, |
| 10917 | ]; |
| 10918 | |
| 10919 | /** |
| 10920 | * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for |
| 10921 | * the link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML. |
| 10922 | * |
| 10923 | * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the |
| 10924 | * name |
| 10925 | * of the page will also be used as the link text if this variable is not set. |
| 10926 | */ |
| 10927 | public const RightsText = [ |
| 10928 | 'default' => null, |
| 10929 | ]; |
| 10930 | |
| 10931 | /** |
| 10932 | * Override for copyright metadata. |
| 10933 | */ |
| 10934 | public const RightsIcon = [ |
| 10935 | 'default' => null, |
| 10936 | ]; |
| 10937 | |
| 10938 | /** |
| 10939 | * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload. |
| 10940 | */ |
| 10941 | public const UseCopyrightUpload = [ |
| 10942 | 'default' => false, |
| 10943 | ]; |
| 10944 | |
| 10945 | /** |
| 10946 | * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an |
| 10947 | * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative |
| 10948 | * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra |
| 10949 | * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for |
| 10950 | * large wikis. |
| 10951 | */ |
| 10952 | public const MaxCredits = [ |
| 10953 | 'default' => 0, |
| 10954 | ]; |
| 10955 | |
| 10956 | /** |
| 10957 | * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them. |
| 10958 | * |
| 10959 | * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page. |
| 10960 | */ |
| 10961 | public const ShowCreditsIfMax = [ |
| 10962 | 'default' => true, |
| 10963 | ]; |
| 10964 | |
| 10965 | // endregion -- end of copyright and credits settings |
| 10966 | |
| 10967 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 10968 | // region Import / Export |
| 10969 | /** @name Import / Export */ |
| 10970 | |
| 10971 | /** |
| 10972 | * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for |
| 10973 | * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be |
| 10974 | * imported, these should be 'trusted'. |
| 10975 | * |
| 10976 | * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying |
| 10977 | * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two, |
| 10978 | * e.g. |
| 10979 | * |
| 10980 | * ``` |
| 10981 | * $wgImportSources = [ |
| 10982 | * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ], |
| 10983 | * 'wikispecies', |
| 10984 | * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ], |
| 10985 | * ]; |
| 10986 | * ``` |
| 10987 | * |
| 10988 | * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using |
| 10989 | * the ImportSources hook. |
| 10990 | * |
| 10991 | * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission, |
| 10992 | * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface. |
| 10993 | */ |
| 10994 | public const ImportSources = [ |
| 10995 | 'default' => [], |
| 10996 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 10997 | ]; |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | /** |
| 11000 | * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports. |
| 11001 | * |
| 11002 | * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue. |
| 11003 | * Set to numeric key, not the name. |
| 11004 | * |
| 11005 | * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog. |
| 11006 | */ |
| 11007 | public const ImportTargetNamespace = [ |
| 11008 | 'default' => null, |
| 11009 | ]; |
| 11010 | |
| 11011 | /** |
| 11012 | * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export. |
| 11013 | * |
| 11014 | * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is |
| 11015 | * disabled on Wikimedia's sites. |
| 11016 | */ |
| 11017 | public const ExportAllowHistory = [ |
| 11018 | 'default' => true, |
| 11019 | ]; |
| 11020 | |
| 11021 | /** |
| 11022 | * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with |
| 11023 | * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things |
| 11024 | * could get bogged down by very very long pages. |
| 11025 | */ |
| 11026 | public const ExportMaxHistory = [ |
| 11027 | 'default' => 0, |
| 11028 | ]; |
| 11029 | |
| 11030 | /** |
| 11031 | * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history) |
| 11032 | */ |
| 11033 | public const ExportAllowListContributors = [ |
| 11034 | 'default' => false, |
| 11035 | ]; |
| 11036 | |
| 11037 | /** |
| 11038 | * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter |
| 11039 | * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all |
| 11040 | * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number |
| 11041 | * can become *really really large* and could easily break your wiki, |
| 11042 | * it's disabled by default for now. |
| 11043 | * |
| 11044 | * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a |
| 11045 | * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too |
| 11046 | * high. In other words, last resort safety net. |
| 11047 | */ |
| 11048 | public const ExportMaxLinkDepth = [ |
| 11049 | 'default' => 0, |
| 11050 | ]; |
| 11051 | |
| 11052 | /** |
| 11053 | * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option |
| 11054 | */ |
| 11055 | public const ExportFromNamespaces = [ |
| 11056 | 'default' => false, |
| 11057 | ]; |
| 11058 | |
| 11059 | /** |
| 11060 | * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file |
| 11061 | */ |
| 11062 | public const ExportAllowAll = [ |
| 11063 | 'default' => false, |
| 11064 | ]; |
| 11065 | |
| 11066 | /** |
| 11067 | * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and |
| 11068 | * GetPagesFromNamespace functions. |
| 11069 | * |
| 11070 | * @since 1.27 |
| 11071 | */ |
| 11072 | public const ExportPagelistLimit = [ |
| 11073 | 'default' => 5000, |
| 11074 | ]; |
| 11075 | |
| 11076 | /** |
| 11077 | * The schema to use by default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control |
| 11078 | * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format. |
| 11079 | */ |
| 11080 | public const XmlDumpSchemaVersion = [ |
| 11081 | 'default' => XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_11, |
| 11082 | ]; |
| 11083 | |
| 11084 | // endregion -- end of import/export |
| 11085 | |
| 11086 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 11087 | // region Wiki Farm |
| 11088 | /** @name Wiki Farm */ |
| 11089 | |
| 11090 | /** |
| 11091 | * A directory that contains site-specific configuration files. |
| 11092 | * |
| 11093 | * Setting this will enable multi-tenant ("wiki farm") mode, causing |
| 11094 | * site-specific settings to be loaded based on information from the web request. |
| 11095 | * |
| 11096 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 11097 | * @since 1.38 |
| 11098 | */ |
| 11099 | public const WikiFarmSettingsDirectory = [ |
| 11100 | 'default' => null |
| 11101 | ]; |
| 11102 | |
| 11103 | /** |
| 11104 | * The file extension to be used when looking up site-specific settings files in |
| 11105 | * $wgWikiFarmSettingsDirectory, such as 'json' or 'yaml'. |
| 11106 | * |
| 11107 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 11108 | * @since 1.38 |
| 11109 | */ |
| 11110 | public const WikiFarmSettingsExtension = [ |
| 11111 | 'default' => 'yaml' |
| 11112 | ]; |
| 11113 | |
| 11114 | // endregion -- End Wiki Farm |
| 11115 | |
| 11116 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 11117 | // region Extensions |
| 11118 | /** @name Extensions */ |
| 11119 | |
| 11120 | /** |
| 11121 | * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully |
| 11122 | * initialised |
| 11123 | */ |
| 11124 | public const ExtensionFunctions = [ |
| 11125 | 'default' => [], |
| 11126 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11127 | ]; |
| 11128 | |
| 11129 | /** |
| 11130 | * Extension messages files. |
| 11131 | * |
| 11132 | * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be |
| 11133 | * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables |
| 11134 | * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages |
| 11135 | * is the most common. |
| 11136 | * |
| 11137 | * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined |
| 11138 | * in the core. |
| 11139 | * |
| 11140 | * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store |
| 11141 | * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than |
| 11142 | * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because |
| 11143 | * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored. |
| 11144 | * |
| 11145 | * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with |
| 11146 | * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated |
| 11147 | * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key |
| 11148 | * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry. |
| 11149 | * |
| 11150 | * **Example:** |
| 11151 | * |
| 11152 | * ``` |
| 11153 | * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php'; |
| 11154 | * ``` |
| 11155 | */ |
| 11156 | public const ExtensionMessagesFiles = [ |
| 11157 | 'default' => [], |
| 11158 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11159 | ]; |
| 11160 | |
| 11161 | /** |
| 11162 | * Extension messages directories. |
| 11163 | * |
| 11164 | * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can |
| 11165 | * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g. |
| 11166 | * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of |
| 11167 | * message directories. |
| 11168 | * |
| 11169 | * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs() |
| 11170 | * |
| 11171 | * **Simple example:** |
| 11172 | * |
| 11173 | * ``` |
| 11174 | * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n'; |
| 11175 | * ``` |
| 11176 | * |
| 11177 | * **Complex example:** |
| 11178 | * |
| 11179 | * ``` |
| 11180 | * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [ |
| 11181 | * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n', |
| 11182 | * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n', |
| 11183 | * __DIR__ . '/i18n', |
| 11184 | * ] |
| 11185 | * ``` |
| 11186 | * |
| 11187 | * @since 1.23 |
| 11188 | */ |
| 11189 | public const MessagesDirs = [ |
| 11190 | 'default' => [], |
| 11191 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11192 | ]; |
| 11193 | |
| 11194 | /** |
| 11195 | * Message directories containing JSON files for localisation of special page aliases. |
| 11196 | * |
| 11197 | * Associative array mapping extension name to the directory where configurations can be |
| 11198 | * found. The directory is expected to contain JSON files corresponding to each language code. |
| 11199 | * |
| 11200 | * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined |
| 11201 | * in the core. We recommend using this configuration to set variables that require localisation: |
| 11202 | * special page aliases, and in the future namespace aliases and magic words. |
| 11203 | * |
| 11204 | * **Simple example**: extension.json |
| 11205 | * ``` |
| 11206 | * "TranslationAliasesDirs": { |
| 11207 | * "TranslationNotificationsAlias": "i18n/aliases" |
| 11208 | * } |
| 11209 | * ``` |
| 11210 | * **Complex example**: extension.json |
| 11211 | * ``` |
| 11212 | * "TranslationAliasesDirs": { |
| 11213 | * "TranslationNotificationsAlias": [ "i18n/special-page-aliases", "i18n/magic-words", "i18n/namespaces" ] |
| 11214 | * } |
| 11215 | * ``` |
| 11216 | * |
| 11217 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 11218 | * @since 1.42 |
| 11219 | */ |
| 11220 | public const TranslationAliasesDirs = [ |
| 11221 | 'default' => [], |
| 11222 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11223 | ]; |
| 11224 | |
| 11225 | /** |
| 11226 | * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in |
| 11227 | * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php |
| 11228 | * |
| 11229 | * @since 1.22 |
| 11230 | */ |
| 11231 | public const ExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [ |
| 11232 | 'default' => [], |
| 11233 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11234 | ]; |
| 11235 | |
| 11236 | /** |
| 11237 | * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment |
| 11238 | */ |
| 11239 | public const EnableParserLimitReporting = [ |
| 11240 | 'default' => true, |
| 11241 | ]; |
| 11242 | |
| 11243 | /** |
| 11244 | * List of valid skin names |
| 11245 | * |
| 11246 | * The key should be the name in all lower case. |
| 11247 | * |
| 11248 | * As of 1.35, the value should be a an array in the form of the ObjectFactory specification. |
| 11249 | * |
| 11250 | * For example for 'foobarskin' where the PHP class is 'MediaWiki\Skins\FooBar\FooBarSkin' set: |
| 11251 | * |
| 11252 | * **skin.json Example:** |
| 11253 | * |
| 11254 | * ``` |
| 11255 | * "ValidSkinNames": { |
| 11256 | * "foobarskin": { |
| 11257 | * "displayname": "FooBarSkin", |
| 11258 | * "class": "MediaWiki\\Skins\\FooBar\\FooBarSkin" |
| 11259 | * } |
| 11260 | * } |
| 11261 | * ``` |
| 11262 | * |
| 11263 | * Historically, the value was a properly cased name for the skin (and is still currently |
| 11264 | * supported). This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create the class name of the |
| 11265 | * skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor if you wish to have access to the |
| 11266 | * full list. |
| 11267 | */ |
| 11268 | public const ValidSkinNames = [ |
| 11269 | 'default' => [], |
| 11270 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11271 | ]; |
| 11272 | |
| 11273 | /** |
| 11274 | * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of |
| 11275 | * special pages to either a class name or a ObjectFactory spec to be instantiated, or a callback to use for |
| 11276 | * creating the special page object. In all cases, the result must be an instance of SpecialPage. |
| 11277 | */ |
| 11278 | public const SpecialPages = [ |
| 11279 | 'default' => [], |
| 11280 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11281 | ]; |
| 11282 | |
| 11283 | /** |
| 11284 | * Obsolete switch that controlled legacy case-insensitive classloading. |
| 11285 | * |
| 11286 | * Case-insensitive classloading was needed for loading data that had |
| 11287 | * been serialized by PHP 4 with the class names converted to lowercase. |
| 11288 | * It is no longer necessary since 1.31; the lowercase forms in question |
| 11289 | * are now listed in autoload.php (T166759). |
| 11290 | * |
| 11291 | * @deprecated since 1.35 |
| 11292 | */ |
| 11293 | public const AutoloadAttemptLowercase = [ |
| 11294 | 'default' => false, |
| 11295 | 'obsolete' => 'Since 1.40; no longer has any effect.', |
| 11296 | 'description' => 'Has been emitting warnings since 1.39 (LTS). ' . |
| 11297 | 'Can be removed completely in 1.44, assuming 1.43 is an LTS release.' |
| 11298 | ]; |
| 11299 | |
| 11300 | /** |
| 11301 | * Add information about an installed extension, keyed by its type. |
| 11302 | * |
| 11303 | * This is for use from LocalSettings.php and legacy PHP-entrypoint |
| 11304 | * extensions. In general, extensions should (only) declare this |
| 11305 | * information in their extension.json file. |
| 11306 | * |
| 11307 | * The 'name', 'path' and 'author' keys are required. |
| 11308 | * |
| 11309 | * ``` |
| 11310 | * $wgExtensionCredits['other'][] = [ |
| 11311 | * 'path' => __FILE__, |
| 11312 | * 'name' => 'Example extension', |
| 11313 | * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name', |
| 11314 | * 'author' => [ |
| 11315 | * 'Foo Barstein', |
| 11316 | * ], |
| 11317 | * 'version' => '0.0.1', |
| 11318 | * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/', |
| 11319 | * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc', |
| 11320 | * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later', |
| 11321 | * ]; |
| 11322 | * ``` |
| 11323 | * |
| 11324 | * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file |
| 11325 | * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to |
| 11326 | * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is |
| 11327 | * interpreted as wikitext. |
| 11328 | * |
| 11329 | * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam', |
| 11330 | * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the |
| 11331 | * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes(). |
| 11332 | * |
| 11333 | * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message. |
| 11334 | * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override |
| 11335 | * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is |
| 11336 | * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older. |
| 11337 | * |
| 11338 | * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the |
| 11339 | * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names |
| 11340 | * usually are.) |
| 11341 | * |
| 11342 | * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using |
| 11343 | * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of |
| 11344 | * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked, |
| 11345 | * for instance "[https://example ...]". |
| 11346 | * |
| 11347 | * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an array with message key and parameters: |
| 11348 | * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',` |
| 11349 | * |
| 11350 | * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of |
| 11351 | * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg'). |
| 11352 | * |
| 11353 | * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such |
| 11354 | * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers). |
| 11355 | * |
| 11356 | * @see \MediaWiki\Specials\SpecialVersion::getCredits |
| 11357 | */ |
| 11358 | public const ExtensionCredits = [ |
| 11359 | 'default' => [], |
| 11360 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11361 | ]; |
| 11362 | |
| 11363 | /** |
| 11364 | * Global list of hooks. |
| 11365 | * |
| 11366 | * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find |
| 11367 | * a description for most of them in their respective hook interfaces. For |
| 11368 | * overview of the hook system see docs/Hooks.md. The array is used internally |
| 11369 | * by HookContainer::run(). |
| 11370 | * |
| 11371 | * The value can be one of: |
| 11372 | * |
| 11373 | * - A function name: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;` |
| 11374 | * |
| 11375 | * - A function with some data: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];` |
| 11376 | * |
| 11377 | * |
| 11378 | * - A an object method: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];` |
| 11379 | * |
| 11380 | * - A closure: |
| 11381 | * ``` |
| 11382 | * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) { |
| 11383 | * // Handler code goes here. |
| 11384 | * }; |
| 11385 | * ``` |
| 11386 | * |
| 11387 | * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up |
| 11388 | * deleting a previous registered hook. |
| 11389 | * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering |
| 11390 | * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching. |
| 11391 | */ |
| 11392 | public const Hooks = [ |
| 11393 | 'default' => [], |
| 11394 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11395 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_merge_recursive', |
| 11396 | ]; |
| 11397 | |
| 11398 | /** |
| 11399 | * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices. Each |
| 11400 | * file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names to |
| 11401 | * instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services. |
| 11402 | * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices hook |
| 11403 | * for that. |
| 11404 | * |
| 11405 | * @note the default wiring file will be added automatically by Setup.php |
| 11406 | * @see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices |
| 11407 | * @see \Wikimedia\Services\ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading |
| 11408 | * service instantiator functions. |
| 11409 | * @see docs/Injection.md for an overview of dependency |
| 11410 | * injection in MediaWiki. |
| 11411 | */ |
| 11412 | public const ServiceWiringFiles = [ |
| 11413 | 'default' => [], |
| 11414 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11415 | ]; |
| 11416 | |
| 11417 | /** |
| 11418 | * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions |
| 11419 | * can add to this to provide custom jobs. |
| 11420 | * |
| 11421 | * Since 1.40, job handlers can be specified as object specs |
| 11422 | * for use with ObjectFactory, using an array, a plain class name, |
| 11423 | * or a callback. |
| 11424 | * |
| 11425 | * @note The constructor signature of job classes has to follow one of two patterns: |
| 11426 | * Either it takes a parameter array as the first argument, followed by any services it |
| 11427 | * needs to have injected: ( array $params, ... ). |
| 11428 | * Or it takes a PageReference as the first parameter, followed by the parameter array, |
| 11429 | * followed by any services: ( PageReference $page, array $params, ... ). |
| 11430 | * In order to signal to the JobFactory that the $page parameter should be omitted from |
| 11431 | * the constructor arguments, the job class has to be a subclass of GenericParameterJob, |
| 11432 | * or the object specification for the job has to set the 'needsPage' key to false. |
| 11433 | * If a callback is used, its signature follows the same rules. |
| 11434 | */ |
| 11435 | public const JobClasses = [ |
| 11436 | 'default' => [ |
| 11437 | 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class, |
| 11438 | 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class, |
| 11439 | 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class, |
| 11440 | 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class, |
| 11441 | 'sendMail' => [ |
| 11442 | 'class' => EmaillingJob::class, |
| 11443 | 'services' => [ |
| 11444 | 0 => 'Emailer' |
| 11445 | ] |
| 11446 | ], |
| 11447 | 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class, |
| 11448 | 'fixDoubleRedirect' => [ |
| 11449 | 'class' => DoubleRedirectJob::class, |
| 11450 | 'services' => [ |
| 11451 | 'RevisionLookup', |
| 11452 | 'MagicWordFactory', |
| 11453 | 'WikiPageFactory', |
| 11454 | ], |
| 11455 | // This job requires a title |
| 11456 | 'needsPage' => true, |
| 11457 | ], |
| 11458 | 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class, |
| 11459 | 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class, |
| 11460 | 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class, |
| 11461 | 'UploadFromUrl' => UploadFromUrlJob::class, |
| 11462 | 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class, |
| 11463 | 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class, |
| 11464 | 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class, |
| 11465 | 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class, |
| 11466 | 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class, |
| 11467 | 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class, |
| 11468 | 'watchlistExpiry' => WatchlistExpiryJob::class, |
| 11469 | 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class, |
| 11470 | 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class, |
| 11471 | 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class, |
| 11472 | 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class, |
| 11473 | 'revertedTagUpdate' => RevertedTagUpdateJob::class, |
| 11474 | 'null' => NullJob::class, |
| 11475 | 'userEditCountInit' => UserEditCountInitJob::class, |
| 11476 | 'parsoidCachePrewarm' => [ |
| 11477 | 'class' => ParsoidCachePrewarmJob::class, |
| 11478 | 'services' => [ |
| 11479 | 'ParserOutputAccess', |
| 11480 | 'PageStore', |
| 11481 | 'RevisionLookup', |
| 11482 | 'ParsoidSiteConfig', |
| 11483 | ], |
| 11484 | // tell the JobFactory not to include the $page parameter in the constructor call |
| 11485 | 'needsPage' => false |
| 11486 | ], |
| 11487 | 'renameUser' => [ |
| 11488 | 'class' => RenameUserJob::class, |
| 11489 | 'services' => [ |
| 11490 | 'MainConfig', |
| 11491 | 'DBLoadBalancerFactory' |
| 11492 | ] |
| 11493 | ], |
| 11494 | ], |
| 11495 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11496 | ]; |
| 11497 | |
| 11498 | /** |
| 11499 | * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless |
| 11500 | * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses. |
| 11501 | * |
| 11502 | * These can be: |
| 11503 | * - Very long-running jobs. |
| 11504 | * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request. |
| 11505 | * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular |
| 11506 | * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl ) |
| 11507 | * These settings should be global to all wikis. |
| 11508 | */ |
| 11509 | public const JobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ |
| 11510 | 'default' => [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile', 'UploadFromUrl' ], |
| 11511 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11512 | ]; |
| 11513 | |
| 11514 | /** |
| 11515 | * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second |
| 11516 | * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job, |
| 11517 | * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job |
| 11518 | * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs. |
| 11519 | * |
| 11520 | * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate. |
| 11521 | * These settings should be global to all wikis. |
| 11522 | */ |
| 11523 | public const JobBackoffThrottling = [ |
| 11524 | 'default' => [], |
| 11525 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11526 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'float', ], |
| 11527 | ]; |
| 11528 | |
| 11529 | /** |
| 11530 | * Map of job types to configuration arrays. |
| 11531 | * |
| 11532 | * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type. |
| 11533 | * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config. |
| 11534 | * These settings should be global to all wikis. |
| 11535 | */ |
| 11536 | public const JobTypeConf = [ |
| 11537 | 'default' => [ |
| 11538 | 'default' => [ |
| 11539 | 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, |
| 11540 | 'order' => 'random', |
| 11541 | 'claimTTL' => 3600 |
| 11542 | ], |
| 11543 | ], |
| 11544 | 'additionalProperties' => [ |
| 11545 | 'type' => 'object', |
| 11546 | 'properties' => [ |
| 11547 | 'class' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], |
| 11548 | 'order' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], |
| 11549 | 'claimTTL' => [ 'type' => 'int' ] |
| 11550 | ], |
| 11551 | ], |
| 11552 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11553 | ]; |
| 11554 | |
| 11555 | /** |
| 11556 | * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued |
| 11557 | * for the API's maxlag parameter. |
| 11558 | * |
| 11559 | * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an |
| 11560 | * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5, |
| 11561 | * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your |
| 11562 | * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once |
| 11563 | * that limit is hit. |
| 11564 | * |
| 11565 | * @since 1.29 |
| 11566 | */ |
| 11567 | public const JobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = [ |
| 11568 | 'default' => false, |
| 11569 | ]; |
| 11570 | |
| 11571 | /** |
| 11572 | * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages. |
| 11573 | * |
| 11574 | * Expensive Querypages are already updated. |
| 11575 | */ |
| 11576 | public const SpecialPageCacheUpdates = [ |
| 11577 | 'default' => [ |
| 11578 | 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ] |
| 11579 | ], |
| 11580 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11581 | ]; |
| 11582 | |
| 11583 | /** |
| 11584 | * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property |
| 11585 | * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg |
| 11586 | * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will |
| 11587 | * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt). |
| 11588 | * |
| 11589 | * This array can be added to by extensions. |
| 11590 | */ |
| 11591 | public const PagePropLinkInvalidations = [ |
| 11592 | 'default' => [ 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks', ], |
| 11593 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11594 | ]; |
| 11595 | |
| 11596 | // endregion -- End extensions |
| 11597 | |
| 11598 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 11599 | // region Categories |
| 11600 | /** @name Categories */ |
| 11601 | |
| 11602 | /** |
| 11603 | * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that |
| 11604 | * category instead of listing them as articles. |
| 11605 | */ |
| 11606 | public const CategoryMagicGallery = [ |
| 11607 | 'default' => true, |
| 11608 | ]; |
| 11609 | |
| 11610 | /** |
| 11611 | * Paging limit for categories |
| 11612 | */ |
| 11613 | public const CategoryPagingLimit = [ |
| 11614 | 'default' => 200, |
| 11615 | ]; |
| 11616 | |
| 11617 | /** |
| 11618 | * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page. |
| 11619 | * |
| 11620 | * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation. |
| 11621 | * |
| 11622 | * Available values are: |
| 11623 | * |
| 11624 | * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that. |
| 11625 | * |
| 11626 | * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string. |
| 11627 | * |
| 11628 | * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with |
| 11629 | * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts |
| 11630 | * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase". |
| 11631 | * |
| 11632 | * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension |
| 11633 | * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the |
| 11634 | * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the |
| 11635 | * server. |
| 11636 | * |
| 11637 | * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix |
| 11638 | * the sort keys in the database. |
| 11639 | * |
| 11640 | * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation |
| 11641 | * and using the Collation::factory hook. |
| 11642 | */ |
| 11643 | public const CategoryCollation = [ |
| 11644 | 'default' => 'uppercase', |
| 11645 | ]; |
| 11646 | |
| 11647 | /** |
| 11648 | * Additional category collations to store during LinksUpdate. This can be used |
| 11649 | * to perform online migration of categories from one collation to another. An |
| 11650 | * array of associative arrays each having the following keys: |
| 11651 | * |
| 11652 | * - table: (string) The table name |
| 11653 | * - collation: (string) The collation to use for cl_sortkey |
| 11654 | * - fakeCollation: (string) The collation name to insert into cl_collation |
| 11655 | * |
| 11656 | * @since 1.38 |
| 11657 | */ |
| 11658 | public const TempCategoryCollations = [ |
| 11659 | 'default' => [], |
| 11660 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11661 | ]; |
| 11662 | |
| 11663 | /** |
| 11664 | * Whether to sort categories in OutputPage for display. |
| 11665 | * |
| 11666 | * The value of CategoryCollation is used for sorting. |
| 11667 | * |
| 11668 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL This feature is used for Parsoid development, |
| 11669 | * but its future as a core feature will depend on community uptake. |
| 11670 | */ |
| 11671 | public const SortedCategories = [ |
| 11672 | 'default' => false, |
| 11673 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 11674 | ]; |
| 11675 | |
| 11676 | /** |
| 11677 | * Array holding default tracking category names. |
| 11678 | * |
| 11679 | * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category. |
| 11680 | * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked. |
| 11681 | * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically. |
| 11682 | * |
| 11683 | * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message |
| 11684 | * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories. |
| 11685 | * |
| 11686 | * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using |
| 11687 | * the new extension registration system. |
| 11688 | * @since 1.23 |
| 11689 | */ |
| 11690 | public const TrackingCategories = [ |
| 11691 | 'default' => [], |
| 11692 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11693 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using ' . |
| 11694 | 'the new extension registration system.', |
| 11695 | ]; |
| 11696 | |
| 11697 | // endregion -- End categories |
| 11698 | |
| 11699 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 11700 | // region Logging |
| 11701 | /** @name Logging */ |
| 11702 | |
| 11703 | /** |
| 11704 | * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the |
| 11705 | * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and |
| 11706 | * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that |
| 11707 | * log type. |
| 11708 | * |
| 11709 | * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid |
| 11710 | * log types instead of checking the global variable. |
| 11711 | */ |
| 11712 | public const LogTypes = [ |
| 11713 | 'default' => [ |
| 11714 | '', |
| 11715 | 'block', |
| 11716 | 'protect', |
| 11717 | 'rights', |
| 11718 | 'delete', |
| 11719 | 'upload', |
| 11720 | 'move', |
| 11721 | 'import', |
| 11722 | 'patrol', |
| 11723 | 'merge', |
| 11724 | 'suppress', |
| 11725 | 'tag', |
| 11726 | 'managetags', |
| 11727 | 'contentmodel', |
| 11728 | 'renameuser', |
| 11729 | ], |
| 11730 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 11731 | ]; |
| 11732 | |
| 11733 | /** |
| 11734 | * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right |
| 11735 | * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it |
| 11736 | * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes |
| 11737 | * Logs should remain non-transcludable |
| 11738 | * Format: logtype => permissiontype |
| 11739 | */ |
| 11740 | public const LogRestrictions = [ |
| 11741 | 'default' => [ 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog', ], |
| 11742 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11743 | ]; |
| 11744 | |
| 11745 | /** |
| 11746 | * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types. |
| 11747 | * |
| 11748 | * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default" |
| 11749 | * |
| 11750 | * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types. |
| 11751 | * |
| 11752 | * **Example:** |
| 11753 | * |
| 11754 | * `$wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];` |
| 11755 | * |
| 11756 | * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be |
| 11757 | * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by |
| 11758 | * default, and hidden when the link is clicked. |
| 11759 | * |
| 11760 | * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be |
| 11761 | * used for the link text. |
| 11762 | */ |
| 11763 | public const FilterLogTypes = [ |
| 11764 | 'default' => [ |
| 11765 | 'patrol' => true, |
| 11766 | 'tag' => true, |
| 11767 | 'newusers' => false, |
| 11768 | ], |
| 11769 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11770 | ]; |
| 11771 | |
| 11772 | /** |
| 11773 | * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages |
| 11774 | * will be listed in the user interface. |
| 11775 | * |
| 11776 | * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. |
| 11777 | * |
| 11778 | * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE, |
| 11779 | * where TYPE is your log type, you don't need to use this array. |
| 11780 | */ |
| 11781 | public const LogNames = [ |
| 11782 | 'default' => [ |
| 11783 | '' => 'all-logs-page', |
| 11784 | 'block' => 'blocklogpage', |
| 11785 | 'protect' => 'protectlogpage', |
| 11786 | 'rights' => 'rightslog', |
| 11787 | 'delete' => 'dellogpage', |
| 11788 | 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage', |
| 11789 | 'move' => 'movelogpage', |
| 11790 | 'import' => 'importlogpage', |
| 11791 | 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page', |
| 11792 | 'merge' => 'mergelog', |
| 11793 | 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog', |
| 11794 | ], |
| 11795 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11796 | ]; |
| 11797 | |
| 11798 | /** |
| 11799 | * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the |
| 11800 | * top of each log type. |
| 11801 | * |
| 11802 | * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. |
| 11803 | * |
| 11804 | * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE, |
| 11805 | * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array. |
| 11806 | */ |
| 11807 | public const LogHeaders = [ |
| 11808 | 'default' => [ |
| 11809 | '' => 'alllogstext', |
| 11810 | 'block' => 'blocklogtext', |
| 11811 | 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext', |
| 11812 | 'import' => 'importlogpagetext', |
| 11813 | 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext', |
| 11814 | 'move' => 'movelogpagetext', |
| 11815 | 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header', |
| 11816 | 'protect' => 'protectlogtext', |
| 11817 | 'rights' => 'rightslogtext', |
| 11818 | 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext', |
| 11819 | 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext', |
| 11820 | ], |
| 11821 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11822 | ]; |
| 11823 | |
| 11824 | /** |
| 11825 | * Maps log actions to message keys, for formatting log entries of each type |
| 11826 | * and action when displaying logs to the user. |
| 11827 | * The array keys are composed as "$type/$action". |
| 11828 | * |
| 11829 | * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array. |
| 11830 | */ |
| 11831 | public const LogActions = [ |
| 11832 | 'default' => [], |
| 11833 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11834 | ]; |
| 11835 | |
| 11836 | /** |
| 11837 | * The same as above, but here values are class names or ObjectFactory specifications, |
| 11838 | * not messages. The specification must resolve to a LogFormatter subclass, |
| 11839 | * and will receive the LogEntry object as its first constructor argument. |
| 11840 | * The type can be specified as '*' (e.g. 'block/*') to handle all types. |
| 11841 | * |
| 11842 | * @see \LogPage::actionText |
| 11843 | * @see \LogFormatter |
| 11844 | */ |
| 11845 | public const LogActionsHandlers = [ |
| 11846 | 'default' => [ |
| 11847 | 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class, |
| 11848 | 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class, |
| 11849 | 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class, |
| 11850 | 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class, |
| 11851 | 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class, |
| 11852 | 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11853 | 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11854 | 'delete/delete_redir2' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11855 | 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11856 | 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11857 | 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11858 | 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class, |
| 11859 | 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class, |
| 11860 | 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class, |
| 11861 | 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class, |
| 11862 | 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class, |
| 11863 | 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class, |
| 11864 | 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class, |
| 11865 | 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class, |
| 11866 | 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class, |
| 11867 | 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class, |
| 11868 | 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class, |
| 11869 | 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, |
| 11870 | 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, |
| 11871 | 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, |
| 11872 | 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class, |
| 11873 | 'renameuser/renameuser' => RenameuserLogFormatter::class, |
| 11874 | 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class, |
| 11875 | 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class, |
| 11876 | 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class, |
| 11877 | 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11878 | 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11879 | 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class, |
| 11880 | 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class, |
| 11881 | 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class, |
| 11882 | 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class, |
| 11883 | 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class, |
| 11884 | 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class, |
| 11885 | ], |
| 11886 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11887 | ]; |
| 11888 | |
| 11889 | /** |
| 11890 | * List of log types that can be filtered by action types |
| 11891 | * |
| 11892 | * To each action is associated the list of log_action |
| 11893 | * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so |
| 11894 | * Extensions may append to this array |
| 11895 | * |
| 11896 | * @since 1.27 |
| 11897 | */ |
| 11898 | public const ActionFilteredLogs = [ |
| 11899 | 'default' => [ |
| 11900 | 'block' => [ |
| 11901 | 'block' => [ 'block' ], |
| 11902 | 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ], |
| 11903 | 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ], |
| 11904 | ], |
| 11905 | 'contentmodel' => [ |
| 11906 | 'change' => [ 'change' ], |
| 11907 | 'new' => [ 'new' ], |
| 11908 | ], |
| 11909 | 'delete' => [ |
| 11910 | 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], |
| 11911 | 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir', 'delete_redir2' ], |
| 11912 | 'restore' => [ 'restore' ], |
| 11913 | 'event' => [ 'event' ], |
| 11914 | 'revision' => [ 'revision' ], |
| 11915 | ], |
| 11916 | 'import' => [ |
| 11917 | 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ], |
| 11918 | 'upload' => [ 'upload' ], |
| 11919 | ], |
| 11920 | 'managetags' => [ |
| 11921 | 'create' => [ 'create' ], |
| 11922 | 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], |
| 11923 | 'activate' => [ 'activate' ], |
| 11924 | 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ], |
| 11925 | ], |
| 11926 | 'move' => [ |
| 11927 | 'move' => [ 'move' ], |
| 11928 | 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ], |
| 11929 | ], |
| 11930 | 'newusers' => [ |
| 11931 | 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ], |
| 11932 | 'create2' => [ 'create2' ], |
| 11933 | 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ], |
| 11934 | 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ], |
| 11935 | ], |
| 11936 | 'protect' => [ |
| 11937 | 'protect' => [ 'protect' ], |
| 11938 | 'modify' => [ 'modify' ], |
| 11939 | 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ], |
| 11940 | 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ], |
| 11941 | ], |
| 11942 | 'rights' => [ |
| 11943 | 'rights' => [ 'rights' ], |
| 11944 | 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ], |
| 11945 | ], |
| 11946 | 'suppress' => [ |
| 11947 | 'event' => [ 'event' ], |
| 11948 | 'revision' => [ 'revision' ], |
| 11949 | 'delete' => [ 'delete' ], |
| 11950 | 'block' => [ 'block' ], |
| 11951 | 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ], |
| 11952 | ], |
| 11953 | 'upload' => [ |
| 11954 | 'upload' => [ 'upload' ], |
| 11955 | 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ], |
| 11956 | 'revert' => [ 'revert' ], |
| 11957 | ], |
| 11958 | ], |
| 11959 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 11960 | ]; |
| 11961 | |
| 11962 | /** |
| 11963 | * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers? |
| 11964 | */ |
| 11965 | public const NewUserLog = [ |
| 11966 | 'default' => true, |
| 11967 | ]; |
| 11968 | |
| 11969 | /** |
| 11970 | * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create? |
| 11971 | * |
| 11972 | * @since 1.32 |
| 11973 | */ |
| 11974 | public const PageCreationLog = [ |
| 11975 | 'default' => true, |
| 11976 | ]; |
| 11977 | |
| 11978 | // endregion -- end logging |
| 11979 | |
| 11980 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 11981 | // region Special pages (general and miscellaneous) |
| 11982 | /** @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous) */ |
| 11983 | |
| 11984 | /** |
| 11985 | * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}} |
| 11986 | */ |
| 11987 | public const AllowSpecialInclusion = [ |
| 11988 | 'default' => true, |
| 11989 | ]; |
| 11990 | |
| 11991 | /** |
| 11992 | * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent |
| 11993 | * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages. |
| 11994 | * |
| 11995 | * Mapping each special page name to a run mode like 'periodical' if a cronjob is set up. |
| 11996 | */ |
| 11997 | public const DisableQueryPageUpdate = [ |
| 11998 | 'default' => false, |
| 11999 | ]; |
| 12000 | |
| 12001 | /** |
| 12002 | * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put |
| 12003 | * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used. |
| 12004 | */ |
| 12005 | public const CountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = [ |
| 12006 | 'default' => false, |
| 12007 | ]; |
| 12008 | |
| 12009 | /** |
| 12010 | * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on |
| 12011 | * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination |
| 12012 | */ |
| 12013 | public const MaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = [ |
| 12014 | 'default' => 500, |
| 12015 | ]; |
| 12016 | |
| 12017 | /** |
| 12018 | * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check |
| 12019 | * at Special:Contributions. |
| 12020 | * |
| 12021 | * @since 1.30 |
| 12022 | */ |
| 12023 | public const RangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [ |
| 12024 | 'default' => [ |
| 12025 | 'IPv4' => 16, |
| 12026 | 'IPv6' => 32, |
| 12027 | ], |
| 12028 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12029 | 'additionalProperties' => [ 'type' => 'integer', ], |
| 12030 | ]; |
| 12031 | |
| 12032 | // endregion -- end special pages |
| 12033 | |
| 12034 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12035 | // region Actions |
| 12036 | /** @name Actions */ |
| 12037 | |
| 12038 | /** |
| 12039 | * Map of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. |
| 12040 | * to the corresponding handler code. |
| 12041 | * See ActionFactory for the syntax. Core defaults are in ActionFactory::CORE_ACTIONS, |
| 12042 | * anything here overrides that. |
| 12043 | */ |
| 12044 | public const Actions = [ |
| 12045 | 'default' => [], |
| 12046 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12047 | ]; |
| 12048 | |
| 12049 | // endregion -- end actions |
| 12050 | |
| 12051 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12052 | // region Robot (search engine crawler) policy |
| 12053 | /** @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy */ |
| 12054 | // See also $wgNoFollowLinks. |
| 12055 | |
| 12056 | /** |
| 12057 | * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol- |
| 12058 | * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page |
| 12059 | * basis. |
| 12060 | */ |
| 12061 | public const DefaultRobotPolicy = [ |
| 12062 | 'default' => 'index,follow', |
| 12063 | ]; |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | /** |
| 12066 | * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array |
| 12067 | * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can- |
| 12068 | * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex, |
| 12069 | * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have |
| 12070 | * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant |
| 12071 | * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special |
| 12072 | * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content. |
| 12073 | * |
| 12074 | * **Example:** |
| 12075 | * |
| 12076 | * ``` |
| 12077 | * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ]; |
| 12078 | * ``` |
| 12079 | */ |
| 12080 | public const NamespaceRobotPolicies = [ |
| 12081 | 'default' => [], |
| 12082 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12083 | ]; |
| 12084 | |
| 12085 | /** |
| 12086 | * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies. |
| 12087 | * |
| 12088 | * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised |
| 12089 | * text form title and the value is a robot policy. |
| 12090 | * |
| 12091 | * **Example:** |
| 12092 | * |
| 12093 | * ``` |
| 12094 | * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [ |
| 12095 | * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow', |
| 12096 | * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow', |
| 12097 | * ]; |
| 12098 | * ``` |
| 12099 | * |
| 12100 | * **Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text** |
| 12101 | * forms: |
| 12102 | * |
| 12103 | * ``` |
| 12104 | * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [ |
| 12105 | * // Underscore, not space! |
| 12106 | * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow', |
| 12107 | * // "Project", not the actual project name! |
| 12108 | * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow', |
| 12109 | * // Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)! |
| 12110 | * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow' |
| 12111 | * ]; |
| 12112 | * ``` |
| 12113 | */ |
| 12114 | public const ArticleRobotPolicies = [ |
| 12115 | 'default' => [], |
| 12116 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12117 | ]; |
| 12118 | |
| 12119 | /** |
| 12120 | * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words |
| 12121 | * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are |
| 12122 | * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces. |
| 12123 | * |
| 12124 | * **Example:** |
| 12125 | * |
| 12126 | * ``` |
| 12127 | * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ]; |
| 12128 | * ``` |
| 12129 | */ |
| 12130 | public const ExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ |
| 12131 | 'default' => null, |
| 12132 | 'type' => '?list', |
| 12133 | ]; |
| 12134 | |
| 12135 | // endregion End robot policy |
| 12136 | |
| 12137 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12138 | // region Action API and REST API |
| 12139 | /** @name Action API and REST API |
| 12140 | */ |
| 12141 | |
| 12142 | /** |
| 12143 | * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only |
| 12144 | * |
| 12145 | * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes. |
| 12146 | * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces |
| 12147 | * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation |
| 12148 | * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning. |
| 12149 | * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set. |
| 12150 | * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules |
| 12151 | * requiring POST. |
| 12152 | * |
| 12153 | * @since 1.21 |
| 12154 | */ |
| 12155 | public const DebugAPI = [ |
| 12156 | 'default' => false, |
| 12157 | ]; |
| 12158 | |
| 12159 | /** |
| 12160 | * API module extensions. |
| 12161 | * |
| 12162 | * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs; |
| 12163 | * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least |
| 12164 | * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a |
| 12165 | * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module. |
| 12166 | * |
| 12167 | * That factory function will be called with two parameters, |
| 12168 | * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain) |
| 12169 | * and the name the module was registered under. The return |
| 12170 | * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class' |
| 12171 | * field. |
| 12172 | * |
| 12173 | * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a |
| 12174 | * simple string containing the module's class name. In that |
| 12175 | * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent |
| 12176 | * module and module name as parameters, as described above. |
| 12177 | * |
| 12178 | * Examples for registering API modules: |
| 12179 | * |
| 12180 | * ``` |
| 12181 | * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo'; |
| 12182 | * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [ |
| 12183 | * 'class' => ApiBar::class, |
| 12184 | * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... } |
| 12185 | * ]; |
| 12186 | * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [ |
| 12187 | * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class, |
| 12188 | * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ] |
| 12189 | * ]; |
| 12190 | * ``` |
| 12191 | * Extension modules may override the core modules. |
| 12192 | * See ApiMain::MODULES for a list of the core modules. |
| 12193 | */ |
| 12194 | public const APIModules = [ |
| 12195 | 'default' => [], |
| 12196 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12197 | ]; |
| 12198 | |
| 12199 | /** |
| 12200 | * API format module extensions. |
| 12201 | * |
| 12202 | * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). |
| 12203 | * Extension modules may override the core modules. |
| 12204 | * |
| 12205 | * See ApiMain::FORMATS for a list of the core format modules. |
| 12206 | */ |
| 12207 | public const APIFormatModules = [ |
| 12208 | 'default' => [], |
| 12209 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12210 | ]; |
| 12211 | |
| 12212 | /** |
| 12213 | * API Query meta module extensions. |
| 12214 | * |
| 12215 | * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). |
| 12216 | * Extension modules may override the core modules. |
| 12217 | * |
| 12218 | * See ApiQuery::QUERY_META_MODULES for a list of the core meta modules. |
| 12219 | */ |
| 12220 | public const APIMetaModules = [ |
| 12221 | 'default' => [], |
| 12222 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12223 | ]; |
| 12224 | |
| 12225 | /** |
| 12226 | * API Query prop module extensions. |
| 12227 | * |
| 12228 | * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). |
| 12229 | * Extension modules may override the core modules. |
| 12230 | * |
| 12231 | * See ApiQuery::QUERY_PROP_MODULES for a list of the core prop modules. |
| 12232 | */ |
| 12233 | public const APIPropModules = [ |
| 12234 | 'default' => [], |
| 12235 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12236 | ]; |
| 12237 | |
| 12238 | /** |
| 12239 | * API Query list module extensions. |
| 12240 | * |
| 12241 | * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules). |
| 12242 | * Extension modules may override the core modules. |
| 12243 | * |
| 12244 | * See ApiQuery::QUERY_LIST_MODULES for a list of the core list modules. |
| 12245 | */ |
| 12246 | public const APIListModules = [ |
| 12247 | 'default' => [], |
| 12248 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12249 | ]; |
| 12250 | |
| 12251 | /** |
| 12252 | * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API |
| 12253 | * The default value is generally fine |
| 12254 | */ |
| 12255 | public const APIMaxDBRows = [ |
| 12256 | 'default' => 5000, |
| 12257 | ]; |
| 12258 | |
| 12259 | /** |
| 12260 | * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result. |
| 12261 | * |
| 12262 | * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024 |
| 12263 | */ |
| 12264 | public const APIMaxResultSize = [ |
| 12265 | 'default' => 8_388_608, |
| 12266 | ]; |
| 12267 | |
| 12268 | /** |
| 12269 | * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API |
| 12270 | * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether |
| 12271 | */ |
| 12272 | public const APIMaxUncachedDiffs = [ |
| 12273 | 'default' => 1, |
| 12274 | ]; |
| 12275 | |
| 12276 | /** |
| 12277 | * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate |
| 12278 | * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors. |
| 12279 | * |
| 12280 | * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf. |
| 12281 | */ |
| 12282 | public const APIMaxLagThreshold = [ |
| 12283 | 'default' => 7, |
| 12284 | ]; |
| 12285 | |
| 12286 | /** |
| 12287 | * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable |
| 12288 | * API request logging |
| 12289 | */ |
| 12290 | public const APIRequestLog = [ |
| 12291 | 'default' => false, |
| 12292 | 'deprecated' => 'since 1.43; use api or api-request $wgDebugLogGroups channel', |
| 12293 | ]; |
| 12294 | |
| 12295 | /** |
| 12296 | * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled |
| 12297 | */ |
| 12298 | public const APICacheHelpTimeout = [ |
| 12299 | 'default' => 60 * 60, |
| 12300 | ]; |
| 12301 | |
| 12302 | /** |
| 12303 | * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true |
| 12304 | * API queries. |
| 12305 | */ |
| 12306 | public const APIUselessQueryPages = [ |
| 12307 | 'default' => [ |
| 12308 | 'MIMEsearch', |
| 12309 | 'LinkSearch', |
| 12310 | ], |
| 12311 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12312 | ]; |
| 12313 | |
| 12314 | /** |
| 12315 | * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. |
| 12316 | */ |
| 12317 | public const AjaxLicensePreview = [ |
| 12318 | 'default' => true, |
| 12319 | ]; |
| 12320 | |
| 12321 | /** |
| 12322 | * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests: |
| 12323 | * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests |
| 12324 | * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header. |
| 12325 | * |
| 12326 | * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php) |
| 12327 | * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax: |
| 12328 | * |
| 12329 | * - '*' matches any number of characters |
| 12330 | * - '?' matches any 1 character |
| 12331 | * |
| 12332 | * **Example:** |
| 12333 | * |
| 12334 | * ``` |
| 12335 | * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [ |
| 12336 | * 'www.mediawiki.org', |
| 12337 | * '*.wikipedia.org', |
| 12338 | * '*.wikimedia.org', |
| 12339 | * '*.wiktionary.org', |
| 12340 | * ]; |
| 12341 | * ``` |
| 12342 | */ |
| 12343 | public const CrossSiteAJAXdomains = [ |
| 12344 | 'default' => [], |
| 12345 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12346 | ]; |
| 12347 | |
| 12348 | /** |
| 12349 | * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests, |
| 12350 | * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains |
| 12351 | * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains |
| 12352 | */ |
| 12353 | public const CrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [ |
| 12354 | 'default' => [], |
| 12355 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12356 | ]; |
| 12357 | |
| 12358 | /** |
| 12359 | * List of allowed headers for cross-origin API requests. |
| 12360 | */ |
| 12361 | public const AllowedCorsHeaders = [ |
| 12362 | 'default' => [ |
| 12363 | /* simple headers (see spec) */ |
| 12364 | 'Accept', |
| 12365 | 'Accept-Language', |
| 12366 | 'Content-Language', |
| 12367 | 'Content-Type', |
| 12368 | /* non-authorable headers in XHR, which are however requested by some UAs */ |
| 12369 | 'Accept-Encoding', |
| 12370 | 'DNT', |
| 12371 | 'Origin', |
| 12372 | /* MediaWiki whitelist */ |
| 12373 | 'User-Agent', |
| 12374 | 'Api-User-Agent', |
| 12375 | /* Allowing caching preflight requests, see T269636 */ |
| 12376 | 'Access-Control-Max-Age', |
| 12377 | /* OAuth 2.0, see T322944 */ |
| 12378 | 'Authorization', |
| 12379 | ], |
| 12380 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12381 | ]; |
| 12382 | |
| 12383 | /** |
| 12384 | * Additional REST API Route files. |
| 12385 | * |
| 12386 | * A common usage is to enable development/experimental endpoints only on test wikis. |
| 12387 | */ |
| 12388 | public const RestAPIAdditionalRouteFiles = [ |
| 12389 | 'default' => [], |
| 12390 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12391 | ]; |
| 12392 | |
| 12393 | /** |
| 12394 | * A list of OpenAPI specs to be made available for exploration on |
| 12395 | * Special:RestSandbox. If none are given, Special:RestSandbox is disabled. |
| 12396 | * |
| 12397 | * This is an associative array, arbitrary spec IDs to spec descriptions. |
| 12398 | * Each spec description is an array with the following keys: |
| 12399 | * - url: the URL that will return the OpenAPI spec. |
| 12400 | * - name: the name of the API, to be shown on Special:RestSandbox. |
| 12401 | * Ignored if msg is given. |
| 12402 | * - msg: a message key for the name of the API, to be shown on |
| 12403 | * Special:RestSandbox. |
| 12404 | * |
| 12405 | * @unstable Introduced in 1.43. We may want to rename or change this to |
| 12406 | * accommodate the need to list external APIs in a central discovery |
| 12407 | * document. |
| 12408 | */ |
| 12409 | public const RestSandboxSpecs = [ |
| 12410 | 'default' => [], |
| 12411 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12412 | 'additionalProperties' => [ |
| 12413 | 'type' => 'object', |
| 12414 | 'properties' => [ |
| 12415 | 'url' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'format' => 'url' ], |
| 12416 | 'name' => [ 'type' => 'string' ], |
| 12417 | 'msg' => [ 'type' => 'string', 'description' => 'a message key' ] |
| 12418 | ], |
| 12419 | 'required' => [ 'url' ] |
| 12420 | ] |
| 12421 | ]; |
| 12422 | |
| 12423 | // endregion -- End AJAX and API |
| 12424 | |
| 12425 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12426 | // region Shell and process control |
| 12427 | /** @name Shell and process control */ |
| 12428 | |
| 12429 | /** |
| 12430 | * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KiB. |
| 12431 | */ |
| 12432 | public const MaxShellMemory = [ |
| 12433 | 'default' => 307_200, |
| 12434 | ]; |
| 12435 | |
| 12436 | /** |
| 12437 | * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KiB |
| 12438 | * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space |
| 12439 | */ |
| 12440 | public const MaxShellFileSize = [ |
| 12441 | 'default' => 102_400, |
| 12442 | ]; |
| 12443 | |
| 12444 | /** |
| 12445 | * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux |
| 12446 | */ |
| 12447 | public const MaxShellTime = [ |
| 12448 | 'default' => 180, |
| 12449 | ]; |
| 12450 | |
| 12451 | /** |
| 12452 | * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall |
| 12453 | * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux |
| 12454 | */ |
| 12455 | public const MaxShellWallClockTime = [ |
| 12456 | 'default' => 180, |
| 12457 | ]; |
| 12458 | |
| 12459 | /** |
| 12460 | * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell |
| 12461 | * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki. |
| 12462 | * |
| 12463 | * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and |
| 12464 | * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making |
| 12465 | * them segfault or deadlock. |
| 12466 | * |
| 12467 | * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as |
| 12468 | * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the |
| 12469 | * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup. |
| 12470 | * |
| 12471 | * **Example:** |
| 12472 | * |
| 12473 | * ``` |
| 12474 | * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki |
| 12475 | * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job |
| 12476 | * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php |
| 12477 | * ``` |
| 12478 | * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a |
| 12479 | * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g. |
| 12480 | * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784 |
| 12481 | */ |
| 12482 | public const ShellCgroup = [ |
| 12483 | 'default' => false, |
| 12484 | ]; |
| 12485 | |
| 12486 | /** |
| 12487 | * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install. |
| 12488 | */ |
| 12489 | public const PhpCli = [ |
| 12490 | 'default' => '/usr/bin/php', |
| 12491 | ]; |
| 12492 | |
| 12493 | /** |
| 12494 | * Method to use to restrict shell commands |
| 12495 | * |
| 12496 | * Supported options: |
| 12497 | * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available |
| 12498 | * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/> |
| 12499 | * - false: Don't use any restrictions |
| 12500 | * |
| 12501 | * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different |
| 12502 | * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required. |
| 12503 | * @since 1.31 |
| 12504 | */ |
| 12505 | public const ShellRestrictionMethod = [ |
| 12506 | 'default' => 'autodetect', |
| 12507 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 12508 | ]; |
| 12509 | |
| 12510 | /** |
| 12511 | * Shell commands can be run on a remote server using Shellbox. To use this |
| 12512 | * feature, set this to the URLs mapped by the service, and also configure $wgShellboxSecretKey. |
| 12513 | * |
| 12514 | * You can also disable a certain service by setting it to false or null. |
| 12515 | * |
| 12516 | * 'default' would be the default URL if no URL is defined for that service. |
| 12517 | * |
| 12518 | * For more information about installing Shellbox, see |
| 12519 | * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Shellbox |
| 12520 | * |
| 12521 | * @since 1.37 |
| 12522 | */ |
| 12523 | public const ShellboxUrls = [ |
| 12524 | 'default' => [ 'default' => null, ], |
| 12525 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12526 | 'additionalProperties' => [ |
| 12527 | 'type' => 'string|false|null', |
| 12528 | ], |
| 12529 | ]; |
| 12530 | |
| 12531 | /** |
| 12532 | * The secret key for HMAC verification of Shellbox requests. Set this to |
| 12533 | * a long random string. |
| 12534 | * |
| 12535 | * @since 1.36 |
| 12536 | */ |
| 12537 | public const ShellboxSecretKey = [ |
| 12538 | 'default' => null, |
| 12539 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 12540 | ]; |
| 12541 | |
| 12542 | /** |
| 12543 | * The POSIX-compatible shell to use when running scripts. This is used by |
| 12544 | * some media handling shell commands. |
| 12545 | * |
| 12546 | * If ShellboxUrls is configured, this path should exist on the remote side. |
| 12547 | * On Windows this should be the full path to bash.exe, not git-bash.exe. |
| 12548 | * |
| 12549 | * @since 1.42 |
| 12550 | */ |
| 12551 | public const ShellboxShell = [ |
| 12552 | 'default' => '/bin/sh', |
| 12553 | 'type' => '?string', |
| 12554 | ]; |
| 12555 | |
| 12556 | // endregion -- end Shell and process control |
| 12557 | |
| 12558 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12559 | // region HTTP client |
| 12560 | /** @name HTTP client */ |
| 12561 | |
| 12562 | /** |
| 12563 | * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds. |
| 12564 | * |
| 12565 | * @since 1.5 |
| 12566 | */ |
| 12567 | public const HTTPTimeout = [ |
| 12568 | 'default' => 25, |
| 12569 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 12570 | ]; |
| 12571 | |
| 12572 | /** |
| 12573 | * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds). |
| 12574 | * |
| 12575 | * Only supported if cURL is installed, ignored otherwise. |
| 12576 | * |
| 12577 | * @since 1.22 |
| 12578 | */ |
| 12579 | public const HTTPConnectTimeout = [ |
| 12580 | 'default' => 5.0, |
| 12581 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 12582 | ]; |
| 12583 | |
| 12584 | /** |
| 12585 | * The maximum HTTP request timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured |
| 12586 | * request timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead. |
| 12587 | * Zero is interpreted as "no limit". |
| 12588 | * |
| 12589 | * @since 1.35 |
| 12590 | */ |
| 12591 | public const HTTPMaxTimeout = [ |
| 12592 | 'default' => 0, |
| 12593 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 12594 | ]; |
| 12595 | |
| 12596 | /** |
| 12597 | * The maximum HTTP connect timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured |
| 12598 | * connect timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead. |
| 12599 | * Zero is interpreted as "no limit". |
| 12600 | * |
| 12601 | * @since 1.35 |
| 12602 | */ |
| 12603 | public const HTTPMaxConnectTimeout = [ |
| 12604 | 'default' => 0, |
| 12605 | 'type' => 'float', |
| 12606 | ]; |
| 12607 | |
| 12608 | /** |
| 12609 | * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds. |
| 12610 | * |
| 12611 | * @since 1.29 |
| 12612 | */ |
| 12613 | public const HTTPImportTimeout = [ |
| 12614 | 'default' => 25, |
| 12615 | ]; |
| 12616 | |
| 12617 | /** |
| 12618 | * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds. |
| 12619 | */ |
| 12620 | public const AsyncHTTPTimeout = [ |
| 12621 | 'default' => 25, |
| 12622 | ]; |
| 12623 | |
| 12624 | /** |
| 12625 | * Proxy to use for CURL requests. |
| 12626 | */ |
| 12627 | public const HTTPProxy = [ |
| 12628 | 'default' => '', |
| 12629 | ]; |
| 12630 | |
| 12631 | /** |
| 12632 | * Local virtual hosts. |
| 12633 | * |
| 12634 | * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine. |
| 12635 | * It is expected that each domain can be identified by its hostname alone, |
| 12636 | * without any ports. |
| 12637 | * |
| 12638 | * This affects the following: |
| 12639 | * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any |
| 12640 | * subdomain thereof, then $wgLocalHTTPProxy will be used. |
| 12641 | * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use |
| 12642 | * the proxy if it is configured. |
| 12643 | * |
| 12644 | * @since 1.25 |
| 12645 | */ |
| 12646 | public const LocalVirtualHosts = [ |
| 12647 | 'default' => [], |
| 12648 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12649 | ]; |
| 12650 | |
| 12651 | /** |
| 12652 | * Reverse proxy to use for requests to domains in $wgLocalVirtualHosts |
| 12653 | * |
| 12654 | * When used, any port in the request URL will be dropped. The behavior of |
| 12655 | * redirects and cookies is dependent upon the reverse proxy actually in use, |
| 12656 | * as MediaWiki doesn't implement any special handling for them. |
| 12657 | * |
| 12658 | * If set to false, no reverse proxy will be used for local requests. |
| 12659 | * |
| 12660 | * @since 1.38 |
| 12661 | */ |
| 12662 | public const LocalHTTPProxy = [ |
| 12663 | 'default' => false, |
| 12664 | 'type' => 'string|false', |
| 12665 | ]; |
| 12666 | |
| 12667 | /** |
| 12668 | * Whether to respect/honour |
| 12669 | * - request ID provided by the incoming request via the `X-Request-Id` |
| 12670 | * - trace context provided by the incoming request via the `tracestate` and `traceparent` |
| 12671 | * |
| 12672 | * Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front of MediaWiki sanitises external requests. |
| 12673 | * |
| 12674 | * Default: `false`. |
| 12675 | */ |
| 12676 | public const AllowExternalReqID = [ |
| 12677 | 'default' => false, |
| 12678 | ]; |
| 12679 | |
| 12680 | // endregion -- End HTTP client |
| 12681 | |
| 12682 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12683 | // region Job queue |
| 12684 | /** @name Job queue */ |
| 12685 | |
| 12686 | /** |
| 12687 | * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case jobs are |
| 12688 | * performed probabilistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done during ordinary |
| 12689 | * apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should be run in loop every |
| 12690 | * few seconds via a service or cron job. If using a cron job, be sure to handle the |
| 12691 | * case where the script is already running (e.g. via `/usr/bin/flock -n <lock_file>`). |
| 12692 | * |
| 12693 | * If this is set to a non-zero number, then it is highly recommended that PHP run in |
| 12694 | * fastcgi mode (php_fpm). When using a standard Apache PHP handler (mod_php), it is |
| 12695 | * recommended that output_buffering and zlib.output_compression both be set to "Off", |
| 12696 | * allowing MediaWiki to install an unlimited size output buffer on the fly. Setting |
| 12697 | * output_buffering to an integer (e.g. 4096) or enabling zlib.output_compression can |
| 12698 | * cause user-visible slowness as background tasks execute during web requests. |
| 12699 | * |
| 12700 | * Regardless of the web server engine in use, be sure to configure a sufficient number |
| 12701 | * processes/threads in order to avoid exhaustion (which will cause user-visible slowness). |
| 12702 | */ |
| 12703 | public const JobRunRate = [ |
| 12704 | 'default' => 1, |
| 12705 | ]; |
| 12706 | |
| 12707 | /** |
| 12708 | * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process |
| 12709 | * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job |
| 12710 | * execution finishes. |
| 12711 | * |
| 12712 | * @since 1.23 |
| 12713 | */ |
| 12714 | public const RunJobsAsync = [ |
| 12715 | 'default' => false, |
| 12716 | ]; |
| 12717 | |
| 12718 | /** |
| 12719 | * Number of rows to update per job |
| 12720 | */ |
| 12721 | public const UpdateRowsPerJob = [ |
| 12722 | 'default' => 300, |
| 12723 | ]; |
| 12724 | |
| 12725 | /** |
| 12726 | * Number of rows to update per query |
| 12727 | */ |
| 12728 | public const UpdateRowsPerQuery = [ |
| 12729 | 'default' => 100, |
| 12730 | ]; |
| 12731 | |
| 12732 | // endregion -- End job queue |
| 12733 | |
| 12734 | /***************************************************************************/ |
| 12735 | // region Miscellaneous |
| 12736 | /** @name Miscellaneous */ |
| 12737 | |
| 12738 | /** |
| 12739 | * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in. |
| 12740 | * |
| 12741 | * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page' |
| 12742 | */ |
| 12743 | public const RedirectOnLogin = [ |
| 12744 | 'default' => null, |
| 12745 | ]; |
| 12746 | |
| 12747 | /** |
| 12748 | * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services. |
| 12749 | * |
| 12750 | * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this |
| 12751 | * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of: |
| 12752 | * - class : the fully qualified class name |
| 12753 | * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor |
| 12754 | * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS |
| 12755 | * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient(); |
| 12756 | * |
| 12757 | * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid: |
| 12758 | * |
| 12759 | * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [ |
| 12760 | * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class, |
| 12761 | * 'options' => [ |
| 12762 | * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000', |
| 12763 | * 'prefix' => 'enwiki', |
| 12764 | * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org' |
| 12765 | * ] |
| 12766 | * ]; |
| 12767 | * |
| 12768 | * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value, |
| 12769 | * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be |
| 12770 | * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to |
| 12771 | * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module. |
| 12772 | * |
| 12773 | * Example config for Parsoid: |
| 12774 | * |
| 12775 | * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [ |
| 12776 | * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000', |
| 12777 | * 'prefix' => 'enwiki', |
| 12778 | * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org', |
| 12779 | * ]; |
| 12780 | * |
| 12781 | * @since 1.25 |
| 12782 | */ |
| 12783 | public const VirtualRestConfig = [ |
| 12784 | 'default' => [ |
| 12785 | 'paths' => [], |
| 12786 | 'modules' => [], |
| 12787 | 'global' => [ |
| 12788 | # Timeout in seconds |
| 12789 | 'timeout' => 360, |
| 12790 | # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php |
| 12791 | 'forwardCookies' => false, |
| 12792 | 'HTTPProxy' => null |
| 12793 | ] |
| 12794 | ], |
| 12795 | 'mergeStrategy' => 'array_plus_2d', |
| 12796 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12797 | ]; |
| 12798 | |
| 12799 | /** |
| 12800 | * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration. |
| 12801 | * |
| 12802 | * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class |
| 12803 | * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN |
| 12804 | * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listeners |
| 12805 | * can subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon |
| 12806 | * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel |
| 12807 | * events. |
| 12808 | * |
| 12809 | * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also |
| 12810 | * share the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overridden). They can use |
| 12811 | * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different |
| 12812 | * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some systems have very different |
| 12813 | * performance vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all |
| 12814 | * uses. |
| 12815 | * |
| 12816 | * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry |
| 12817 | * here. |
| 12818 | * |
| 12819 | * @since 1.27 |
| 12820 | */ |
| 12821 | public const EventRelayerConfig = [ |
| 12822 | 'default' => [ |
| 12823 | 'default' => [ 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class, ], |
| 12824 | ], |
| 12825 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12826 | ]; |
| 12827 | |
| 12828 | /** |
| 12829 | * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers |
| 12830 | * |
| 12831 | * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic |
| 12832 | * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system, |
| 12833 | * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with |
| 12834 | * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts. |
| 12835 | * |
| 12836 | * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback |
| 12837 | * |
| 12838 | * For the pingback privacy policy, see: |
| 12839 | * https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/MediaWiki_Pingback_Privacy_Statement |
| 12840 | * |
| 12841 | * Aggregate pingback data is available at: https://pingback.wmflabs.org/ |
| 12842 | * |
| 12843 | * @since 1.28 |
| 12844 | */ |
| 12845 | public const Pingback = [ |
| 12846 | 'default' => false, |
| 12847 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 12848 | ]; |
| 12849 | |
| 12850 | /** |
| 12851 | * Origin Trials tokens. |
| 12852 | * |
| 12853 | * @since 1.33 |
| 12854 | */ |
| 12855 | public const OriginTrials = [ |
| 12856 | 'default' => [], |
| 12857 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12858 | ]; |
| 12859 | |
| 12860 | /** |
| 12861 | * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API. |
| 12862 | * |
| 12863 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 12864 | * @since 1.34 |
| 12865 | */ |
| 12866 | public const ReportToExpiry = [ |
| 12867 | 'default' => 86400, |
| 12868 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 12869 | ]; |
| 12870 | |
| 12871 | /** |
| 12872 | * List of endpoints for the Reporting API. |
| 12873 | * |
| 12874 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 12875 | * @since 1.34 |
| 12876 | */ |
| 12877 | public const ReportToEndpoints = [ |
| 12878 | 'default' => [], |
| 12879 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12880 | ]; |
| 12881 | |
| 12882 | /** |
| 12883 | * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable. |
| 12884 | * |
| 12885 | * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header. |
| 12886 | * |
| 12887 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 12888 | * @since 1.34 |
| 12889 | */ |
| 12890 | public const FeaturePolicyReportOnly = [ |
| 12891 | 'default' => [], |
| 12892 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12893 | ]; |
| 12894 | |
| 12895 | /** |
| 12896 | * List of preferred skins to be listed higher in Special:Preferences |
| 12897 | * |
| 12898 | * @since 1.38 |
| 12899 | */ |
| 12900 | public const SkinsPreferred = [ |
| 12901 | 'default' => [ 'vector-2022', 'vector' ], |
| 12902 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12903 | ]; |
| 12904 | |
| 12905 | /** |
| 12906 | * List of skins that show a link to the Special:Contribute page |
| 12907 | * |
| 12908 | * @since 1.40 |
| 12909 | */ |
| 12910 | public const SpecialContributeSkinsEnabled = [ |
| 12911 | 'default' => [], |
| 12912 | 'type' => 'list', |
| 12913 | ]; |
| 12914 | |
| 12915 | /** |
| 12916 | * Whether to enable the client-side edit recovery feature. |
| 12917 | * |
| 12918 | * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T341844 |
| 12919 | * @since 1.41 |
| 12920 | */ |
| 12921 | public const EnableEditRecovery = [ |
| 12922 | 'default' => false, |
| 12923 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 12924 | ]; |
| 12925 | |
| 12926 | /** |
| 12927 | * Number of seconds to keep edit recovery data after the edit is stored. |
| 12928 | */ |
| 12929 | public const EditRecoveryExpiry = [ |
| 12930 | 'default' => 30 * 24 * 3600, |
| 12931 | 'type' => 'integer', |
| 12932 | ]; |
| 12933 | |
| 12934 | /** |
| 12935 | * Whether to use Codex in Special:Block form. |
| 12936 | * |
| 12937 | * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T358153 |
| 12938 | * @since 1.42 |
| 12939 | */ |
| 12940 | public const UseCodexSpecialBlock = [ |
| 12941 | 'default' => false, |
| 12942 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 12943 | ]; |
| 12944 | |
| 12945 | /** |
| 12946 | * Whether to display a confirmation screen during user log out. |
| 12947 | * |
| 12948 | * @unstable Temporary feature flag, T357484 |
| 12949 | * @since 1.42 |
| 12950 | */ |
| 12951 | public const ShowLogoutConfirmation = [ |
| 12952 | 'default' => false, |
| 12953 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 12954 | ]; |
| 12955 | |
| 12956 | /** |
| 12957 | * Whether to show indicators on a page when it is protected. |
| 12958 | * |
| 12959 | * @since 1.43 |
| 12960 | */ |
| 12961 | public const EnableProtectionIndicators = [ |
| 12962 | 'default' => false, |
| 12963 | 'type' => 'boolean', |
| 12964 | ]; |
| 12965 | |
| 12966 | /** |
| 12967 | * OutputPipelineStages to add to the DefaultOutputPipeline. |
| 12968 | * |
| 12969 | * @unstable EXPERIMENTAL |
| 12970 | * @since 1.43 |
| 12971 | */ |
| 12972 | public const OutputPipelineStages = [ |
| 12973 | 'default' => [], |
| 12974 | 'type' => 'map', |
| 12975 | ]; |
| 12976 | // endregion -- End Miscellaneous |
| 12977 | |
| 12978 | } |